EX-99.3 4 d816072dex993.htm EX-99.3 EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

Wallbox N.V.

Dutch statutory annual report

for the financial year ended December 31, 2023


Table of Contents

 

1    INTRODUCTION      4  
1.1    Preparation      4  
1.2    Forward-looking statements      4  
1.3    Non-IFRS and other financial and operating metrics      5  
2    PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES      6  
2.1    Risk Factors      8  
3    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY      31  
3.1    History and development of the company      31  
3.2    Business overview      31  
3.3    Organizational structure      46  
3.4    Property, plant and equipment      46  
3.5    Employees      47  
4    OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS      47  
4.1    Operating Results      47  
4.1.1    Business Overview      47  
4.1.2    Reporting Segments      50  
4.1.3    Key factors Affecting Operating Results      50  
4.1.4    Key components of results of operations      53  
4.1.5    Operating results      56  
4.1.6    Segment results      59  
4.2    Liquidity and Capital Resources      62  
4.3    Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.      66  
4.4    Trend Information      66  
4.5    Critical Accounting Estimates      66  
4.6    JOBS Act      67  
4.7    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      67  
5    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS      68  
6    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES      68  
7    CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      70  
7.1    Dutch Corporate Governance Code      70  
7.2    Culture, Code of Ethics & Conduct and other corporate governance practices      71  
7.3    General meeting of shareholders      73  
7.3.1    Functioning of our general meeting of shareholders      73  
7.3.2    Powers of our general meeting of shareholders      74  
7.3.3    Shareholder rights      74  
7.4    Directors and Senior Management      75  
7.5    Committees      79  
7.5.1    General      79  
7.5.2    Audit committee      79  
7.5.3    Compensation committee      80  
7.5.4    Nomination and corporate governance committee      80  
7.6    Evaluation      81  
7.7    Diversity      82  
8    COMPENSATION REPORT      82  
8.1    Compensation policy      82  
8.2    Compensation of directors and senior management      83  
9    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS      87  
10    PROTECTIVE MEASURES      89  
11    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      92  

 

2


12    COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      163  
13    OTHER INFORMATION      177  
13.1    Profit appropriation provisions      177  
13.2    Shares carrying limited economic entitlement      177  
13.3    Material subsequent events      177  
13.4    Branches      177  
13.5    Independent auditors report      178  

 

3


1

INTRODUCTION

 

1.1

Preparation

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “Wallbox,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company” and “our business” refer to Wallbox N.V., a Dutch public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap), in each case together with its consolidated subsidiaries as a consolidated entity.

This report (the “Annual Report”) has been prepared by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) pursuant to Section 2:391 of the Dutch Civil Code (“DCC”) and also contains (i) the Company’s statutory annual accounts within the meaning of Section 2:361(1) DCC and (ii) to the extent applicable, the information to be added pursuant to Section 2:392 DCC. This Annual Report relates to the financial year ended December 31, 2023 and, unless explicitly stated otherwise, information presented in this Annual Report is as at December 31, 2023.

The statutory board report (bestuursverslag) as referred to in Section 2:391 DCC is formed by chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10.

The consolidated financial statements enclosed with this Annual Report (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (EU-IFRS) and with Section 2:362(9) DCC. The company financial statements enclosed with this Annual Report (the “Company Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with Title 9, Book 2 DCC. In accordance with Section 2:362(8) of the Dutch Civil Code, the company financial statements are prepared based on the accounting principles of recognition, measurement and determination of profit, as applied in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. These principles also include the classification and presentation of financial instruments, being equity instruments or financial liabilities.

The terms “€,” “EUR,” “Euro” or “euro” refer to the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the treaty establishing the European Community, as amended. The terms “dollars,” “USD” or “$” refer to U.S. dollars.

 

1.2

Forward-looking statements

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify, forward-looking statements by terms such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expect”, “focus”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “could”, “intend”, “likely”, “target”, “project”, “estimate”, “believe”, “predict”, “potential”, or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions intended to identify statements about the future. These statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Although we believe that these estimates and forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control, and are made in light of the information currently available to us. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to the factors described in chapter 2.1 “Risk Factors” below. Our actual results or performance may differ materially from any future results or performance expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the factors described in chapter 2 “Principal risks and uncertainties” herein. Accordingly, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

In addition, statements that include “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date hereof. And while we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements were reasonable at the time made, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither Wallbox nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should carefully consider the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section in connection with the forward-looking statements contained herein and any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that may be issued by us or persons acting on our behalf.

 

4


1.3

Non-IFRS and other financial and operating metrics

We have included in this Annual Report certain financial measures not based on IFRS, including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (together, the “Non-IFRS Measures”). See the definitions set forth below for a further explanation of these terms.

Management uses the Non-IFRS Measures:

 

   

as measurements of operating performance because they assist us in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis, as they remove the impact of items not directly resulting from our core operations;

 

   

for planning purposes, including the preparation of our internal annual operating budget and financial projections;

 

   

to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of our strategic initiatives; and

 

   

to evaluate our capacity to fund capital expenditures and expand our business.

The Non-IFRS Measures may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, because not all companies and analysts calculate these measures in the same manner. We present the Non-IFRS Measures because we consider them to be important supplemental measures of our performance, and we believe they are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies. Management believes that investors’ understanding of our performance is enhanced by including the Non-IFRS Measures as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of operations. By providing the Non-IFRS Measures, together with reconciliations to IFRS, we believe we are enhancing investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting investors in evaluating how well we are executing our strategic initiatives.

Items excluded from the Non-IFRS Measures are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. The Non-IFRS Measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation, or as an alternative to, or a substitute for loss for the year, revenue or other financial statement data presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements as indicators of financial performance. Some of the limitations are:

 

   

such measures do not reflect revenue related to fulfillment, which is necessary to the operation of our business;

 

   

such measures do not reflect our expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

such measures do not reflect changes in our working capital needs;

 

   

such measures do not reflect our share based payments, income tax benefit/(expense) or the amounts necessary to pay our taxes;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are not included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and such measures do not reflect any costs for such replacements; and

 

   

other companies may calculate such measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Due to these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business and are in addition to, not a substitute for or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. In addition, the Non-IFRS Measures we use may differ from the non-IFRS financial measures used by other companies and are not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS. Furthermore, not all companies or analysts may calculate similarly titled measures in the same manner. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our IFRS results and using the Non-IFRS Measures only as supplemental measures.

 

5


We define our Non-IFRS Measures and other financial and operating metrics as follows:

“EBITDA” is defined as loss for the year before income tax credit, financial income, financial expenses, amortization and depreciation.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as loss for the year before depreciation and amortization, income tax credits, and financial income and financial expense further adjusted to take account of the impact of certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. These non-cash and other items include, but not are limited to, change in fair value of convertible bonds and derivative warrants, share listing expenses, foreign exchange gains/(losses), share based payment expenses, transaction costs related to the Business Combination, certain one-time expenses related to a reduction in workforce initiated in January 2023, certain non-cash expenses related to the ESPP plan launched in January 2023, any negative goodwill arising from business combinations, and other items outside the scope of our ordinary activities.

Refer to chapter 4.1.6 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 4.1. Operating Results—Reconciliations of Non-IFRS and Other Financial and Operating Metrics” included elsewhere in this Annual Report for reconciliations of our Non-IFRS measures to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures.

Market and Industry Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this Annual Report concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position and market opportunity, is based on our management’s estimates and research, as well as industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. We believe the information from these third-party publications, research, surveys and studies included in this Annual Report is reliable. Management’s estimates are derived from publicly available information, their knowledge of our industry and their assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations which are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in this Annual Report under chapter 2.1 “Risk Factors”. These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates.

 

2

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described below in chapter 2.1 “Risk Factors”. Principal risks and uncertainties affecting our business include the following.

 

   

We are an early stage company with a history of operating losses, and expect to incur significant expenses and continuing losses at least for the near and medium-term.

 

   

Our growth and success is highly correlated with and thus dependent upon the continuing adoption of, and demand for EVs, as well as, availability of critical components needed for EVs and our products. Among other things, changes to fuel economy standards or the success of alternative fuels, or changes to rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives from governments, utilities and others to offset the purchase or operating cost of EVs and EV charging technology, may negatively impact the EV market and, thus, the demand for our products and services.

 

   

Political and economic uncertainty and macroeconomic factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

   

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate.

 

   

We currently face competition from a number of companies and expect to continue to face significant competition in our markets.

 

   

A loss or disruption with respect to our supply or manufacturing partners could negatively affect our business.

 

   

Our customers are not under long-term contract and our customer orders may fluctuate.

 

6


   

We expect to expend resources to maintain consumer awareness of our brands, build brand loyalty and generate interest in our products. Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase or maintain our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products.

 

   

We rely on third-parties that we do not control for many aspects of our business, marketing and distribution channels, and our failure to manage and maintain relationships with such third-parties, or any failure by such third-parties to promote or maintain the brand and quality of our products, could harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, we are dependent on third parties for installations, which are subject to risks associated with cost overruns and delays. Third parties may improperly install our products, which may result in additional costs to us and may adversely affect our brand, reputation and business.

 

   

We are dependent on consumer adoption of our products. If we do not continue to offer a high quality product and user experience, our business, brand and reputation will suffer.

 

   

Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing attacks and other network disruptions could result in security and privacy breaches, loss of proprietary information and interruption in service, which would harm our business.

 

   

Disruption of operations, including as a result of natural disasters, at our manufacturing sites or those of third-party suppliers could prevent us from filling customer orders on a timely basis and adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

 

   

We may have to initiate product recalls or withdrawals or may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions and/or incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business.

 

   

We are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations which, if not met, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

We have a significant presence in international markets and plan to continue to expand our international operations, which exposes us to a number of risks that could affect our future growth.

 

   

We are susceptible to risks associated with an increased focus by stakeholders and regulators on environmental and social matters, including climate change, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

   

We have acquired businesses and may acquire other businesses and/or companies, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

   

Our indebtedness could adversely restrict our ability to operate, affect our financial condition, prevent us from complying with requirements under our debt instruments and prevent us from paying cash distributions to our shareholders.

 

   

Our results of operations may fluctuate.

 

   

Exchange rate fluctuations between the Euro and other currencies may negatively affect our earnings.

 

   

We and our subsidiaries may be significantly impacted by changes in tax laws and regulations or their interpretation.

 

   

Increases in component costs, shipping costs, long lead times, supply shortages, and supply changes has disrupted and could in the future disrupt our supply chain and factors such as wage rate increases, inflation and interest rate increases can have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

   

We may need to defend against intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, which may be time-consuming and expensive, and our business could be adversely affected.

 

7


   

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain patents or otherwise protect our technology and intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties.

 

   

The EV industry is evolving as are the standards governing EV charging and the current lack of industry standards could result in future incompatibilities and issues that could require significant resources and or time to remedy.

 

   

Our technology, the technology of Electromaps, or services provided by COIL, could have undetected defects, errors or bugs in hardware or software which could reduce market adoption, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers, and/or expose us to product liability and other claims that could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

   

Interruptions, delays in service, communications outages or inability to increase capacity at third-party data center facilities could impair the use or functionality of our subscription services, harm our business and subject us to liability.

 

   

The EV charging market is characterized by rapid technological change, which requires us to continue to develop new products and product innovations. Any delays in such development could adversely affect market adoption of our products and our financial results.

 

   

We expect to incur research and development costs and devote significant resources to developing new products, which could significantly reduce our profitability.

 

   

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

 

   

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

 

   

We identified material weaknesses in connection with our internal control over financial reporting. Our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses may not be successful in a timely manner, or at all, and we may identify other material weaknesses.

 

   

Our internal control over financial reporting will not be effective if we cannot detect or prevent material errors at a reasonable level of assurance. Our past or future financial statements may not be accurate and we may not be able to timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of Class A Shares.

 

   

Our failure to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

2.1

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report, including our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business and operations. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are an early stage company with a history of operating losses, and expect to incur significant expenses and continuing losses at least for the near and medium-term.

We have a history of operating losses and negative operating cash flows. We incurred a net loss of €112.1 million and €62.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We believe we will continue to incur operating and net losses at least for the near and medium-term. A significant portion of our operating expenses are fixed. We anticipate, due to, among other things, ongoing administrative expenses associated with our U.S. listing and related regulations and reporting requirements, we will operate at a loss for the near and medium-term. Additional losses could impair our liquidity and may require us to raise additional capital or to curtail certain of our operations in an effort to preserve capital. Incurring additional losses could also erode investor’s confidence in our ability to manage our business effectively and result in a decline in the price of

 

8


Shares. Even if we achieve profitability, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain profitability in the future. We may need to raise additional financing through loans, securities offerings or additional transactions in order to fund our ongoing operations. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain such additional financing or that we will be able to obtain such additional financing on favorable terms if at all.

Our growth and success is highly correlated with and thus dependent upon the continuing adoption of, and demand for EVs, as well as, availability of critical components needed for EVs and our products. Among other things, changes to fuel economy standards or the success of alternative fuels, or changes to rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives from governments, utilities and others to offset the purchase or operating cost of EVs and EV charging technology, may negatively impact the EV market and, thus, the demand for our products and services.

Our potential profitability and growth is highly dependent upon the continued adoption of electric vehicles (“EVs”) by consumers, businesses, and fleet operators continued support from regulatory programs and in each case, the use of our chargers and charging stations, any of which may not occur at the levels we currently anticipate or at all. The market for EVs is still rapidly evolving, characterized by rapidly changing technologies, increasing consumer choice as it relates to available EV models, their pricing and performance, evolving government regulation and industry standards, changing consumer preferences and behaviors, intensifying levels of concern related to environmental issues, and governmental initiatives related to climate change and the environment generally. Although demand for EVs has grown overall in recent years, there is no guarantee of continuing our sustained future demand, as was seen with the reduced EV demand in 2023, which impacted our results.

Residential, commercial and public charging may not develop as expected and may fail to attract projected market share of total EV charging. If the market for EVs develops more slowly than expected, or if demand for EVs decreases, our growth would be reduced and its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be harmed. The market for EVs could be affected by numerous factors, such as:

 

   

perceptions about EV features, quality, driver experience, safety, performance and cost;

 

   

perceptions about the limited range over which EVs may be driven on a single battery charge and about availability and access to sufficient public EV charging stations;

 

   

competition, including from other types of alternative fuel vehicles (such as hydrogen fuel cell vehicles), plug-in hybrid EVs and high fuel-economy internal combustion engine (“ICE”) vehicles;

 

   

increases in fuel efficiency in legacy ICE and hybrid vehicles;

 

   

volatility in the price of gasoline and diesel at the pump;

 

   

EV supply chain disruptions including but not limited to availability of certain components (such as semiconductors, microchips and lithium), ability of EV OEMs to ramp-up EV production, availability of batteries, and battery materials;

 

   

concerns regarding the stability of the electrical grid;

 

   

the decline of an EV battery’s ability to hold a charge over time;

 

   

availability of service for EVs;

 

   

consumers’ perception about the convenience, speed, and cost of EV charging;

 

   

government regulations and economic incentives, including adverse changes in, or expiration of, favorable tax incentives related to EVs, EV charging stations or decarbonization generally;

 

   

relaxation of government mandates or quotas regarding the sale of EVs;

 

   

the number, price and variety of EV models available for purchase;

 

   

inflationary pressures on the cost of EVs and the cost of financing EV purchases; and

 

   

concerns about the future viability of EV manufacturers.

 

9


In addition, sales of vehicles in the automotive industry can be cyclical, which may affect growth in acceptance of EVs. It is uncertain how macroeconomic factors will impact demand for EVs, particularly since they can be more expensive than traditional gasoline-powered vehicles, when the automotive industry globally has been experiencing a recent decline in sales. Furthermore, because fleet operators often make large purchases of EVs, this cyclicality and volatility in the automotive industry may be more pronounced with commercial purchasers, and any significant decline in demand from these customers could reduce demand for EV charging and our products and services in particular.

While many global OEMs and several new market entrants have announced plans for new EV models, the lineup of EV models, with increasing charging needs, expected to come to market over the next several years may not materialize in that timeframe or may fail to attract sufficient customer demand. In addition, market entrants in the EV market may not ultimately succeed, which could reduce market demand, and several startup EV makers have recently filed for bankruptcy. Demand for EVs may also be affected by factors directly impacting automobile prices or the cost of purchasing and operating automobiles, such as sales and financing incentives, prices of raw materials and parts and components, cost of fuel and governmental regulations, including tariffs, import regulation and other taxes. Volatility in demand may lead to lower vehicle unit sales, which may result in reduced demand for EV charging solutions and therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

As regulatory initiatives have required an increase in the mileage capabilities of cars and consumption of renewable transportation fuels, such as ethanol and biodiesel, consumer acceptance of EVs and other alternative vehicles has been increasing. However, the EV fueling model is different from gasoline and other fuel models, requiring behavior changes and education of businesses, consumers, regulatory bodies, local utilities, and other stakeholders. Further developments in, and improvements in affordability of, alternative technologies, such as renewable diesel, biodiesel, ethanol, hydrogen fuel cells or compressed natural gas, proliferation of hybrid powertrains involving such alternative fuels, or improvements in the fuel economy of the ICE vehicles, whether as the result of regulation or otherwise, may materially and adversely affect demand for EVs and EV charging stations in some market verticals. Regulatory bodies may also adopt rules that substantially favor certain alternatives to petroleum-based propulsion over others, which may not necessarily be EVs. Local jurisdictions may also impose restrictions on urban driving due to congestion, which may prioritize and accelerate micro mobility trends and slow EV adoption growth. If any of the above cause or contribute to automakers reducing the availability of EV models or cause or contribute to consumers or businesses to no longer purchase EVs or purchase fewer of them, it would materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

The U.S. federal government, European states and some state and local governments provide incentives to end users and purchasers of EVs and EV charging stations in the form of rebates, tax credits, and other financial and behavioral incentives, such as payments for regulatory credits. The EV market relies on these governmental rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives to significantly lower the effective price of EVs and EV charging stations, and these incentives may change in the future. In the United States, for example, with the passage of the Inflation Reduction Act, the Biden administration has committed over $369 billion towards climate investments, representing the largest single investment in this area in the country’s history. The package includes both consumer and corporate incentives and loans with the aims of reducing emissions by 40% by 2030. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as a matter of administrative, regulatory or legislative policy. Any reduction in rebates, tax credits or other financial incentives could negatively affect the EV market and adversely impact our business operations, expansion potential and financial results. Furthermore, new tariffs and policy incentives implemented by the Biden Administration that favor equipment manufactured by or assembled at American factories, could put us at a competitive disadvantage if we are not able to develop our U.S. manufacturing capacity on the timelines we currently expect or at all, including by increasing the cost or delaying the availability of charging equipment, by challenging or eliminating our ability to apply or qualify for grants and other government incentives, or by disqualifying us from the ability to compete for certain charging infrastructure buildout solicitations and programs, including those initiated by federal government agencies. Moreover, the political nature of certain of these policies and programs means that a future U.S. administration or future governments in any of the jurisdictions that are material for our operations and business, could make policy or legislative changes that put us at competitive disadvantage, make it prohibitively costly or unattractive for us to pursue existing business initiatives, or negatively impact demand for our products and services. Specifically, the 2024 U.S. presidential election could create uncertainty or unfavorable conditions with respect to legal, tax, and regulatory regimes in which the Company operates.

 

10


Similarly, even if new legislation incentivizes EV adoption, we cannot predict what form such incentives may take at this time. If we are not eligible for grants or other incentives under such programs, while our competitors are, it may adversely affect our competitiveness or results of operation.

Political and economic uncertainty and macroeconomic factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results could be materially impacted by changes in the overall global macroeconomic environment and other economic factors that impact our cost structure and revenue results. Changes in economic conditions, including supply chain constraints, logistics challenges, labor shortages, and steps taken by governments and central banks, particularly in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as other stimulus and spending programs, have, in the past, led to (and could, in the future, lead to) higher inflation, resulting in an increase in costs, currency volatility and changes in fiscal and monetary policy, including increased interest rates and reduced consumer spending. In a higher inflationary environment, we may be unable to raise the prices of our products and services sufficiently to keep up with the rate of inflation. Moreover, negative macroeconomic conditions could adversely impact our ability to obtain financing in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, geopolitical instability (such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the ongoing conflict in the Middle East involving Israel and Hamas) and related sanctions could continue to have significant ramifications on global financial markets, including volatility in the U.S. and global financial markets. These inflationary pressures and other negative macroeconomic conditions could impact our revenues and resulting margins and could have an adverse impact on results of operations and could cause the market value of our common shares to decline and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Failure of banks or other financial institutions could adversely affect our cash, cash equivalents and investments and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result.

We maintain our cash at financial institutions, so if banks and financial institutions enter receivership or become insolvent in the future due to financial conditions affecting the banking system and financial markets, our ability to access our cash, cash equivalents and investments, including transferring funds, making payments or receiving funds, may be threatened and could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and historical growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of future growth. Furthermore, the expected continued growth and expansion of our business may place a significant strain on management, business operations, financial condition and infrastructure and corporate culture, and we may not successfully anticipate our business and personnel needs. For example in January 2023, we took cost-saving initiatives to better align our cost structure with the current demand environment. These cost-saving initiatives will continue throughout 2024. These initiatives are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including whether we have targeted the appropriate areas of the business and at the appropriate scale. In addition, these cost-saving initiatives could take more time and be more costly than anticipated and could place substantial demands on management, which could lead to the diversion of management’s attention from other business priorities. Any reduction in workforce may yield unintended consequences and costs, such as attrition beyond the intended reduction in workforce, the distraction of employees and reduced employee morale, which could, in turn, adversely impact productivity, including through a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge or inefficiency during transitional periods. Any of these impacts could also adversely affect our reputation as an employer, make it more difficult for us to hire new employees in the future and increase the risk that we may not achieve the anticipated benefits.

As our business and company evolves, our information technology systems and our internal control over financial reporting and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations and may allow data security incidents that may interrupt business operations and allow third parties to obtain unauthorized access to business information or misappropriate funds. We may also face risks to the extent such third parties infiltrate the information technology infrastructure of our contractors.

To manage our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. Failure to manage growth effectively could result in difficulty or delays in attracting new customers, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or enhancing existing products and services, loss of customers, information security vulnerabilities or other operational difficulties, any of which could adversely

 

11


affect our business performance and operating results. Our strategy is based on a combination of growth and maintenance of strong performance, and any inability to scale, maintain customer experience related to our charging products or charging stations may impact our growth trajectory and results of operations.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate.

Estimates of future EV adoption, the total addressable market for our products and services and market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. This is especially so during periods of macroeconomic volatility, among other factors outside our control. Management’s estimates and forecasts relating to the size and expected growth of the target market, market demand and EV adoption may also prove to be inaccurate. In particular, estimates regarding the current and projected market opportunity for public and residential charging or our market share related to that opportunity are difficult to predict. The estimated addressable market may not materialize in the timeframe of the projections, if ever, and, even if the markets meet the size estimates and growth estimates, our business could fail to grow at similar rates.

We currently face competition from a number of companies and expect to continue to face significant competition in our markets.

The EV charging market is relatively new, and we currently face competition from a number of EV charging companies and may face increasing competition from other competitors that may enter the space including but not limited to OEMs, utilities, tech companies, solar companies that branch into EV charging, and other new entrants. The principal competitive factors in the industry include consumer awareness and brand recognition of our residential charging products; technical features of chargers in respect of both hardware and software; relationships with localities and utilities; charger connectivity to EVs and ability to charge all standards; software-enabled services offering and overall customer experience; brand, track record and reputation; access to component vendors and OEMs, service providers, installation professionals; and policy incentives and pricing.

We have varying levels of penetration in our markets and those markets are characterized by unique competitive dynamics. For example, the European EV charging market can be characterized as fragmented.

There are many small and local players, with only a limited number of parties having sufficient scale and funding to be competitive in the long term. Especially due to the strong government incentives currently in place, EV sales are expected to continue to increase in Europe. From a competitive perspective, the North American market has high barriers to entry due to strict certification and validation requirements. Therefore, this market differs from Europe as the market is less fragmented. Similar to the European market, the APAC market can be characterized as a highly fragmented market with less than a handful of players that have gained significant scale in the industry. From a technology and pricing perspective, EV charging solutions in APAC are cost-competitive as they can be manufactured at a lower cost point. Our growth in each of our markets requires differentiating ourselves as compared to our competition. If we are unable to penetrate, or further penetrate, the market in each of the geographies in which we operate or intend to operate, our future revenue growth and profits may be impacted. In addition, there are competitors, in particular those with limited funding, experience or commitment to quality assurance, which could cause poor experiences, hampering overall EV adoption or trust in any particular provider. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with different commercial objectives and imperatives and greater available resources.

Additionally, future changes in charging preferences; the development of inductive EV charging capabilities; battery chemistries, ultralong-range batteries or energy storage technologies, industry standards or applications; driver behavior or battery EV efficiency may develop in ways that limit our future share gains in certain high promising markets or slow the growth of our addressable market. We may face competition from other EV charging technologies, such as battery swapping technology or wireless / inductive charging, or technologies which may be developed in the future. Competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than us to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements, and may be better equipped to initiate or withstand substantial price competition.

The EV charging business may become more competitive, pressuring future increases in utilization and margins. Competition is still developing and is expected to increase as the number of EVs sold increases. New competitors or alliances may emerge in the future that secure greater market share, have proprietary technologies that drivers prefer, more effective marketing abilities and/or face different financial hurdles, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

 

12


Further, our current strategic initiatives may fail to result in a sustainable competitive advantage for us. Future competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of our current or future target markets, which could create price pressure or erode our market share. In light of these factors, current or potential customers may utilize charging services of competitors. If we fail to adapt to changing market conditions or continue to compete successfully with current charging product providers or new competitors, our growth will be inhibited, adversely affecting our business and results of operations.

A loss or disruption with respect to our supply or manufacturing partners could negatively affect our business.

We rely on a limited number of vendors and OEMs for manufacturing of components of our charging products which at this stage of the industry is unique to each supplier and thus singularly sourced with respect to components. This reliance on a limited number of vendors and OEMs increases our risks. In the event of production interruptions or supply chain disruptions including but not limited to availability of certain key components such as semiconductors, which have experienced supply shortages that have significantly affected the overall automotive industry, we may not be able to take advantage of increased production from other sources or develop alternate or secondary vendors without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays. Thus, our business would be adversely affected if one or more of our vendors or OEMs is impacted by any interruption at a particular location. The lack of component parts and delays experienced by our vendors and OEMs have necessitated us having to seek other sources and increase our inventory of component parts.

As the demand for EV charging increases, vendors and OEMs may not be able to dedicate sufficient supply chain, production, or sales channel capacity to keep up with the required pace of charging product and infrastructure expansion. Global supply chains continue to experience a period of unprecedented disruption, in addition to which, as the EV market grows, the industry may be exposed to deteriorating design requirements, undetected faults or the erosion of testing standards by charging equipment and component suppliers, which may adversely impact the performance, reliability and lifecycle cost of the chargers. If we or our suppliers experience a significant increase in demand, or if we need to replace an existing supplier, it may not be possible to supplement service or replace them on acceptable terms, which may undermine our ability to make sales and timely deliveries of chargers. For example, it may take a significant amount of time to identify a vendor that has the capability and resources to supply components in sufficient volume.

In addition, we conduct business in jurisdictions that have, or are considering adopting, supply chain regulations. Our adherence to any such regulations and efforts to mitigate risks associated with our supply chain is likely to increase our compliance costs. Additionally, our evaluation of suppliers’ adherence to these regulations may be an extensive process and may not fully mitigate these risks. The thorough process of vetting vendors for their quality, reliability, and ethical standards also means that losing a key vendor or OEM could negatively impact our business and financial performance.

Further, should the U.S. Government require that charging equipment be manufactured in the U.S. in order to access federal financial support or secure contracts with the federal government, we may have to source components from alternative vendors or OEMs or work with current vendors and OEMs to develop additional manufacturing capacity in the U.S. to participate in the covered federal programs.

If we are unable to attract and retain key employees our ability to compete and successfully grow our business would be harmed.

We are dependent upon the efforts of certain key personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering and sales and business development personnel, our ability to compete and successfully grow our business would be harmed. Furthermore, the loss of such key personnel could negatively impact the operations and financial results of our business.

From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. We also do not maintain any key person life insurance policies.

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel including, software engineers and other employees with the technical skills in design and engineering that will enable us to deliver quality EV charging products and energy management solutions. Competition is intense for qualified professionals. We may experience difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working in our market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources.

 

13


Volatility in the price of shares may, therefore, negatively impact our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity-based compensation may discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join us. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could harm our business.

Our customers are not under long-term contract and our customer orders may fluctuate.

We do not have commitments greater than one year from any of our customers, and we may not be able to retain customers or attract new customers that provide us with revenue that is comparable to the revenue generated by any customers we may lose. The duration of the contracts we do have with our distribution partners is typically one year and such contracts may contain termination clauses and do not provide for minimum volumes or other commitments to purchase our chargers. Our distributor, reseller, and installer customers, which accounted for approximately 67% of our sales, for the year ended December 31, 2023, place orders with on an ad hoc basis and direct sales made directly through our website or via Amazon accounted for approximately 8.2% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2023. Because our customers do not have long-term contracts, it may be difficult for us to accurately predict future revenue streams. We cannot provide assurance that current customers will continue to use our products or services or that we will be able to replace departing customers with new customers that provide us with comparable revenue. We also have in the past experienced customer concentration, with Iberdrola representing 6.0% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021, 3.0% for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 4.9% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The loss of a key customer, including but not limited to Iberdrola, could have a material impact on our business.

We expect to expend resources to maintain consumer awareness of our brands, build brand loyalty and generate interest in our products. Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase or maintain our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products.

Our ability to grow our customer base, achieve broader market acceptance, grow revenue, and achieve and sustain profitability will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to effectively expand our sales and marketing operations and activities, which will require significant investment. We had €10.4 million, €23.9 million and €7.3 million in marketing expenses in each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and we expect to expend more resources in the future in order to build consumer awareness of our brands. We rely on our business development, sales and marketing teams to obtain new customers and grow our retail business. We plan to continue to expand in these functional areas but we may not be able to recruit and hire a sufficient number of competent personnel with requisite skills, technical expertise and experience, which may adversely affect our ability to expand our sales capabilities. The hiring process can be costly and time-consuming, and new employees may require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity. Recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as quickly as anticipated, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, incentivizing and retaining a sufficient number of qualified personnel attaining desired productivity levels within a reasonable time. Our business will be harmed if investment in personnel related to business development and related company activities does not generate a significant increase in revenue.

We rely on third-parties that we do not control for many aspects of our business, marketing and distribution channels, and our failure to manage and maintain relationships with such third-parties, or any failure by such third-parties to promote or maintain the brand and quality of our products, could harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, we are dependent on third parties for installations, which are subject to risks associated with cost overruns and delays. Third parties may improperly install our products, which may result in additional costs to us and may adversely affect our brand, reputation and business.

We sell our EV charging solutions through various channels. We have built and maintain an ecosystem of partner channels including, installers, resellers and value-add distributors. We provide marketing materials, training and support to our partners to improve sales and enters into contracts with such parties governing certain aspects of their conduct; however, we do not ultimately control such parties. Our failure to manage and maintain relationships with such third-parties, or any failure by such third-parties to promote or maintain the brand and quality of our products, could harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business.

 

14


Additionally, outside of the installation services our subsidiary COIL provides in North America, we do not typically install our charging products or charging stations. We offer installation service through our certified installer network that are intended to ensure installation according to local governmental and industrial standards; however, these installation services are often offered through third parties that we do not control. The installation of charging products, particularly our charging stations, is generally subject to oversight and regulation in accordance with state and local laws and ordinances. Installations are subject to risks associated with cost overruns and delays. Third parties may improperly install our products, which may damage or break our products and give the end-user the perception the product is faulty and may adversely affect our brand, reputation and business.

Our business model is predicated on the presence of qualified and capable installation professionals in the new markets it intends to enter. There is no guarantee that there will be an adequate supply of such partners.

A shortage in the number of qualified contractors may impact the viability of the business plan, increase risks around the quality of works performed and increase costs if outside contractors are brought into a new market.

Negative publicity or product quality issues, whether real or perceived, could tarnish our reputation and our brand image. Failure to maintain, enhance and protect our brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, any failure to meet customer specifications could result in reduced net sales and income.

We are dependent on consumer adoption of our products. If we do not continue to offer a high quality product and user experience, our business, brand and reputation will suffer.

A failure or inability by us to meet customer specifications or consumer expectations could damage our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract new business and result in delayed or lost sales. Our ability to create, maintain, enhance and protect our brand image and reputation and consumers’ connection to our brand depends in part on our design and marketing efforts. Negative publicity or product quality issues, whether real or perceived, could tarnish our reputation and brand image. Failure to maintain, enhance and protect our brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, any failure to meet customer specifications could result in reduced revenues and increased net losses.

Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing attacks and other network disruptions could result in security and privacy breaches, loss of proprietary information and interruption in service, which would harm our business.

Computer malware, viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions could lead to interruption and delays in our services and operations and loss, misuse or theft of data. Computer malware, viruses, ransomware, hacking, phishing attacks or denial of service, against online networks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems. Any attempts by cyber attackers to disrupt our services or systems, if successful, could harm our business, introduce liability to data subjects, result in the misappropriation of funds, be expensive to remedy and damage our reputation or brand. Insurance may not be sufficient to cover significant expenses and losses related to cyber-attacks. Even with the security measures we have implemented, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, could be vulnerable to security breaches, computer viruses, lost or misplaced data, programming errors, scams, burglary, human errors, acts of vandalism, or other events. Efforts to prevent cyber attackers from entering computer systems are expensive to implement, and we may not be able to cause the implementation or enforcement of such preventions with respect to its third-party vendors. Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of systems and technical infrastructure may, in addition to other losses, harm our reputation, brand and ability to attract customers, even if such actions do not result in any actual security breach or loss of data.

There are several factors ranging from human error to data corruption that could materially impact the efficacy of any processes and procedures designed to enable us to recover from a disaster or catastrophe, including by lengthening the time services are partially or fully unavailable to customers and users. It may be difficult or impossible to perform some or all recovery steps and continue normal business operations due to the nature of a particular cyber-attack, disaster or catastrophe or other disruption, especially during peak periods, which could cause additional reputational damages, or loss of revenues, any of which would adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

15


There can be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems and information.

Growing our customer base depends upon the effective operation of our mobile applications with mobile operating systems, networks and standards that are beyond our control.

We are dependent on the interoperability of our mobile applications with mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Google’s Android and Apple’s iOS, and any changes in such systems that degrade our products’ functionality or give preferential treatment to competitive products could adversely affect the usage of our applications on mobile devices. Additionally, in order to deliver high quality mobile products, it is important that our products work well with a range of mobile technologies, systems, networks and standards that we do not control. We may not be successful in developing relationships with key participants in the mobile industry or in developing products that operate effectively with these technologies, systems, networks or standards.

In addition, a portion of our software platform depends on our interest in and partnership with Electromaps, S.L. an electromobility and EV charging management platform (“Electromaps”). We are dependent on Electromaps for a portion of our revenues and to build consumer awareness of our brand and products. Widespread adoption of charging payment mobile platforms or other charging solutions as a competitor with, or an alternative to, Electromaps may negatively impact its business, operating results and financial condition. In order to execute on its business model, Electromaps will need to develop a network of operators of charging stations with integrated payment infrastructure and generate sufficient downloads of its mobile application to take advantage of network effects.

Disruption of operations, including as a result of natural disasters, at our manufacturing sites or those of third-party suppliers could prevent us from filling customer orders on a timely basis and adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Events beyond our control could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Disruption to our platform resulting from natural disasters, atmospheric changes and extreme weather events (whether as a result of climate change or otherwise), including fires, floods, droughts, storms, extreme temperatures, sea level rise and earthquakes, as well as other events such as political events, war, terrorism, health pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or other events could impair our ability to continue to provide our products and services. Similarly, disruptions in the operations of our key third-parties, such as data centers, servers or other technology providers, could have a material adverse effect on our business. If any of these events were to occur, our business, results of operations, or financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our business is significantly dependent on our ability to meet labor needs, and we may be subject to work stoppages at our facilities or at the facilities of our supply and manufacturing partners, which could negatively impact the profitability of our business.

The success of our business depends significantly on our ability to hire and retain quality employees, including at our manufacturing and distribution facilities, many of whom are skilled. We may be unable to meet our labor needs and control our costs due to external factors such as the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the workforce of the markets in which we operate, unemployment levels, demand for certain labor expertise, prevailing wage rates, wage inflation, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs, adoption of new or revised employment and labor laws and regulations, and the impacts of man-made or natural disasters, atmospheric changes and extreme weather events, including as a result of climate change, and health pandemics. Should we fail to increase our wages competitively in response to increasing wage rates, the quality of our workforce could decline. Any increase in the cost of labor could have an adverse effect on our operating costs, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to hire and retain skilled employees, our business could be materially adversely affected.

If our employees or the employees of our manufacturing and supply partners were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other slowdown in the future, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations, which could interfere with our ability to deliver products on a timely basis and could have other negative effects, such as decreased productivity and increased labor costs. Any interruption in the delivery of our products could reduce demand for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our Company.

 

16


We may have to initiate product recalls or withdrawals or may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions and/or incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and harm our brand, reputation and adversely affect our business.

As a manufacturer, marketer and retailer, we may initiate product recalls or withdrawals, or may be subject to seizures, product liability or other litigation claims and adverse public relations if our products are defective or alleged to cause injury, or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations in the manufacture, sale or distribution of any products, whether caused by us or someone in our manufacturing or supply chain. We also offer warranties on many of our products which may result in additional payments in the future if our products prove to be defective.

A product recall, withdrawal or seizure could result in destruction of product inventory and inventory write-off, negative publicity, temporary facility closings for us or our contract manufacturers or OEMs, supply chain interruption, fines, substantial and unexpected expenditures, which would reduce operating profit and cash flow. In addition, a product recall, withdrawal or seizure may require significant management attention. Product recalls may materially and adversely affect consumer confidence in our brands, hurt the value of our brands and lead to decreased demand for our products and decline in price charged for our products. Product recalls, withdrawals or seizures also may lead to increased scrutiny by federal, state or international regulatory agencies of our operations and increased litigation and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be subject to various product liability claims, particularly as we expand in the United States. Any such product liability claims may also include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability, or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection laws. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our existing products. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. In addition, our inability to obtain or maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the development and commercial production and sale of our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations which, if not met, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We and our operations, as well as those of our contractors, suppliers, and customers, are subject to certain environmental laws and regulations, including laws related to the use, handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes as well as electronic wastes and hardware, whether hazardous or not. These laws may require us or others in our value chain to obtain permits and comply with procedures that impose various restrictions and obligations that may have material effects on our operations. If key permits and approvals cannot be obtained on acceptable terms, or if other operational requirements cannot be met in a manner satisfactory for our operations or on a timeline that meets our commercial obligations, it may adversely impact our business.

Throughout the world, electrical appliances are subject to various mandatory and voluntary standards, including requirements in some jurisdictions, including the United States, that products be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. or other similar recognized laboratories. In the United States, we are required to undergo certification and testing of compliance with UL standards, as well as other national and industry specific standards. We endeavor to have our products designed to meet the certification requirements of, and to be certified in, each of the jurisdictions in which they are sold. Compliance with such certifications could be costly and if we or our products were to fail to comply with any such certifications, we could be limited in our ability to sell and market our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex and may be subject to change, such as through new requirements enacted at the supranational, national, sub-national, and/or local level or new or modified regulations that may be implemented under existing law. The nature and extent of any changes in these laws, rules, regulations and permits may be unpredictable and may have material effects on our business. Future legislation and regulations or changes in existing legislation and regulations, or interpretations thereof, including those relating to hardware manufacturing, electronic waste, or batteries, could cause additional expenditures, restrictions and delays in connection with our operations as well as other future projects, the extent of which cannot be predicted. California may adopt more stringent regulation of EV charging and, in February 2023, the U.S. Department of Transportation and U.S. Department of Energy announced plans to include minimum standards and “Buy America” requirements for EV chargers funded by certain U.S. federal programs.

 

17


Further, we currently rely on third parties to ensure compliance with certain environmental laws, including those related to the disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. We generally do not manufacture the components of our charging products. Rather, our employees and contractors engage in assembly of charging products at our facilities primarily using components manufactured by OEMs. Nonetheless, any failure to properly handle or dispose of wastes, regardless of whether such failure is our or our contractors, may result in liability under environmental laws in the United States, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and state analogs, under which liability may be imposed without regard to fault or degree of contribution for the investigation and clean-up of contaminated sites, as well as impacts to human health and damages to natural resources. We may also generate or dispose of solid wastes, which may include hazardous wastes that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”), and comparable state statutes. While RCRA regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes strict requirements on the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. Certain components of our chargers may be excluded from RCRA’s hazardous waste regulations, provided certain requirements are met. However, if these components do not meet all of the established requirements for the exclusion, or if the requirements for the exclusion change, we may be required to treat such products as hazardous waste, which are subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements. Any such changes in the laws and regulations, or our ability to qualify the materials it uses for exclusions under such laws and regulations, could adversely affect our operating expenses. Additionally, we may not be able to secure contracts with third parties to continue their key supply chain and disposal services for our business, which may result in increased costs for compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

We have a significant presence in international markets and plan to continue to expand our international operations, which exposes us to a number of risks that could affect our future growth.

Expansion in existing or new international markets requires additional management attention and resources in order to tailor our solutions to the unique aspects of each country. In addition, we face the following additional risks associated with our expansion into international locations:

 

   

challenges caused by distance, language and cultural differences;

   

longer payment cycles in some countries;

 

   

credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;

 

   

compliance with applicable foreign laws and regulations, including laws and regulations with respect to privacy, consumer protection, spam and content, and the risk of penalties to our customers and individual members of management if its practices are deemed to be non-compliant;

 

   

compliance with changing energy, electrical, and power regulations;

 

   

compliance with new or changed climate, sustainability or other similar foreign regulations;

 

   

unique or different market dynamics or business practices;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

foreign exchange controls;

 

   

political and economic instability;

 

   

export restrictions;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences; and

 

   

higher costs associated with doing business internationally.

These risks could harm our international expansion efforts, which could have a materially adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are susceptible to risks associated with an increased focus by stakeholders and regulators on environmental and social matters, including climate change, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Climate-related events, including the increasing frequency of extreme weather events and their impact on critical infrastructure in the United States and elsewhere, have the potential to disrupt our business and those of our third-party suppliers, and customers, and may cause us to experience higher attrition, losses and additional costs to maintain or resume operations or provide services.

 

18


There are also increasing regulatory expectations on certain environmental, social and sustainability governance-related matters, which will likely lead to increased costs as well as scrutiny that could heighten all of the risks identified in this risk factor. For example, in several jurisdictions, we are subject to sustainability-related regulation with respect to our operations and our supply chain, and this may increase our costs or negatively impact our sourcing options. Further, there is an increased focus, including by governmental and nongovernmental organizations, investors, customers, and other stakeholders, on certain environmental and social matters, including increased pressure to expand disclosures related to the physical and transition risks related to climate change or to establish sustainability goals, such as the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, as well as on gender diversity, all of which could expose us to market, operational and execution costs or risks. Our inability to comply with these and other sustainability requirements in the future could adversely affect sales of and demand for our products and services.

On January 5, 2023, Directive (EU) 2022/2464 (the “CSRD”) entered into force. The CSRD provides extensive sustainability reporting obligations and will apply to the Company as of financial year 2025. In addition, the European legislator is currently considering a proposal for a corporate sustainability due diligence directive, which, if passed, would introduce, inter alia, additional environmental and human rights due diligence requirements in respect of our business operations and value chain.

Certain of our existing environmental and sustainability initiatives may be costly and may not have the desired effect, and many of our environmental and sustainability-related actions, statements and commitments are based on expectations, assumptions, or third-party information that we currently believe to be reasonable but which may subsequently be determined to be erroneous or not in keeping with best practice. We may also be unable to complete certain initiatives or targets, either on timelines/costs initially anticipated or at all. If we fail to, or are perceived to fail to, comply with or advance certain environmental and sustainability initiatives (including the manner in which we complete such initiatives), we may be subject to various adverse impacts, including reputational damage and potential stakeholder engagement and/or litigation, even if such initiatives are currently voluntary. Additionally, certain of our customers, business partners, and suppliers may be subject to the issues and expectations identified in this risk factor, which may augment or create additional risks, including risks that may not be known to us.

We have acquired businesses and may acquire other businesses and/or companies, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.

As part of our business strategy, we have made and may make future investments in or acquisitions of complementary companies, products or technologies. These activities involve significant risks to our business. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, they may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position. Any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our partners and clients, which could have an adverse impact on our business. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating employees or technologies acquired, our financial condition and results of operations, including revenue growth, could be adversely affected. Any acquisition and subsequent integration will require significant time and resources. We may not be able to successfully evaluate and use the acquired technology or employees, or otherwise manage the acquisition and integration processes successfully. As such, we cannot assure you that our investments in acquired businesses will be successful or that such endeavors will result in the realization of the synergies, cost savings and innovation that may be possible within a reasonable period of time, if at all. We will be required to pay cash, incur debt and/or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or result in dilution to shareholders of the Shares. Our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses of our cash, including investments in sales and marketing and product development organizations, and in infrastructure to support scalability. The issuance or sale of equity or convertible debt securities to finance any such acquisitions would result in dilution to shareholders. If we incur debt, it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also impose covenants or other restrictions that could impede our ability to manage our operations.

 

19


Our indebtedness could adversely restrict our ability to operate, affect our financial condition, prevent us from complying with requirements under our debt instruments and prevent us from paying cash distributions to our shareholders.

We have outstanding long-term indebtedness and the ability to incur more debt. As of December 31, 2023, our total non-current loans and borrowings was €80.9 million, including €8.8 million outstanding under our loan agreement with Banco Santander, S.A. from April 2021 (as described below) to be paid in more than twelve months, €18.1 million outstanding under the BBVA Facility Agreement(as defined below). for a term loan commitment, €15.4 million under the loan agreement with Banco Santander, S.A. from December 2022 (as described below) and €35 million under the October 2023 Facility Agreements (as defined below). Some of these loan agreements require that we comply with various affirmative and negative covenants. Refer to chapter 4.1.1 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 4.1 Operating Results — Recent Transactions.”

The restrictions under our indebtedness may prevent us from engaging in certain transactions which might otherwise be considered beneficial to us and could have other important consequences to unitholders. For example, they could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, limit our ability to make distributions; to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general partnership requirements; to engage in future acquisitions, construction or development activities; to access capital markets (debt and equity); or to otherwise fully realize the value of our assets and opportunities because of the need to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our indebtedness or to comply with any restrictive terms of our indebtedness; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which we operate; and place us at a competitive disadvantage as compared to our competitors that have less debt.

We may incur additional indebtedness (public or private) in the future under our existing agreements, by issuing debt instruments, under new credit agreements, under joint venture credit agreements, under new credit agreements of our unrestricted subsidiaries, under finance leases or synthetic leases, or a combination of any of these. Failure to comply with the terms and conditions of any existing or future indebtedness would constitute an event of default. If an event of default occurs, the lenders or noteholders will have the right to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness and foreclose upon the collateral, if any, securing that indebtedness.

In addition, from time to time, some of our subsidiaries for which we may act as guarantor may have substantial indebtedness, which will include affirmative and negative covenants and other provisions that limit their freedom to conduct certain operations, events of default, prepayment and other customary terms.

Our results of operations may fluctuate.

Our results may fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition to the other risks described herein, our results of operations to fluctuate due to, including but limitation:

 

   

the timing and volume of new sales;

 

   

fluctuations in costs;

 

   

the timing of new product rollouts;

 

   

weaker than anticipated demand for charging products and stations, whether due to changes in government incentives and policies or due to other conditions;

 

   

fluctuations in sales and marketing, business development or research and development expenses;

 

   

supply chain interruptions and manufacturing or delivery delays;

 

   

the timing and availability of new products relative to customers’ and investors’ expectations;

 

   

the impact of health pandemics on our workforce, or those of our customers, suppliers, vendors or business partners;

 

   

disruptions in sales, production, service or other business activities or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

unanticipated changes in federal, state, local, or foreign government incentive programs, which can affect demand for EVs;

 

   

seasonal fluctuations in EV purchases;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

20


   

difficulties in developing effective marketing campaigns in unfamiliar international markets;

 

   

political, social, and economic instability, including the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine, potential conflict between China and Taiwan, terrorist attacks, and security concerns in general; and

 

   

credit market crises or other adverse market conditions or macroeconomic factors.

Fluctuations in operating results and cash flow could, among other things, give rise to short-term liquidity issues. In addition, revenue, and other operating results may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have an adverse effect on the price of Class A Shares.

Exchange rate fluctuations between the Euro and other currencies may negatively affect our earnings.

We currently have sales denominated in currencies other than the Euro. Fluctuations in the exchange rates of these foreign currencies has had and in the future could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging. If we decide to hedge our foreign currency exposure, we may not be able to hedge effectively due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets. In addition, those activities may be limited in the protection they provide us from foreign currency fluctuations and can themselves result in losses.

We and our subsidiaries may be significantly impacted by changes in tax laws and regulations or their interpretation.

Governments in the various jurisdictions in which we and our subsidiaries are established and/ or operate continue to review, reform and modify tax laws, regulations, treaties, interpretations, policy initiatives and tax authority practices, and how we are treated for tax purposes is subject to changes. We are unable to predict whether a tax reform may be proposed or enacted in the future (including with retroactive effect) or whether such changes would have a significant impact on our business, but such changes could result in material changes to the taxes that we are required to provide for and pay in various jurisdictions.

When tax laws and regulations change, or when new tax laws and regulations are introduced and implemented, such changes or new laws and regulations may be unclear in certain respects and could be subject to further potential amendments and technical corrections, and may be subject to interpretations and implementing regulations by the relevant governmental authorities, any of which could mitigate or increase certain adverse effects of the tax changes or of the new tax laws and regulations. Existing tax laws and regulations could also be interpreted or applied in a manner adverse to us or our subsidiaries.

We have incurred and are likely to continue incurring significant tax losses, the use of which may be limited under Spanish and other tax laws, and may be further limited in the future in case of changes in the applicable tax laws or their interpretation by the competent tax authorities. Similarly, we expect to obtain future tax savings from tax credits generated in Spain and in other jurisdictions in which we operate, and such tax losses and credits may eventually be rendered unavailable should a change in tax laws (or in their interpretation) take place. In particular, we are entitled to a significant amount of tax credits with respect to R&D costs under Spanish tax laws. We expect to be able to use such R&D tax credits in future fiscal years to reduce our cash tax liabilities. If the Spanish tax laws and regulations with respect to such R&D credits change in a manner that is detrimental to our position (e.g. by limiting the amount of tax credits that may be applied in a given fiscal year, by amending the criteria currently used to assess the amount of tax credits that may be claimed, or even by derogating the current tax regime), our overall tax expenses may increase. Any increase in our tax expenses due to a forfeiture, limitation or non-availability of tax losses and credits could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may also be subject to reviews or audits by tax authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate, and although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, if the applicable taxing authorities disagree with the positions taken on our tax returns or if they deem us not be otherwise compliant with all applicable tax laws and regulations, tax authorities may carry out enforcement actions against us. Enforcement actions may be administrative, civil or criminal in nature, and could result in litigation, payments of additional taxes, penalties, interest or other sanctions. Any such non-compliance with applicable tax laws and regulations and their consequences to us may impact our operations, or even our ability to operate in such jurisdictions, and may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

21


We are subject to the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, import and customs laws, trade and economic sanctions laws and other laws governing our international operations.

We are subject to the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws in countries where we conduct activities, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (“Bribery Act”). These laws generally prohibit companies their employees, and third-party intermediaries acting on their behalf from promising, authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments of anything of value to government officials, political parties, and private-sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any improper advantage. In addition, the FCPA requires U.S. issuers to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and to implement a system of internal accounting controls. Other anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, prohibit commercial bribery of private parties as well as the acceptance of bribes. We operate a global business and may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or government controlled entities, including in jurisdictions that pose a heightened risk of anti-corruption violations, and we may participate in relationships with third parties whose conduct could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA other anti-corruption laws, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the U.S., U.K. and authorities in the European Union and its member states, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions and embargoes on certain countries, regions, and persons, import and customs requirements, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws. Trade Control Laws are often the subject of frequent change and compliance with these laws regarding the import and export of our products may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets, and, in some cases, prevent the export of our products to some countries altogether.

We have policies and procedures designed to promote compliance with anti-bribery and Trade Control Laws. However, we cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from liability for acts committed by employees, agents or business partners. If we are not in compliance these laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil fines and penalties, disgorgement, injunctions, debarment from debarment from government contracts, collateral litigation, as well as other sanctions and remedial measures. These consequences could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of potential violations of these laws could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

The ongoing military action between Russia and Ukraine has in the past and could in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

On February 24, 2022, Russian military forces launched a military action in Ukraine. Prior to this time, for the year ended December 31, 2021, we had aggregate net sales of €58.9 thousand in Ukraine and Russia. As a result of the conflict, beginning in February 2022, we stopped marketing our products in Russia, and do not intend to pursue new opportunities with customers in that country. Although the length, impact and outcome of the ongoing military conflict is still unpredictable, this conflict could lead to significant market and other disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices and supply of energy resources, instability in financial markets, supply chain interruptions, political and social instability, changes in consumer or purchaser preferences as well as increase in cyberattacks and espionage.

Additionally, as result of the conflict in Ukraine, governmental authorities in the United States, the European Union and the United Kingdom, among others, launched an expansion of coordinated sanctions and export control measures in the region. Such sanctions and other measures, as well as the existing and potential further responses from Russia or other countries to such sanctions, tensions and military actions, could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our operations could be particularly vulnerable to potential interruptions in the supply of certain critical materials, such as nickel, palladium, semiconductors, and wire harnesses, which are used in assembly of automobiles and/or the assembly of our chargers. Any interruption to the delivery or the availability of these materials could significantly impact our ability to conduct our operations.

We are actively monitoring the situation in Ukraine and assessing its impact on our business, including our business partners and customers. To date we have not experienced any material interruptions in our infrastructure, supplies, technology systems or networks needed to support our operations. We have no way to predict the progress or outcome of the conflict, as the conflict, and any resulting government reactions, are developing and beyond our control. The extent and duration of the military action, sanctions and resulting market disruptions could be significant and could potentially have substantial impact on the global economy and our business for an unknown period of time. Any of the abovementioned factors could affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22


Increases in component costs, shipping costs, long lead times, supply shortages, and supply changes has disrupted and could in the future disrupt our supply chain and factors such as wage rate increases, inflation and interest rate increases can have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Meeting customer demand partially depends on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of components for our products. We are subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times in the supply of these components and the risk that our suppliers discontinue or modify components used in our products. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in design, quantities, and delivery schedules. Our ability to meet demand has been, and may in the future be, impacted by our reliance on the availability of components from these suppliers. We may experience component shortages, and the predictability of the availability of these components may be limited, which may be heightened during periods of health pandemics or geopolitical conflict. In the event of a component shortage or supply interruption from suppliers of these components, we may not be able to develop alternate sources in a timely manner. Developing alternate sources of supply for these components may be time-consuming, difficult, and costly and we may not be able to source these components on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which may undermine our ability to fill our orders in a timely manner. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these parts or components, or the inability to obtain these parts or components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, would harm our ability to timely ship our products to our customers. Moreover, volatile economic conditions may make it more likely that our suppliers and logistics providers may be unable to timely deliver supplies, or at all, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to timely locate alternative suppliers of comparable quality at an acceptable price. In addition, international supply chains may be impacted by events outside of our control and limit our ability to procure timely delivery of supplies or finished goods and services. We have seen, and may continue to see, increased congestion at ports that we rely on for our business. In many cases, we have had to secure alternative transportation, or use alternative routes, at increased costs to run our supply chain.

The global economy is currently undergoing a period of high inflationary pressures, which may continue for the foreseeable future. The hostilities in Ukraine or the Middle East may accelerate these inflationary pressures and have resulted in substantial increases in fuel costs worldwide. The extent and duration of such increases cannot be predicted at this time. We have in the past been affected and may continue to be adversely impacted by such inflation, which has resulted in increased costs of our supplies, materials and labor. In addition, inflation is often accompanied by higher interest rates, which may reduce the consumer or commercial demand for our products, increase the borrowing cost of EVs for consumers, or increase our financing costs. In an inflationary environment, depending on other economic conditions, we may be unable to raise prices enough to keep up with the rate of inflation, which would reduce our profit margin. Increases in the prices of components could negatively affect our margins. Changes in prices are dependent on a number of factors beyond our control, including macroeconomic factors that may affect commodity prices; changes in supply and demand; general economic conditions; significant political events; labor costs; competition; import duties, tariffs, anti-dumping duties and other similar costs; currency exchange rates and government regulation; and events such as natural disasters and widespread outbreaks of infectious diseases and health pandemics. If we are unable to increase our prices or experience a delay in our ability to increase our prices or to recover such increases in our costs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Technology, Intellectual Property and Infrastructure

We may need to defend against intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, which may be time-consuming and expensive, and our business could be adversely affected.

From time to time, the holders of intellectual property rights may assert their rights and urge us to take licenses, and/or may bring suits alleging infringement or misappropriation of such rights. There can be no assurance that we will be able to mitigate the risk of potential suits or other legal demands by competitors or other third parties. Accordingly, we may consider entering into licensing agreements with respect to such rights, although no assurance can be given that such licenses can be obtained on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur, and such licenses and associated litigation could significantly increase our operating expenses. In addition, if we are determined to have or believe there is a high likelihood that we have infringed upon or misappropriated a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to cease making, selling or incorporating certain key components or intellectual property into the products and services we offers, to pay substantial damages and/or royalties, to redesign our products and services, and/or to establish and maintain alternative branding. In addition, to the extent that our customers and business partners become the subject of any

 

23


allegation or claim regarding the infringement or misappropriation of intellectual property rights related to our products and services, we may be required to indemnify such customers and business partners. The scope of these indemnity obligations varies, but may, in some instances, include indemnification for damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. Even if we are not a party to any litigation between a customer or business partner and a third party relating to infringement by our products, an adverse outcome in any such litigation could make it more difficult for us to defend our products against intellectual property infringement claims in any subsequent litigation in which we are a named party. If we were required to take one or more such actions, our business, prospects, brand, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, any litigation or claims, whether or not valid, could result in substantial costs, negative publicity, reputational harm and diversion of resources and management attention.

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain patents or otherwise protect our technology and intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties.

Our success depends, at least in part, on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on, and plan to continue relying on, a combination of trade secrets (including know-how), employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements, copyright, trademarks, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights to retain ownership of, and protect, our technology. As of December 31, 2023, we have one (1) granted design patent in the U.S.A. and we have filed two (2) international patents which are currently in national phase before the relevant authorities. Failure to adequately protect its technology and intellectual property could result in competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in the loss of some of our competitive advantage and a decrease in revenue which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

The measures we take to protect our technology intellectual property from unauthorized use by others may not be effective for various reasons, including the following:

 

   

the scope of any issued patents that may result from the pending patent application may not be broad enough to protect proprietary rights;

 

   

the costs associated with enforcing patents, trademarks, confidentiality and invention agreements or other intellectual property rights may make enforcement impracticable;

 

   

current and future competitors may circumvent patents or independently develop similar inventions, trade secrets or works of authorship, such as software;

 

   

know-how and other proprietary information we purport to hold as a trade secret may not qualify as a trade secret under applicable laws; and

 

   

proprietary designs and technology embodied in our products may be discoverable by third parties through means that do not constitute violations of applicable laws.

Intellectual property and trade secret laws vary significantly throughout the world. Some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Further, policing the unauthorized use of our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions may be costly, difficult or even impossible. Therefore, our intellectual property rights may not be as strong or as easily enforced outside of the United States.

Any issued patent which may result from the pending patent application may come to be considered “standards essential.” If this is the case, we may be required to license certain technology on “fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory” terms, decreasing revenue. Further, competitors, vendors, or customers may, in certain instances, be free to create variations or derivative works of our technology and intellectual property, and those derivative works may become directly competitive with our offerings. Finally, we may not be able to leverage, or obtain ownership of, all technology and intellectual property developed by our vendors in connection with design and manufacture of our products, thereby jeopardizing our ability to obtain a competitive advantage over our competitors.

 

24


The EV industry is evolving as are the standards governing EV charging and the current lack of industry standards could result in future incompatibilities and issues that could require significant resources and or time to remedy.

The EV industry is evolving as are the standards governing EV charging which have not had the benefit of time-tested use cases. These immature industry standards could result in future incompatibilities and issues that could require significant resources and or time to remedy. Utilities and other large market participants also mandate their own adoption of specifications that have not become widely adopted in the industry, which may hinder innovation or slow new product or new feature introduction.

In addition, automobile manufacturers may choose to develop and promulgate their own proprietary charging standards and systems, which could lock out competition for EV chargers, or may produce proprietary chargers that compete with our chargers. Such automobile manufacturers may use their size and market position to influence the market, which could limit our market and reach to customers, negatively impacting our business.

Further, should regulatory bodies later impose a standard that is not compatible with our infrastructure or products, we may incur significant costs to adapt our business model to the new regulatory standard, which may require significant time and expense and, as a result, may have a material adverse effect on our revenues or results of operations.

Our technology, the technology of Electromaps, or services provided by COIL, could have undetected defects, errors or bugs in hardware or software which could reduce market adoption, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers, and/or expose us to product liability and other claims that could materially and adversely affect our business.

We may be subject to claims that chargers have malfunctioned and persons were injured or purported to be injured due to latent defects. Any insurance that we carry may not be sufficient or it may not apply to all situations. Similarly, to the extent that such malfunctions are related to components obtained from third-party vendors, such vendors may not assume responsibility for such malfunctions. Any of these events could adversely affect our brand, reputation, operating results or financial condition.

Our software platform is complex and includes a number of licensed third-party commercial and open-source software libraries. Our software may contain latent defects or errors that may be difficult to detect and remediate. We are continuing to evolve the features and functionality of our platform through updates and enhancements, and as we do, we may introduce additional defects or errors that may not be detected until after deployment to customers. In addition, if our products and services, including any updates or patches, are not implemented or used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance and disruptions in service may result.

Any defects or errors in product or services offerings, or the perception of such defects or errors, or other performance problems could result in any of the following, each of which could adversely affect our business and results of our operations:

 

   

expenditure of significant financial and product development resources, including recalls, in efforts to analyze, correct, eliminate or work around errors or defects;

 

   

loss of existing or potential customers or partners;

 

   

interruptions or delays in sales;

 

   

equipment replacements;

 

   

delayed or lost revenue;

 

   

delay or failure to attain market acceptance;

 

   

delay in the development or release of new functionality or improvements;

 

   

negative publicity and reputational harm;

 

   

warranties, sales credits or refunds;

 

   

exposure of confidential or proprietary information;

 

   

diversion of development and customer service resources;

 

   

breach of warranty claims;

 

25


   

legal claims under applicable laws, rules and regulations; and

 

   

the expense and risk of litigation.

We also face the risk that any contractual protections we seek to include in our agreements with customers are rejected, not implemented uniformly or may not fully or effectively protect from claims by customers, resellers, business partners or other third parties. In addition, any insurance coverage or indemnification obligations of suppliers for our benefit may not adequately cover all such claims, or cover only a portion of such claims. A successful product liability, warranty, or other similar claim could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in expenditure of funds in litigation, divert management’s time and other resources and cause reputational harm.

Interruptions, delays in service, communications outages or inability to increase capacity at third-party data center facilities could impair the use or functionality of our subscription services, harm our business and subject us to liability.

We currently serve customers from third-party data center facilities operated by Amazon Web Services as well as others. Our services are housed in third-party data. Any outage or failure of such data centers could negatively affect our product connectivity and performance. Our primary environments are operated by Amazon, and any interruptions of these primary and backup data centers could negatively affect our product connectivity and performance. Any incident affecting a data center facility’s infrastructure or operations, whether caused by natural disasters or extreme weather events (whether as a result of climate change or otherwise), such as fires, floods, droughts, storms, extreme temperatures, sea level rise, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, breach of security protocols, computer viruses and disabling devices, failure of access control mechanisms, natural disasters, war, criminal act, military actions, terrorist attacks and other similar events could negatively affect the use, functionality or availability of our services. Climate change may increase the likelihood of these risks and the severity of their impact by resulting in certain natural disasters occurring more frequently or with greater intensity, which could disrupt our operations, or the operations of our third parties or suppliers.

Any damage to, or failure of, our systems, or those of our third-party providers or suppliers, could interrupt our operations or hinder the use or functionality of our services. Impairment of or interruptions in our services may reduce revenue, subject us to claims and litigation, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions, and adversely affect renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Our business will also be harmed if customers and potential customers believe our products and services are unreliable.

The EV charging market is characterized by rapid technological change, which requires us to continue to develop new products and product innovations. Any delays in such development could adversely affect market adoption of our products and our financial results.

Continuing technological changes in battery and other EV technologies could adversely affect adoption of current EV charging technology, continuing and increasing reliance on EV charging infrastructure and/or the use of our products and services. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to develop and introduce a variety of new capabilities and innovations to our existing product offerings, as well as introduce a variety of new product offerings to address the changing needs of the EV charging market.

As EV technologies change, we may need to upgrade or adapt our charger technology and introduce new products and services in order to serve vehicles that have the latest technology, in particular battery technology, which could involve substantial costs. Even if we are able to keep pace with changes in technology and develop new products and services, our research and development expenses could increase and our prior products could become obsolete more quickly than expected.

We cannot guarantee that any new products will be released in a timely manner, or at all, or achieve market acceptance. Delays in delivering new products that meet customer requirements could damage our relationships with customers and lead them to seek alternative products or services. Delays in introducing products and innovations or the failure to offer innovative products or services at competitive prices may cause existing and potential customers to use our competitors’ products or services.

If we are unable to devote adequate resources to develop products or cannot otherwise successfully develop products or services that meet customer requirements on a timely basis or that remain competitive with technological alternatives, our products and services could lose market share, our revenue will decline, we may experience higher operating losses and our business and prospects will be adversely affected.

 

26


We expect to incur research and development costs and devote significant resources to developing new products, which could significantly reduce our profitability.

Our future growth depends on penetrating new markets, adapting existing products to new applications and customer requirements, and introducing new products that achieve market acceptance. We plan to incur significant research and development costs in the future as part of our efforts to design, develop, manufacture and introduce new products and enhance existing products. Further, our research and development program may not produce successful results, and our new products may not achieve market acceptance, create additional revenue or become profitable.

We may be unable to leverage customer data in all geographic locations, and this limitation may impact research and development operations.

We rely on data collected through our mobile application. We use this data in connection with, among other things, determining the placement for our charging stations. Our inability to obtain necessary rights to use this data or freely transfer this data could result in delays or otherwise negatively impact our research and development and expansion efforts and limit our ability to derive revenues from value-add customer products and services.

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection and information security and may be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity if we are unable to comply with such obligations.

We collect, process, store, and use a wide variety of data from current and prospective customers and other individuals, including personal information. Federal, state, local and foreign governments and agencies in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and in which customers operate, have adopted, are considering adopting, or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage, processing, and disclosure of information regarding consumers and other individuals, which could impact our ability to offer services in certain jurisdictions. Laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, disclosure, security, and other processing of individuals’ information can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security are significant. In addition, some companies, particularly larger enterprises, often will not contract with vendors that do not meet these rigorous standards and may impose onerous data-related obligations on vendors. Accordingly, the failure, or perceived inability, to comply with these laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations may limit the use and adoption of our products and services, reduce overall demand, lead to regulatory investigations, litigation, and significant fines, penalties, or liabilities for actual or alleged noncompliance, or slow the pace at which we close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business. Moreover, if we or any of our employees or contractors fail or are believed to fail to adhere to appropriate practices regarding customers’ data, it may damage our reputation and brand.

Additionally, existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations may be interpreted in new and differing manners in the future, and may be inconsistent among jurisdictions. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations could result in increased regulation, increased costs of compliance and penalties for non-compliance, and limitations on data collection, use, disclosure, and transfer for us and our customers. Further, California adopted the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) and the California State Attorney General has begun enforcement actions. Further, on November 3, 2020, California voters approved the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”). The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security that are applicable to the businesses of customers may adversely affect ability and willingness to process, handle, store, use, and transmit certain types of information, such as demographic and other personal information.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups, the technology industry, and other industries have established or may establish various new, additional, or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on technology companies. Customers may expect that we meet voluntary certifications or adhere to other standards established by them or third parties. If we are unable to maintain these certifications or meet these standards, it could reduce demand for our solutions and adversely affect our business.

Personal data information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous non-U.S. jurisdictions around the world. We operate in the European Union, where the General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (“GDPR”), imposes strict requirements on controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals, a strong individual rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications and restrictions on the transfer of personal data outside of the European Economic Area.

 

27


Following its departure from the European Union, the United Kingdom has adopted a separate regime based on the GDPR (“UK GDPR”) that imposes similarly onerous requirements. Companies that violate the EU or UK regime can face regulatory investigations, private litigation, prohibitions on data processing, and fines of up to the greater of 4% of their worldwide annual revenue or 20 million Euros (for the EU) or £17.5 million (for the U.K.). Other EU and UK data protection laws and evolving regulatory guidance restrict the ability of companies to market electronically, including through the use of cookies and similar technologies, and companies are increasingly subject to strict enforcement action including fines for non-compliance. As a result, operating our business or offering our services in European or other countries with onerous data protection laws would subject us to substantial compliance costs, potential liability (including class actions) and reputational damage, and may require changes to the ways we collect and use consumer information.

A number of data protection laws (including the GDPR, the UK GDPR and the CCPA) have introduced mandatory breach reporting to regulators and, under certain circumstances, to the individuals whose personal data was compromised in the breach.

Many other jurisdictions are considering or are about to adopt data protection regulations, which are sometimes inconsistent or conflicting. While we strive to monitor and comply with this complex and ever- changing patchwork of laws, a failure or perceived or alleged failure to comply with applicable data privacy requirements in one of the jurisdictions could result in litigation and proceedings against us by governmental entities, customers, or others, fines and civil or criminal penalties, limited ability or inability to operate our business, offer services, or market our business in certain jurisdictions, negative publicity and harm to our brand and reputation, and reduced overall demand for our products and services. Such occurrences could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our general liability insurance may not cover all potential claims to which we are exposed and may not be adequate to indemnify us for the full extent of our potential liabilities. In addition, we could be adversely affected if data privacy regulations are expanded (through new regulation or through legal rulings) to require major changes in our business practices.

We rely on the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to offer and promote our apps. If such platform providers change their terms and conditions to our detriment, our business may be adversely affected.

The Apple App Store and the Google Play Store are the primary distribution, marketing, promotion and payment platforms for our apps, including myWallbox and Electromaps. Any deterioration in our relationship with Google or Apple could harm our business and adversely affect the value of our shares.

We are subject to these platforms’ standard terms and conditions for app developers, which govern the promotion, distribution and operation of apps. These platforms have policies governing, for example, treatment of virtual credits and gifts, use of user data, personal and sensitive information and advertising identifiers, as well as ones relating to advertising (including deceptive, disruptive and inappropriate ads) and interference with app and device functionality. Each platform has broad discretion to change and interpret its terms of service and other policies with respect to us and those changes may be unfavorable to us. A platform provider may also change its fee structure, add fees associated with access to and use of its platform, alter how we are able to advertise on the platform, change how the personal information of our users is made available to app developers on the platform or limit the use of personal information for advertising purposes. Our business could be harmed if a platform provider modifies its current terms of service or other policies, including fees, in a manner adverse to us.

If we violate, or if a platform provider believes we have violated, these terms and conditions (or if there is any change or deterioration in our relationship with these platform providers), the particular platform provider may discontinue or limit our access to that platform, which could prevent us from making its apps available to or otherwise from serving our mobile customers. Any limit or discontinuation of our access to any platform could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

28


Risks Related to Being a Public Company

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws, rules and regulations that govern public companies. As a public company, we are subject to significant obligations relating to reporting, procedures and internal controls, and our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage such obligations. These obligations and scrutiny will require significant attention from our management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel continue to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

We are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of control over financial reporting. As a result, we are required to disclose material changes in internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. To achieve compliance with Section 404, we are engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting.

There is a risk that our internal control over financial reporting may not be effective as required by Section 404. We have identified material weaknesses in the past and if we identify one or more material weaknesses in the future, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. As a result, the market price of our shares could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to litigation including shareholder suits or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We identified material weaknesses in connection with our internal control over financial reporting. Our efforts to remediate these material weaknesses may not be successful in a timely manner, or at all, and we may identify other material weaknesses.

As previously reported, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022, our management and independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weaknesses related to: (i) lack of sufficient personnel in the finance team with an appropriate level of knowledge and experience in the application of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in relation to complex accounting transactions, such as accounting for business combinations, warrants and also in the application of other IFRS matters such as goodwill impairment testing, (ii) IT general controls have not been sufficiently designed or were not operating effectively, including controls over the completeness and accuracy of reports used in controls, and (iii) accounting policies and practices are not designed appropriately to establish an effective structure of internal controls. Thus, policies and procedures specifically with respect to the review, supervision and monitoring of the accounting and reporting functions were not operating effectively and/or documented accordingly. To address these material weaknesses, we have made and continue to make a number of changes to our program and controls as set forth in chapter 6 “Controls and Procedures— Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

29


Further, our independent registered public accounting firm has not been engaged to express, nor have it expressed, an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We are currently in the process of remediating these material weaknesses and we are taking steps that we believe will address their underlying causes, however, we cannot predict the ultimate timing or success of our remediation plan. We have also enlisted the help of external advisors to provide assistance in the areas of internal controls and IFRS accounting in the short term, and are evaluating the longer-term resource needs of our accounting staff, including IFRS expertise. These remediation measures may be time-consuming and costly, and might place significant demands on our financial, accounting and operational resources. These actions and planned actions are subject to ongoing management evaluation and will require validation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles before we are able to determine that the controls are operating effectively and the material weaknesses have been remediated. In addition, there is no assurance that we will be successful on implementing all measures and internal controls in a timely manner.

Assessing our procedures to improve our internal control over financial reporting is an ongoing process. We can provide no assurance that our remediation efforts will be successful or that we will not have material weaknesses in the future. Any material weaknesses we identify could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our consolidated financial statements.

Our internal control over financial reporting will not be effective if we cannot detect or prevent material errors at a reasonable level of assurance. Our past or future financial statements may not be accurate and we may not be able to timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of Class A Shares.

As a public company, we have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing, implementing, testing and maintaining effective internal controls is a continuous effort that will require us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments. In this regard, we need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing whether such controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting.

It is possible that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective because it cannot detect or prevent material errors at a reasonable level of assurance. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act (“Section 404”), to furnish a report by our management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report filed with the SEC. This assessment is required to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation and testing. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. In addition, pursuant to Section 404, once we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will be required to include in the annual reports that we file with the SEC an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Furthermore, as a public company, we may, during the course of our testing of our internal controls over financial reporting, or during the subsequent auditing by our independent registered public accounting firm, identify deficiencies which would have to be remediated to satisfy the SEC rules for certification of our internal controls over financial reporting. As a consequence, we may have to disclose in periodic reports we file with the SEC significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our system of internal controls. The existence of a material weakness would preclude management from concluding that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, and would preclude our independent auditors from issuing an unqualified opinion that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. In addition, disclosures of this type in our SEC reports could cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reporting and may negatively affect the trading price of Class A Shares, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary to produce reliable financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we have deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls over financial reporting, it could negatively impact our business, results of operations and reputation.

 

30


Our failure to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are required to provide management’s attestation on internal controls. Management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements. If we are not able to implement the additional requirements of Section 404(a) in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to assess whether our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, which may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm investor confidence and the market price of the Class A Shares.

 

3

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

3.1

History and development of the company

Wall Box Chargers, S.L. was incorporated as a Spanish limited liability company (sociedad limitada) on May 22, 2015. Wallbox B.V. was incorporated as a Dutch private limited liability company (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) on June 7, 2021 solely for the purpose of effectuating the Business Combination.

On October 1, 2021 we closed the business combination (the “Business Combination”) pursuant to the business combination agreement, dated as of June 9, 2021, as amended by and among Wallbox B.V, Merger Sub, Kensington and Wallbox Chargers S.L. (the “Business Combination Agreement”). In connection with the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), we converted into a Dutch public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap) and changed our legal name to Wallbox N.V. Our commercial name is “Wallbox”. In October 2021 (the “Closing Date”), we listed our shares and warrants on NYSE under the symbol “WBX” and “WBX.WS” respectively.

We are registered in the Commercial Register of the Netherlands Chamber of Commerce (Kamer van Koophandel) under number 83012559. Our official seat (statutaire zetel) is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and the mailing and business address of our principal executive office is Carrer del Foc 68, 08038 Barcelona, Spain. Our telephone number is +34 930 181 668. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Wallbox USA Inc., which maintains its principal offices at 800 W. El Camino Real, Suite 180 Mountain View, CA 94040.

Our website address is www.Wallbox.com. We may use our website as a means of disclosing material non-public information. Such disclosures will be included on our website in the “Investor Relations” section or at investors.wallbox.com. Accordingly, investors should monitor such sections of our website, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report and is not incorporated by reference herein. We have included our website address in the Annual Report solely for informational purposes. Our SEC filings are available to you on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. This site contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The information on that website is not part of this Annual Report and is not incorporated by reference herein.

For a discussion of important events in the development of our business, see chapter 4.1.1 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 4.1. Operating Results—Business Overview.” For a discussion of our principal capital expenditures and divestitures, refer to chapter 4.2 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Liquidity and Capital Resources”, chapter 3.4 “Property, plant and equipment” and Note 8, “Property, plant and equipment”, included within our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

3.2

Business overview

Overview

We believe we are a global leader in intelligent electric vehicle charging and energy management solutions. Founded in 2015, we create smart charging systems that combine innovative technology with outstanding design and that manage the communication between user, vehicle, grid, building and charger.

 

31


Our mission is to facilitate the adoption of electric vehicles today to make more sustainable use of energy tomorrow. By designing, manufacturing, and distributing charging solutions for residential, business, and public use, we intend to lay the infrastructure required to meet the demands of EV ownership everywhere. We believe our customer-centric approach to our holistic hardware, software, installation and service offering allows us to solve existing barriers to EV adoption as well as anticipate potential future opportunities. We are committed to creating solutions that will not only allow for faster, simpler EV charging but that will also change the way the world uses energy. In our pursuit to accomplish this vision, the Company has acquired five private businesses to date:

 

  1.

Intelligent Solutions (Acquired in February 2020): We believe Intelligent Solutions is one of the largest distributors of intelligent charging solutions in Northern Europe, with an extensive partner network of car dealers, installers, and utility companies in Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark. Headquartered in Stavanger, Norway, Intelligent Solutions offers a variety of services from hardware to installation service and technical support. We believe this acquisition was a key component in our strategy to expand our business in Northern Europe. On August 13, 2021, we exercised our option to acquire the remaining 33.334% interest in Wallbox AS, which was formerly called Intelligent Solutions AS.

 

  2.

Electromaps (Acquired in September 2020): We believe Electromaps is a leading digital platform for accessing free and paid for electric charging points in southern Europe. The app provides its 390,000+ registered users access to the charging points and ability to make payments directly from their mobile phone, unifying the entire charging infrastructure and improving the electric vehicle driving experience. Through this acquisition, we took our first step into the public electric charging space and plan to continue to foster innovation on the Electromaps platform. On July 27, 2022, we exercised our option to acquire the remaining 49% of share capital of Electromaps.

 

  3.

ARES (Acquired in July 2022): ARES is an innovative provider of printed circuit boards and through its acquisition, we expanded our design and manufacturing capabilities and believe this acquisition will improve our innovation cycle time and strengthen our supply chain resilience.

 

  4.

COIL (Acquired in August 2022): COIL is a leading EV charging installer serving the U.S. market, enabling in-house installation and maintenance solutions for commercial, public and residential charging applications, expanding our addressable market into a large and growing segment.

 

  5.

Albert Buettner GmbH (“ABL”) business (acquired in November 2023): ABL business was a pioneer in EV charging solutions in Germany, the largest EV market in Europe.

Our smart charging product portfolio includes Level 2 alternating current (“AC”) chargers (“Pulsar Plus,” Pulsar Max “Commander 2” and “Copper SB”) for home and business applications, and direct current (“DC”) fast chargers (“Supernova” and “Hypernova”) for public applications. We also offer the world’s first bi-directional DC charger for the home (“Quasar”), which allows users to both charge their electric vehicle and use the energy from the car’s battery to power their home or business, or send stored energy back to the grid. Our proprietary residential and business software “myWallbox” gives users and charge point owners complete control over their private charging and energy management activities. Meanwhile, our dedicated semi-public and public charging software platform, “Electromaps” enables drivers to locate and transact with all public charging stations registered to its brand-agnostic charger database and also allows charge point operators to manage their public charging stations at scale.

As of December 31, 2023, we had offices across four continents and sold over 588.000 chargers across 118 countries. Our products are currently manufactured in Spain and the U.S. We remain committed to increasing our worldwide presence and believe the EV market will continue to grow as more countries commit government funds towards climate investments with the aim of reducing CO2 emissions. We believe these regulatory support packages, including the National Electric Vehicle Infrastructure (NEVI) program and Inflation Reduction Act programs in the United States and the European Green Deal will accelerate EV adoption significantly.

Through our vertically-integrated model, we keep development cycles short, enabling an accelerated time to market. Furthermore, we expect our compliance with complex certification requirements paired with our focus on engineering excellence will power our rapid growth as the global supplier of first-class charging products.

 

32


Segments

Management determined that we have three reportable operating segments: (i) Europe-Middle East and Asia (EMEA), (ii) North America (NORAM), and (iii) Asia-Pacific (APAC) given our organizational structure and the manner in which our business is reviewed and managed. Our reportable operating segments reflect the principal geographies for our commercial activities around the world, and how we are allocating resources and evaluating operating performance. Refer to chapter 4.1.6, “Segment results” and Note 7, “Operating Segments,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information about these segments.

The Wallbox Model

Since our inception, we have been progressively building a charging solutions ecosystem, enabling users worldwide to seamlessly manage their energy needs through a combination of hardware, software, and services. During this journey, we have been closely following the EV user and catering to their needs.

The first phase of this journey started in 2016 with the launching of the Pulsar and Commander AC chargers. Our founders analyzed the EV charging market and saw an unserved demand for compact, smart, and efficient residential charging products, based on an estimated 70% charging happening at home. After providing the residential market with these innovative AC chargers, we launched our complementary software, myWallbox, which enabled users to monitor in real time their EV charging utilization and status, and program the charger to charge during off-peak hours enabling compelling cost savings.

In 2019, as EV’s started to become widely adopted and the demand for parking spaces with EV-charging solutions increased, we added the Copper charger to our AC charging portfolio and launched a second generation of our Pulsar and Commander chargers. This new generation of semi-public chargers included multi-user capabilities for fleets, offices, and condominiums, including: local load balancing, power sharing, security-locking and payment options for monthly individual invoices, among others.

Also in 2019, we launched our first DC bidirectional charger, Quasar. Quasar is designed to enable users to make flexible use of the energy saved in the battery and discharge the EV battery during peak hours when energy costs are high, sell it back to the grid where regulations allow or discharge the energy stored in their vehicle to power their home during outages. Moreover, Quasar is intended to allow EV owners to self-consume clean energy by using solar surpluses or other renewable sources. This innovative system provides users a way to store excess energy in their vehicles when it is not fully utilized by their homes. We believe that Quasar is a compact, affordable and easy-to-use product that is revolutionizing home charging and energy management. In January 2022, we introduced Quasar 2, our newest bi-directional DC charger specifically intended for the US and European markets and compliant with Combined Charging System (“CCS”) standards. CCS standards are most common in European and American branded cars, whereas Quasar 1 leveraged CHAdeMO charging systems, most used in Asian branded vehicles.

We believe the demand for public charging will continue to grow with the overall EV market. As EVs become less expensive and may therefore penetrate a broader customer demographic, including those who are less likely to own a private parking space, the need for public charging facilities will be further heightened. We aim to address this demand through the commercialization of our first DC fast charger for public use, Supernova. Supernova, which we first introduced in late 2020, is a DC fast charger to be used in semi-public and public environments. The first generation version is designed to be able to charge at speeds of 60 kW. With the latest generation version Supernova is able to charge at speeds of 180 kW. Supernova offers an internal design, with six independent power modules, makes it reliable, light and easy to install and service. by integrating multiple elements of our bidirectional charger Quasar, including our innovative power electronics modules.

Expanding our product portfolio for the DC fast charging space, we announced Hypernova at the IAA Mobility fair in 2021. Hypernova is designed to deliver up to 400 kW that allows it to fully charge an electric car in the time it takes to make a rest stop and make it substantially faster than most other ultrafast chargers on the market. It also employs advanced software to allow it to optimize available power and adapt to the number of EVs connected, making it an attractive option for public charging along highways and national road networks.

Our offering of public charging solutions is complemented through Electromaps, an online platform that enables users to find publicly available charging ports and pay for its use. The data obtained through this platform is highly valuable to us, given it allows us to monitor public charging trends and analyze potential opportunities for the future deployment of Supernova.

 

33


Most recently, in October 2023, we announced the acquisition of ABL, a recognized company in EV charging solutions in Germany, the largest EV market in Europe with more than two million EVs on the road. Wallbox and ABL have a combined number of over one million EV chargers installed worldwide. This transaction is aimed to accelerate our commercial business plan by enhancing our product and certification portfolio, reduce operational risk through reduced capital expenditures and research and development costs and, leverage ABL’s in-house component manufacturing. Refer to chapter 4, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

Since 2015, we have been enhancing our hardware and software ecosystem, providing the EV charger user a full suite of EV charging solutions and energy management solutions, catalyzing the EV adoption and sustainable energy use. During these last eight years, we have based our user-centric business model on the following five key pillars:

(1) Make charging technology simple: Our goal is to make every person feel confident and comfortable using a Wallbox product; therefore, even our most advanced technology is easy to use.

(2) Smart solutions: From embedded intelligence that balances the energy use between customer’s car and home, to breakthroughs in vehicle-to-grid (“V2G”) and vehicle-to-home (“V2H”) energy management, Wallbox products bring together the best in EV charging technology.

(3) Innovative technology: Innovation is at our core, focusing not just on customers’ needs today, but their needs in the future.

(4) Design-centric solutions: We believe that design is a necessity, not a luxury. A well-designed product makes for a better experience, and this is what we strive for across our entire product portfolio.

(5) Highly compatible charging solutions: Our equipment is compatible with all hybrid and electric car manufacturers across the globe, and we sell our products in countries across six continents.

This business model results in revenues through the: (i) sale of hardware (chargers & accessories); (ii) hardware installation services; (iii) software services (subscription fees from businesses and fleets through myWallbox and commissions obtained from every charging transaction carried out through Electromaps); and (iv) service contracts under the Wallbox Care plan launched in 2023, providing added value services such as commissioning, preventive and corrective maintenance, extended warranty and more.

Portfolio

We offer a broad range of EV charging hardware, software, and services to users in the home, business and public domains. All Wallbox chargers integrate out-of-the-box intelligent software features, which we believe positions us as one of the smartest and most user-friendly solutions on the market. Our software platforms myWallbox and Electromaps allow users to seamlessly manage their energy and make EV charging a seamless, simple experience.

 

LOGO

 

   

Home & Business

 

34


   

EV Charging Hardware:

 

   

Pulsar Plus, Pulsar Plus Socket, Pulsar Max and Pulsar Pro: AC smart chargers for individual homes or shared spaces with a charging capacity of up to 22 kW. Its key characteristics include Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity, the smart features available on the myWallbox app, and compatibility with OCPP communication protocols.

 

   

Commander 2: AC smart charger for fleets and businesses with a 7-inch touchscreen display that provides a personalised and secure user interface for multiple users. It has up to 22 kW of charging capacity and allows user access through the use of password protection, RFID cards or the myWallbox app. We also have its entry version Commander 2s without touchscreen, which includes 4G, WiFi, Ethernet and Bluetooth connectivity, and all the smart features available on the myWallbox app, and compatibility with OCPP communication protocols.

 

   

Copper SB: AC smart charger for fleets and businesses with an integrated socket that makes it compatible with both type 1 and type 2 charging cables, allowing it to charge any EV in the market. Copper SB has a charging capacity of up to 22 kW and allows user access through the use of RFID cards or the myWallbox app. Its key characteristics include 4G, Wi-Fi, Ethernet and Bluetooth connectivity, the smart features available on the myWallbox app, and compatibility with OCPP communication protocols.

 

   

Quasar 2: DC bi-directional charger for home-use that allows users to charge and discharge their electric vehicle, enabling them to use their car battery to power their home or sell energy back to the grid. Its V2H (vehicle-to-home) and V2G (vehicle-to-grid) functionalities turn the EV into a powerful energy source. Quasar 2 has a charging capacity of up to 12,8 kW and a CCS charging cable. Its key characteristics include 4G, Wi-Fi, Ethernet and Bluetooth connectivity, and the smart features available on the myWallbox app. In 2022, we introduced Quasar 2, our newest bi-directional DC charger specifically intended for the US and European markets and compliant with CCS standards.

 

   

Wallbox ABL eM4 Single and Twin: AC smart chargers designed by ABL for fleets and businesses equipped with built-in MID meters and Eichrecht approved variants for charged power monetization and reimbursement. Both eM4 Single and Twin have a charging capacity of up to 22 kW and one or two Type-2 sockets compatible with permanent cable locking. eM4s are hardware ready for ISO 15118 and OCPP 2.0.1, making them compatible with Plug&Charge, the charging authentication technology that allows EVs to identify themselves and start charging by just connecting them to the charging point. In addition, the ABL eM4 Single and Twin AC smart chargers have an RFID card reader with sound feedback and a RGB-LED charging status ring. Other important highlights are its ease of installation thanks to wired and wireless load management for up to a 100 charging points; integrated RCCBs type A; multiple connectivity options as 4G, Wi-Fi and Ethernet and the dedicated commissioning app for installers.

 

   

eMC3: AC smart charging pole designed by ABL for public charging, as well as fleets and company parking lots. It is equipped with built-in MID meters and Eichrecht approved variants for charged power monetization and reimbursement. eMC3 has a charging capacity of up to 44 kW, providing a maximum of 22 kW on each of its two Type-2 sockets. It has a RFID card reader and a LED display to indicate its charging points status and charging session information. It also provides for ease of installation as self-standing points, its included MCBs and RCCBs Type B, OCPP compatibility and multiple connectivity options as 4G, Wi-Fi and Ethernet.

 

35


LOGO

 

   

EV Charging Software

 

   

The myWallbox platform: A cloud based software designed to provide smart management of Wallbox chargers in Residential and Business parking setting such as workplaces, fleets and semi-public parking lots. The myWallbox app and portal include a range of management features available for all our clients. It allows remote control and over the air updates for continuous improvement and maintenance of Wallbox chargers. The myWallbox key functionalities include:

 

   

Manage charging status and information from smart devices

 

   

Real-time status, notifications and statistics of Wallbox chargers

 

   

Remote locking and unlocking Wallbox chargers on the myWallbox app

 

   

Manage multiple users and chargers using the myWallbox portal

 

   

Accessing an integrated payment system to manage charging fees

 

   

Accessing a range of intelligent energy management features such as:

 

   

Schedules that take advantage of off-peak utility rates

 

   

Power Sharing, that allows connecting multiple chargers to the same electrical circuit and balances the power distribution based on each vehicle’s need for power

 

   

Dynamic Power Sharing, that measures the live energy usage at home or in the building and automatically adjusts the charge to all connected EVs in harmony with the local grid’s capacity, avoiding blackouts and costly energy bills.

 

36


LOGO

 

   

Public EV Charging Hardware

 

   

Supernova: DC fast charger equipment designed for public use provides 60 to 180 kW of charging capacity, providing drivers more than 100 miles of range in 10 min. Offering a charging experience in the segment for up to half the total cost of ownership of its competitors, Supernova was created to satisfy both EV drivers and charge point operators. Due to its innovative modular design, using six power modules, has shown to be more reliable and efficient, yet significantly lighter than other comparable public chargers, making it easier to transport, install and maintain. A wide array of sensors, real-time data and round-the-clock connectivity can allow for efficient remote and on-site maintenance, reducing costs and simplifying planning and operations. Equipped with CCS charging cables, OCPP compatibility and over-the-air software updates, Supernova can easily integrate to any existing charging network and charge any present and future electric vehicle. Supernova offers drivers a seamless charging experience through its interactive lighting system, 10 inch Touchscreen, RFID reader, multiple payment options and wheelchair accessibility. Chargepoint operators can also leverage a custom branding program, wrapping the chargers in their unique logos and color palettes.

 

   

Hypernova: Hypernova delivers up to 400 kW that allows it to fully charge an electric car in under 15 minutes, or the approximate time it takes to make a rest stop. It also employs advanced software that allows it to optimize available power and adapt to the number of EVs connected, making it ideal for public charging along highways and transcontinental road networks. Hypernova’s integrated cable management system provides for easy handling and stores the cables inside the dispenser unit, maximizing durability and helping to protect and keep the installation clean. It also offers several authentication and payment options, including RFID, screen QR Code and credit card reader accepted worldwide.

 

37


LOGO

   Supernova    Hypernova   

 

   

EV Charging Software

 

   

Electromaps: Hardware-agnostic e-mobility service provider (eMSP) and charger management software with more than 800,000 users which are connected to more than 500,000 as of December 31, 2023 charge points worldwide and enables users to find publicly available charging ports. In addition, we have established partnerships in Europe with operators of charging points that allow users to pay for their charging directly via Electromaps. We intend to extend these relationships with charging operators outside of Europe and enable this payment feature globally.

 

   

EVectrum: Hardware-agnostic platform for managing chargers used by fleets and public networks to provide charging services in various locations, including retail stores, hotels, public parking spaces, streets and highways. A dedicated EV Fleet charger management solution, EVectrum enables drivers to charge on the go, in-premise and at home. EVectrum allows users to publish on the Electromaps platform any charging point they manage, providing them with an opportunity to sell or rent the chargers to other users. As a hardware-agnostic platform, it can accommodate chargers from different brands.

 

38


LOGO

 

   

Building Energy Management Software

 

   

Sirius is an energy management solution that is designed to seamlessly integrate the electric grid with solar, on-site batteries and other renewable energy sources. Sirius is capable of managing various energy sources and can automatically choose the greenest or less expensive one available to meet the building’s demand, as well as storing energy surpluses in EVs or battery walls plugged to the system. With its automated intelligence, Sirius is designed to increase a building’s renewable energy consumption significantly. It is also designed to help solve one of the biggest challenges of large-scale use of most green energy sources: its weather-dependent availability, which often results in supply/demand imbalances and consumption inefficiencies.

 

   

Sirius is designed for creating savings and reducing the carbon emissions impact from our Headquarters in Barcelona. During 2023, 330.516 MWh of the building’s consumption was renewable energy produced by our 425 kW solar installation, composed by 937 panels. Sirius managed to use most of the excess solar energy produced due to Quasar, our bidirectional chargers that allow Sirius to store energy on our fleet of 23 Nissan LEAF cars (1,426 kWh of storage), and the 560 kWh stationary battery available on site. Because Sirius’ intelligence is designed to select the best time to charge from the grid (i.e. when less expensive) or when to use stored solar energy, the system saved approximately +40% of the annual energy bill.

 

   

Upgrades & Accessories

 

   

We provide upgrade options that combine the myWallbox platform with our energy meters and accessories, enabling advanced energy management features and seamless charges:

 

   

Energy meter: A power meter that measures the available energy at home or in the building in real time. It enables several energy management features such as Dynamic Power Sharing, as well as new functionalities that are available through remote software updates.

 

   

EV charging cables: Cables with Type 2 to Type 2 and Type 2 to Type 1 connectors, available in lengths of 5m and 7m, ensure compatibility with every electric vehicle.

 

   

Pedestals: Standard, Onyx and Eiffel pedestals are free standing mounting solutions that provide an alternative solution to hanging chargers on the wall.

 

   

RFID cards: Identification cards allow secure shared access to the chargers. Chargers with an RFID reader can be unlocked by approaching a card to it. RFID cards are compatible with Pulsar Pro, Commander range, Copper SB and Quasar.

 

   

Services

 

   

We offer necessary services intended to provide tailored end-to-end solutions:

 

   

Installation: The certified partners of our installer network, receive training from a team of professional engineers. The in-depth acquired knowledge of our products ensure installations according to local governmental and industrial standards. This also allows us to sell charger and installation bundles through its ecommerce website and on 3rd party marketplaces like Amazon. We charge a percentage of the total installation cost to the installer for providing any business opportunity.

 

39


   

Charging network management: Our Charge Point Operators manage the provided charging networks, making sure every charger is operative and providing support and assistance on any charging related doubt or potential issue.

 

   

In 2023, we introduced the Wallbox Care Program, specifically designed for fast-charging solutions. This program provides a variety of customizable services aimed at providing an optimal installation, operation, and maintenance of Supernova. The services offered include commissioning, corrective and preventive maintenance, remote support, spare parts, extended warranty, training, and support materials.

Manufacturing and Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

We design and manufacture our products in-house across our factories we opened our Barcelona factory, Spain (Zona Franca) in December 2021. We opened a factory in the U.S. in Arlington, Texas in October 2022 to service the North American EV charging market. All chargers manufactured in our facilities are certified to be sold across North America, Europe, Latin America and the APAC region.

On November, 2, 2023, we added two new production facilities to the other two existing production facilities through our acquisition of ABL assets, one facility in Lauf an der Pegnitz (Nürnberg, Germany) and other in Tangier (Morocco).

We source our components and raw materials through a global supply chain, with a majority of the sources currently based in Europe. The components and raw materials needed for our products are impacted by supply constraints, which can result in pressure to increase prices. We look to mitigate these impacts by placing orders in advance with the objective of avoiding material price increases. We also look to our in-house engineering and validations team to integrate both existing and new suppliers, provide in-house testing and end-of-line validation capabilities, which we believe helps us adapt when there are unexpected market changes and shortages and address the lack of critical components like microchips or lithium. We also work to negotiate preferred vendor status with suppliers of critical components so that we are provided the volume we need. We also incentivize cost reduction and engineering initiatives that allow us to reduce the cost of our hardware, offsetting external variable costs including raw materials and freight.

Customers and Strategic Partnerships

We have established and maintained strong long-term relationships with a broad range of partners in order to broaden our sales channels across a wide range of customers and geographies. Some of the key types of partners we seek to work with include automotive manufacturers, utility companies, distributors, resellers, installers, enterprises, and eCommerce companies. Some of the key clients we have previously worked with include automotive OEMs and dealerships, energy companies, value-added distributors and resellers, installers, enterprises, and e-commerce.

Of these companies, in the year ended December 31, 2023, approximately 24.8% of our revenues come from automotive manufacturers and utility companies, such as Nissan, Hyundai, and Mercedes, and Iberdrola, Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand (“EGAT”), Électricité de France (EDF), and Ente Nazionale Idrocarburi (ENI). We have a longstanding partnership with Iberdrola, a large multinational electric utility and our largest institutional investor. In July 2020, Iberdrola entered into a non-binding letter of intent with us expressing its interest in purchasing 6,500 Supernova chargers through 2022. During 2022, Iberdrola expressed an interest in increasing their order from 6,500 Supernovas to 10,000 public chargers, adding our ultra-fast powered charger Hypernova. For additional information, please refer to chapter 9 “Related Party Transactions”. We intend to leverage our partnership with Iberdrola to assist with global expansion and accelerate the market entrance of our Supernova product.

Roughly 67% of our sales during the year ended December 31, 2023 were due to distributors, resellers, and installers such as Uber, Sunpower, MediaMarkt, Ingram Micro, Crowd Charge, City Electric Supply, and Saltoki. The remaining 8.8% of sales during 2023 were from direct sales, split almost evenly between sales to enterprises and e-commerce sales made directly through our website or via Amazon, where we achieved the distinction of number one bestseller and “Amazon’s Choice” in the US for our category, just three months after launch in 2022.

 

40


Go-to-Market Strategy

Our product focus follows the user. Given that more than 70% of EV charging happens at home, we predominantly focus on home and business solutions, but starting in the first quarter of 2022 sold our first units of Supernova for public charging.

One of the many ways in which we differentiate ourselves in the EV charging market is our consumer-focused approach of our product offering. Unlike many of the more traditional industrial-centric EV charging products, we place a particular focus on compact and appealing product designs and ease-of-use for the customers across their whole product experience—from purchase—to installation—to usage.

We sell our EV charging solutions through various channels. The most logical point of sale of a charger is at automotive OEMs and utility companies. We have built and maintained an ecosystem of partner channels including, installers, resellers and value-add distributors. Additionally, we also sell directly to enterprises and end consumers through e-commerce sales.

We offer customer purchasing experience across all our channels:

 

   

Own channels—Customers can purchase the charger and installation as a bundle with delivery within 48 hours. Customers can also pay in installments.

 

   

Partner channels—We provide marketing materials, training and support to our partners to improve sales.

Home & Business Go-to-Market Strategy:

We sell EV charging solutions in over 118 countries as of December 31, 2023 and have successfully penetrated several markets that previously had limited EV charging presence.

We intend to enter new markets through partnering with local companies that offer geography specific knowledge, strong installation and charge point operations (CPO) capabilities, and relationships with potential future clients. By leveraging the partner’s local expertise combined with our differentiated solution, we pursue various customers, such as, national utilities, OEMs, auto dealerships, and importers. This enables us to build out a network of installation partners, value-add resellers and distributors in the region. We accelerate growth in each region through qualified leads, channel marketing and advertising, installation and commercial training. After achieving scale in the market we then establish field offices and continue to seek other B2B opportunities for further expansion.

Public Go-To-Market Strategy:

We began the roll-out of our first public charger, Supernova, in the first half of 2022 and intend to expand this growth through a two-phase approach:

 

   

Partnerships with utilities and local distributors: Given that public chargers will be directly connected to the public grid, we intend to develop strategic agreements with local utilities and their corresponding distributors to carry out the installation of the Supernova. We have already made significant progress on this phase, having signed non-binding letters of intent to collaborate with some of the world’s biggest utility companies such as Iberdrola, EGAT, COPEC, NKM, ENI and JET Charge.

 

   

Building a sales network: The second phase of the Supernova roll-out comprises the development of a set of commercial agreements with trusted partners that might be interested in acquiring the Supernova to deliver a fast-charging solution to either their fleets (e.g. a supermarket which has EVs for their delivery service), or for their customers (e.g. a shopping mall that wants to provide users with the ability to charge their parked car while shopping). We will leverage our already existing commercial agreements on Home & Business chargers to offer these enterprises our new public fast charging solution, Supernova.

Competition

We have approached the market with a differentiated, user focused philosophy: we started our journey within the home segment, built out our brand, and subsequently added the business and public segments to our product portfolio, to be able to empower users where they go. With only a very few companies operating globally, we believe we have a competitive position to support the EV driver on the full spectrum of EV charging. We own

 

41


the entire process in house—from design to assembly to certification—which we believe allows us to adapt and respond quickly with a product that fits different customer needs across borders and on a global scale. With our product portfolio of smart charging solutions for residential and work use and fast DC chargers and eMSP solution, we believe we are poised to be a leader in the industry.

Europe

The European EV charging market is characterized as fragmented. There are many small and local players, with only a limited number of parties having sufficient scale and funding to be competitive in the long term. The European market is important as it is expected to grow rapidly, following leading European markets such as Norway and the Netherlands. Even though there are many local parties with a solution for public charging, we believe we offer more stylish, compact, lighter, and feature-rich products, which is appealing for residential charging and caters to the entire continent. In addition to the superior charging solutions and important energy management capabilities, we believe we are well-positioned in Europe with local offices in several countries complemented by a European-wide partnership with installers, OEMs, and distributors, as well as the ABL business in Germany.

North America

Although the North American market is still in development from an EV penetration perspective, it is an important market for us to position ourselves early. Namely, as one of the largest automobile markets globally, we believe the North American market has a significant sales volume potential. Especially due to the strong government incentives currently in place, EV sales are expected to increase rapidly. From a competitive perspective, the North American market has high barriers to entry due to strict certification and validation requirements. Therefore, this market differs from Europe as the market is less fragmented with only a few large players: a dynamic that we see as ripe for disruption. With our residential offering, we believe we are well-positioned to gain market share as we can capitalize well on the consumer-driven characteristics of this market. Also, we opened a manufacturing facility in October 2022 to produce and distribute Pulsar Plus and Supernova chargers to the North American market.

APAC

The APAC market is expected to continue to be one of the leading EV charging markets in the coming years. China is currently, by far, the market leader in public charging in terms of the number of public charge points installed. Yet, similar to the European market, the rest of APAC market can be characterized as a highly fragmented market with less than a handful of players that have gained significant scale in the industry. From a technology and pricing perspective, the EV charging solutions are cost-competitive as they can be manufactured at a lower cost point. However, the charge points in the APAC region tend to have inferior technology in terms of quality, functionalities, and capabilities. With our innovative, advanced, smart, and seamlessly connected EV charging solution technology with easy-to-use functionalities and embedded software, we have developed a differentiated solution for the APAC market. In addition, we have bolstered our position with an office in Shanghai covering China and APAC regions and the new subsidiary in Shanghai after the acquisition of ABL business.

For a breakdown of total revenues for the principal markets where we compete, please refer to Note 7. “Operating Segments,” within our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Competitive Strengths

Strong global brand

We have built a brand by taking a very consumer centric approach. We do not white label our products, which we believe allows us to maintain attractive margins and create a recognizable brand. Our award winning product portfolio is third-party validated by highly regarded international trade organizations, including Winner of Reddot Product Award (2022), Winner of iF Design Product Award (2022), Winner of Good Design (2021), Best of CES (2020), and Fast World Changing Ideas finalist (2020) amongst others. Our portfolio extends worldwide, demonstrating our ability and speed to adapt and meet the different regulations across regions as well as across segments, providing the same customer centric approach across all use cases, whether at home, work or in public locations. We believe customers can find a Wallbox charger that fits their needs. This effort has led to partnerships with well-recognized brands such as Costco, Kia, Free2Move and Genereac to provide our products and services.

 

42


Large global total addressable market

We believe the EV market is at an inflection point and is experiencing substantial growth. Mass EV adoption translates to significant charging infrastructure growth. Despite dampened sentiments in EV markets and slower growth in 2023 compared to 2022, the growth of the EV market remained solid with 31% year-over-year in 2023 according to Rho Motion. We believe that the EV charging market continues to be a large opportunity with more than 130 million chargers to be sold between 2024 and 2030. This total is dominated by home chargers, with more than 90 million chargers expected to be sold in the same time period and accounting for 71% of the total chargers sales. In addition to these, it is projected that there will be 11 million public chargers, 21 million work place chargers and 6 million depot chargers to be sold during this period. Over $500 billion of cumulative investment would be needed to install all of these chargers. We believe we are positioned to capture and control a large share of this market by leveraging smart charging technology to enable mass EV adoption, fast time to market and robust supply chain to meet demand, global operations and local certifications.

Full-service technology provider

We have a full suite of EV charging solutions spanning proprietary hardware, software, and services for domestic, business and public charging. Our enterprise grade software platform seamlessly connects across all of the chargers. As of December 31, 2023, through myWallbox and Electromaps, we have managed over 61 million charging sessions and over 938 GWh charged. Additionally, we believe we offer the most innovative features on the market, such as Bluetooth, PV match, gesture control, facial recognition, V2H/V2G, which allows us to maintain high margins.

Powerful business model

Other than during 2023, we historically achieved over 100% revenue growth rates year-over-year, which we attribute to our scalable business model and our having successfully implemented our sales strategy into new geographies. Our in-house design and manufacturing capability enables us to have very fast development cycles, adapt to the ever-changing global supply chain and never run out of stock. In-house certification allows us to expand to new countries and adapt to new local requirements.

Truly global business with strong blue-chip customers

We serve a variety of customers and have established channel distribution in more than 118 countries as of December 31, 2023. Customers include automotive manufacturers, utility companies, resellers, distributors and installers. We also sell direct to consumers via enterprise or e-commerce sales through our website or via Amazon.

Uniquely positioned at the intersection of energy and mobility markets

EV owners typically double their home’s energy consumption through charging. We believe our embedded software across our products enables customers to control charging and manage energy. For example, our DC bi-directional charger for the home, Quasar, allows the battery of an EV to discharge the energy stored in the vehicle and power a home for up to five days. Quasar also allows EV owners producing renewable energy to store the energy in their vehicles when not fully utilized by their home.

Founder-led company, experienced management team and high-profile investors

We are led by a management team with expertise across technology, energy, industrial and financial organizations. As of December 31, 2023, we had a team of over 1,458 individuals, which consisted of mostly software and hardware engineers and a global salesforce. Since the Company’s founding in 2015, we have been able to demonstrate our capabilities in expanding the EV charging business in Europe, North America and Asia. We are backed by global leading strategic and financial investors, including Iberdrola.

Growth Strategies

We believe our scalable business model will enable us to continue to outperform the growth of the broader EV charging market. We intend to achieve this growth by focusing on the following strategies:

Continue our global expansion: We intend to continue to expand beyond the more than 118 countries (as of December 31, 2023) where we currently sell locally-certified products by increasing our presence in the core EV markets, and penetrating rapidly developing markets such as APAC and Eastern Europe.

 

43


Launch new technologies: We plan to continue to update our product portfolio to include the latest and energy efficient technology—as we have done with the Pulsar Pro and Pulsar Socket (upgrades from Pulsar). Additionally, we expect to launch complimentary energy management software features and innovative hardware products, such as ultra-fast powered (400kW) chargers.

Provide all-in-one energy solutions with the charger at the center: Our goal is to unlock the full potential of every EV. There are already several countries (UK, Australia, Germany, amongst others) where we have established partnerships with utilities and energy distributors. These partnerships enable users to connect directly to the grid, “vehicle-to-grid” (V2G), allowing them to sell their excess energy. V2G connectivity gives rise to a broad set of energy functionalities that we expect to launch to redefine the future of charging; energy technology will only get smarter, and we intend to spearhead this movement.

Seasonality

For a description of our business seasonality, see chapter 4, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, unfair competition and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary rights. Our success depends in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights.

As of December 31, 2023, we have one (1) granted design patent in the U.S.A. and we have two (2) pending international patent applications in the national phase. Additionally, with the ABL purchase we enhanced our intellectual property portfolio acquiring the certification of the German EV charging calibration-law (Eichrecht). We continue to regularly assess opportunities for seeking patent protection for those aspects of our technology, designs and methodologies that we believe provide a meaningful competitive advantage.

We intend to continue to regularly assess opportunities for seeking patent protection for those aspects of our technology, designs and methodologies that we believe provide a meaningful competitive advantage. If we are unable to do so, our ability to protect our intellectual property or prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights may be impaired.

Government Regulation

Product Certifications

Throughout the world, electrical appliances are subject to various mandatory and voluntary standards, including requirements in some jurisdictions, including the United States, that products be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (“UL”) or other similar recognized laboratories. In the United States, we are required to undergo certification and testing of compliance with UL standards, as well as other national and industry specific standards. We endeavor to have our products designed to meet the certification requirements of, and to be certified in, each of the jurisdictions in which they are sold. We provide many of our certifications in-house depending on the local requirements; although, the requirements for certification vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may require third party certifications in certain jurisdictions.

CPSC

As a marketer and distributor of consumer products, we are subject to the Consumer Products Safety Act and the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, which empower the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) to seek to exclude products that are found to be unsafe or hazardous from the market. Under certain circumstances, the CPSC could require us to repair, replace or refund the purchase price of one or more of our products, or we may voluntarily do so.

OSHA

We are subject to the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended (“OSHA”). OSHA establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and various record keeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards, including standards for notices of hazards, safety in excavation and demolition work and the handling of asbestos, may apply to our operations.

 

44


NEMA

The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (“NEMA”) is the association of electrical equipment and medical imaging manufacturers. NEMA provides a forum for the development of technical standards that are in the best interests of the industry and users, advocacy of industry policies on legislative and regulatory matters, and collection, analysis, and dissemination of industry data.

Waste Handling and Disposal

We generally do not manufacture the components of our charging products. Rather, our employees and contractors engage in assembly of charging products at our facilities primarily using components manufactured by OEMs. Nonetheless, we may be subject to laws and regulations regarding the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and solid wastes, including electronic wastes and batteries. These laws generally regulate the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous waste, and may impose strict, joint and several liability for the investigation and remediation of areas where hazardous substances may have been released or disposed of. For instance, CERCLA, also known as the Superfund law, in the United States and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include current and prior owners or operators of the site where the release occurred as well as companies that disposed of or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, these persons may be subject to joint and several strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible classes of persons the costs they incur. We may handle hazardous substances within the meaning of CERCLA, or similar state statutes, in the course of ordinary operations and, as a result, may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites at which these hazardous substances have been released into the environment.

We also generate solid wastes, which may include hazardous wastes that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes. While RCRA regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes strict requirements on the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. Certain components of our products are excluded from RCRA’s hazardous waste regulations, provided certain requirements are met. However, if these components do not meet all of the established requirements for the exclusion, or if the requirements for the exclusion change, we may be required to treat such products as hazardous waste, which are subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements. Any such changes in the laws and regulations, or our ability to qualify the materials it uses for exclusions under such laws and regulations, could adversely affect our operating expenses.

Similar laws exist in other jurisdictions where we operate. Additionally, in the EU, we are subject to the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (“WEEE Directive”). The WEEE Directive provides for the creation of a collection scheme where consumers return electrical waste and electronic equipment to merchants, such as us. If we fail to properly manage such electrical waste and electronic equipment, we may be subject to fines, sanctions, or other actions that may adversely affect our financial operations.

General

Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex and may be subject to change, such as through new requirements enacted at the supranational, national, sub-national, and/or local level or new or modified regulations that may be implemented under existing law. The nature and extent of any changes in these laws, rules, regulations and permits may be unpredictable and may have material effects on our business. Future legislation and regulations or changes in existing legislation and regulations, or interpretations thereof, including those relating to hardware manufacturing, electronic waste, or batteries, could cause additional expenditures, restrictions and delays in connection with our operations as well as other future projects, the extent of which cannot be predicted. For instance, California may adopt more stringent regulation of EV charging and, in February 2023, the U.S. Department of Transportation and U.S. Department of Energy announced plans to include minimum standards and “Buy America” requirements for EV charger stations funded by certain U.S. federal programs. In addition, various local, state, and national incentives exist or may come to exist to encourage the installation of EV charging stations; nevertheless, the level and duration of such incentives are not guaranteed and may be subject to change over time.

 

45


3.3

Organizational structure

Please refer to Note 28, “Details of Wallbox Group subsidiaries” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a listing of our significant subsidiaries, including name, country of incorporation, and proportion of ownership interest.

 

3.4

Property, plant and equipment

Our Facilities

We design and manufacture our products in house across our leased factories located in Barcelona, Spain (Zona Franca, D26) which has an estimated production capacity of approximately 624 thousand chargers per year, Arlington (Texas) which has an estimated production capacity of approximately 283 thousand chargers per year, Lauf an der Pegnitz (Nürnberg, Germany) estimated production capacity of approximately 302 thousand chargers per year and approximately 20,100 thousand of connectivity components per year and Tangier (Morocco) where we produce components for the charger’s production. In addition, the Group has a manufacture of printed circuit board (“pcb”) in Sant Boi de Llobregat (Barcelona) which has an estimated production capacity of approximately 660 thousand pcb’s per year. All chargers manufactured across our facilities are certified to be sold across the United States, the European Union and APAC Region including China.

Our headquarters are located in Barcelona, Spain where we currently lease approximately 11,000 square meters of office space. We believe this space is sufficient to meet our needs for our headquarters in the foreseeable future and that any additional space we may require will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

 

46


3.5

Employees

Average number of employees in the last 3 years is:

 

(Average number of employees)

   2023      2022      2021  

Directives

     69        41        22  

Administrative

     387        445        261  

Commercials

     189        194        117  

Operators

     212        38        23  

Engineers

     408        464        177  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,265        1,182        600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We strive to offer competitive employee compensation and benefits in order to attract and retain a skilled and diverse workforce. As of December 31, 2023, we had 1,457 employees compared with the 1,267 employees at December 31, 2022. Most of our employees are located in Spain, although our global footprint has employees working in offices across seven European countries, an office in China and another in the United States. We have not experienced a work stoppage and believe we maintain positive relationships with our employees.

During 2023, as part of our efforts to reduce the operating costs of the Company, we undertook a reduction in workforce program that affected approximately 15% of our employees. As a result of our acquisition of ABL, we onboarded 360 ABL employees, resulting in our having a total of 1,426 employees as of December 31, 2023.

During 2024, we anticipate maintaining a staff level commensurate with our business demands.

 

4

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

4.1

Operating Results

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in Chapter 2 “Principal risks and uncertainties”. Actual results could differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

When we refer to the “Company” we are referring to Wallbox N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

4.1.1

Business Overview

We believe we are a global leader in intelligent electric vehicle charging and energy management solutions. Founded in 2015, we create smart charging systems that combine innovative technology with outstanding design with the goal of managing the communication between user, vehicle, grid, building and charger.

Our mission is to facilitate the adoption of electric vehicles today to make more sustainable use of energy tomorrow. By designing, manufacturing, and distributing charging solutions for residential, business, and public use, we intend to lay the infrastructure required to meet the demands of mass electric vehicle ownership everywhere. We believe our customer-centric approach to our holistic hardware, software, and service offering allows us to solve existing barriers to EV adoption as well as anticipate opportunities soon to come. In our pursuit to accomplish this vision, we have acquired five companies to date:

 

1.

Intelligent Solutions (controlling interest acquired in February 2020): Intelligent Solutions is one of the largest distributors of intelligent charging solutions in Northern Europe, with an extensive partner network of car dealers, installers, and utility companies in Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark. Headquartered in Stavanger, Norway, Intelligent Solutions offers a variety of services from hardware to installation service and technical support. We believe this acquisition was a key component in our strategy to expand our business in Northern Europe. On August 13, 2021, we exercised our option to acquire the remaining 33.334% interest in Wallbox AS, which was formerly called Intelligent Solutions AS.

 

47


2.

Electromaps (controlling interest acquired in September 2020): the leading digital platform for accessing free and paid for electric charging points in southern Europe. The app provides its 200,000+ users access to the charging points and ability to make payments directly from their mobile phone, unifying the entire charging infrastructure and improving the electric vehicle driving experience. Through this acquisition, we took our first step into the public electric charging space and plan to continue to foster innovation at Electromaps. On July 27, 2022, we exercised our option to acquire the remaining 49% of share capital of Electromaps, S.L.

 

3.

ARES (acquired in July 2022): ARES is an innovative provider of printed circuit boards and through its acquisition, we expanded our design and manufacturing capabilities and believe this acquisition will increase our innovation cycle time and improve our supply chain resilience.

 

4.

COIL (acquired in August 2022): COIL is a leading EV charging installer serving the U.S. market, enabling in-house installation and maintenance solutions for commercial, public and residential charging applications.

 

5.

ABL business (acquired in November 2023): ABL business was a pioneer in EV charging solutions in Germany, the largest EV market in Europe.

For the year 2024, the group does not foresee making significant investments.

Recent Transactions

ABL

On November 2, 2023, we acquired the operations, personnel and assets (which constitute a business) of ABL, which acquisition also included ABL’s ownership in each of ABL Morocco S.A., which owns a production facility in Tangier, Morocco, ABL (Shanghai) Co. Ltd, and ABL Nederland B.V. The total consideration for this transaction was €14.6 million, consisting of €10.1 million up front cash payment in 2023 with the balance of €4.5 million to be paid in several installments during 2024.

Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, on December 15, 2023, Wall Box Chargers entered into an investment and shareholders’ agreement with Greenmobility invest 2 GmbH (a German limited liability company (“GI2”), the majority indirect shareholders of ABL), pursuant to which GI2 acquired a 25.1% interest in the share capital of ABL for an aggregate capital contribution of €8,378. The Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement provides for a put and call option for GI2 and WBX SLU, respectively, that would provide for GI2 to sell its shares to WBX SLU for cash and/or shares in the Company under the terms detailed in the Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement. The GI2 put right may be exercised only if ABL’s sales in fiscal year 2024 exceed €81.4 million and only after ABL’s financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024 have been approved and no later than December 31, 2025. The fair value of the put-option liability consideration is €10.405 million. The Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement is governed by German law.

The transaction is expected to accelerate Wallbox’s commercial business plan by enhancing the product and certification portfolio, including the German EV charging calibration-law (Eichrecht). Leveraging ABLs relationships, reputation, and experienced team, Wallbox is expected to be in a position to deliver a comprehensive suite of residential, commercial, and public charging hardware and energy management software in this market. Wallbox is also expected to benefit from reduced operational risk through reduced Capex and R&D spend, plus leveraging ABL’s in-house component manufacturing. These expected benefits will put Wallbox in a position to bring new products to market more quickly and efficiently, including Supernova and Hypernova DC fast chargers.

Private Placement Equity Offering

On June 15, 2023, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 18,832,432 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $48.6 million (€44.9 million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $2.58 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement, we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on July 19, 2023.

On December 13, 2023, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 10,360,657 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $31.6 million (€29.3 million) to certain existing investors and Generac Power Systems, Inc (“Generac”) at a price of $3.05 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement, we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on January 12, 2024. Substantially concurrently with the closing of the transaction several agreements have been entered into by the Company:

 

48


(a) Board Observer Agreement between the Company and Mr. Paolo Campinoti, Executive Vice President – EMEA, APAC and South America of Generac, granting Mr. Campinoti the right (subject to specified limitations) to attend meetings of the Board and its committees in a non-voting capacity, as an observer;

(b) a letter agreement between Generac and the Company, pursuant to which Generac has the following rights: (i) a first right of refusal to purchase or subscribe for any securities, including equity, equity-linked or debt securities or assets that the Company may propose to issue or sell to certain of Generac’s competitors; and (ii) for as long as Generac and its affiliates collectively own at least 3% of the Company’s outstanding share capital: (1) preemptive rights to participate with respect to certain future equity offerings by the Company, to the extent Generac does not have substantially similar antidilution protections in the organizational or charter documents of the Company; and (2) Company shall obtain the consent of Generac prior to approve any changes the Company may propose that adversely affect the rights of Class A Shares; and

(c) a letter agreement between Kariega Ventures, S.L., a major shareholder of the Company, which is controlled by Mr. Asunción, and the Company, pursuant to which Kariega Ventures, S.L., and the Company will agree to take best efforts to support the election of the director nominee set forth by Generac pursuant to its director nomination rights, which director nomination rights Generac shall have for so long as it, together with its affiliates, collectively own at least 3% of the Company’s outstanding share capital.

BBVA Facility and Warrant Agreement

On February 9, 2023 (the “BBVA Facility Closing Date”), Wallbox, as guarantor, and its wholly owned direct Spanish subsidiary, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower (Wall Box Chargers) entered into a Facility Agreement (the “BBVA Facility Agreement”) with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. (“BBVA”). The BBVA Facility Agreement provides for an aggregate term loan commitment of €25.0 million (the “BBVA Facility”), which amount was fully drawn down on the BBVA Facility Closing Date and we received an amount of €24.6 million after the deduction of fees and expenses.

Principal outstanding under the BBVA Facility Agreement shall accrue interest on a daily basis at a rate equal to 1 month EURIBOR plus an amount equal to 8.00% per annum. The BBVA Facility is secured by certain intellectual property rights. The BBVA Facility matures on the fourth anniversary of the BBVA Facility Closing Date and under certain circumstances may be extended to mature on the fifth anniversary of the BBVA Facility Closing Date. Wall Box Chargers is permitted to prepay the BBVA Facility in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the BBVA Facility Agreement. Upon an event of default specified in the BBVA Facility Agreement that remains uncured after 15 business days, the BBVA Facility may become due and payable in full upon provision of notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the BBVA Facility Agreement. The BBVA Facility Agreement also contains customary affirmative and negative covenants. The BBVA Facility Agreement is governed by Spanish law.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the BBVA Facility Agreement and in consideration thereof, we entered into a Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) and Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with BBVA (together with its assignees, the “Warrantholder”) pursuant to which we issued to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder subscribed for and acquired, an aggregate of 1,007,894 warrants exercisable for 1,007,894 Class A Shares, for an exercise price of $5.32 per share. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, we filed a registration statement on January 12, 2024, which registration statement was declared effective on January 22, 2024, registering the resale of the Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant. The Warrant Agreement provides for a redemption right in our favor when the Class A Shares achieve a value of $11.00 per share.

Syndicated Loan

On October 16, 2023, we, our wholly owned subsidiary, Wallbox USA, Inc. (“Wallbox USA”), and Wall Box Chargers, entered into agreements (the “October 2023 Facility Agreements”) that provide for: (i) a syndicated loan with Instituto de Crédito Oficial E.P.E., Institut Català de Finances, Mora Banc Grup SA and EBN Banco de Negocios, S.A. (“EBN Banco”) as funding entities, EBN Banco as coordinating entity and agent, Wallbox Spain as borrower and Wallbox USA and Wallbox as guarantors; and (ii) a loan with Compañía Española de Financiación Del Desarrollo COFIDES, S.A., S.M.E., as funding entity, EBN Banco as coordinating entity, Wallbox USA as borrower and Wallbox Spain and Wallbox as guarantors. The October 2023 Facility Agreements provide for an aggregate term loan commitment of €35.0 million (the “October 2023 Term Loan”), which aggregate amount was elected to be drawn on October 14, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, we had €35.0 million

 

49


of borrowings outstanding under the October 2023 Term Loan. We intend to use €30.0 million of the proceeds for investments in manufacturing lines at our charger manufacturing plants in Barcelona and for the development of energy management software and €5.0 million of the proceeds to expand our plant and assembly lines in the United States.

Principal outstanding under the October 2023 Term Loan accrues interest on a daily basis at a rate equal to three-month EURIBOR plus an amount equal to 3.25% per annum, provided that, the October 2023 Facility Agreements also include sustainability-linked pricing adjustments and, as to Facility Agreement 2, pricing adjustments related to sales in the United States. The October 2023 Term Loan will be secured by the property assets that are acquired in Barcelona with the proceeds under the October 2023 Term Loan, the bank accounts related to the October 2023 Facility Agreements and the credit rights under the insurance agreements related to the property assets to be secured. The October 2023 Term Loan matures on the fifth anniversary of October 16, 2023. The relevant borrower is permitted to prepay the October 2023 Term Loan in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the October 2023 Facility Agreements. The October 2023 Facility Agreements also contain covenants that require, based on our audited consolidated financial statements, a total debt to equity ratio ranging from 2.00x or less in 2023 to 1.20x or less in 2026 and thereafter, and a net debt to equity ratio ranging from 1.40x or less in 2023 to 0.90x or less in 2026 and thereafter, as well as other affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with the covenants under the October 2023 Facility Agreement.

 

4.1.2

Reporting Segments

For management purposes, we are organized into business units based on geographical areas and therefore have three existing reportable segments. Our segments are:

 

   

EMEA: Europe-Middle East Asia

 

   

NORAM: North America

 

   

APAC: Asia-Pacific

Refer to Note 7 “Operating Segments”, included within our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

4.1.3

Key factors Affecting Operating Results

We believe our performance and future success depend on several factors that present significant opportunities for it but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this Annual Report titled “Principal risks and uncertainties.”

Growth in EV Adoption

Our revenue growth is directly tied to the continued acceptance of passenger and commercial EVs sold, which we believe drives the demand for charging products and infrastructure. The market for EVs is still rapidly evolving and although demand for EVs has grown in recent years, there is no guarantee such demand will continue into the future. Factors impacting the adoption of EVs include but are not limited to: perceptions about EV features, quality, safety, performance and cost; perceptions about the limited range over which EVs may be driven on a single battery charge; volatility in the cost of oil, gasoline, and electricity; availability of services for EVs; consumers’ perception about the convenience and cost of charging EVs; government subsidies for EVs and electricity; the development, prevalence and market adoption of EV fleets; and increases in fuel efficiency of non-EV transportation. In addition, macroeconomic factors could impact demand for EVs, particularly since EVs can be more expensive than traditional gasoline-powered vehicles and the automotive industry globally has been experiencing a recent decline in sales. If the market for EVs does not develop as expected or if there is any slow-down or delay in overall EV adoption rates, this would impact our ability to increase its revenue or grow its business.

Competition

We believe we are currently one of the market leaders in Europe and North America in residential EV charging solutions based on the number of charging units sold compared to EVs sold on a country by country basis. We also provide and derive revenue from installation services and Electromaps, our online platform that enables users to find and pay for publicly available charging ports and manage their charging fleet. We intend to

 

50


expand our market share over time in our product categories, including public charging stations, leveraging the network effect of its products, our partnership with Iberdrola and the Electromaps platform. Additionally, we intend to expand and grow our revenues via the rollout of the Supernova and Hypernova public charging stations. Nonetheless, existing competitors may expand their product offerings and sales strategies, and new competitors may enter the market. Furthermore, our competition includes competition resulting from acceptance of other types of alternative fuel vehicles, plug-in hybrid electric vehicles and high fuel-economy gasoline powered vehicles. If our market share decreases due to increased competition, our revenue and ability to generate profits in the future may be impacted.

Global Expansion

We operate in Europe, North America, Latin America and APAC. Europe and North America are expected to be significant contributors to our revenue in future years with manufacturing capacity added to North America in 2022 and the inorganic growth due to the acquisition of ABL.

The European EV charging market can be characterized as fragmented. There are many small and local players, with only a limited number of parties having sufficient scale and funding to be competitive in the long term. Especially due to the strong government incentives currently in place, the EV sales are expected to increase rapidly in Europe. From a competitive perspective, the North American market has high barriers to entry due to strict certification and validation requirements. Therefore, this market differs from Europe as the market is less fragmented with only a few large players.

Similar to the European market, the APAC market can be characterized as a highly fragmented market with a small number of players that have gained significant scale in the industry. From a technology and pricing perspective, EV charging solutions in APAC are cost-competitive as they can be manufactured at a lower cost point. Our growth in each of our markets requires us to differentiate ourselves as compared to our competition. If we are unable to penetrate, or further penetrate, the market in each of the geographies in which we operate or intend to operate, our future revenue growth and profits may be impacted.

Impact of New Product Releases

As we introduce new products, such as the market introduction of our Supernova public charging stations, our profitability may be temporarily impacted by launch costs until our supply chain achieves targeted cost reductions. In addition, we may accelerate our operating expenditures where we see growth opportunities which may impact profitability until upfront costs and inefficiencies are absorbed and normalized operations are achieved. We also continuously evaluate and may adjust our operating expenditures based on our launch plans for our new products, as well as other factors including the pace and prioritization of current projects under development and the addition of new projects. As we attain higher revenue, we expect operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue to continue to decrease in the future as we focus on increasing operational efficiency and process automation.

Government Mandates, Incentives and Programs

The U.S. federal, state and local government, European member states, and China provide incentives to end users and buyers of EVs and EV charging products in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. These governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives significantly lower the effective price of EVs and EV charging products or stations to customers. However, these incentives may expire on specified dates, end when the allocated funding is no longer available, or be reduced or terminated as a matter of regulatory or legislative policy. Any reduction in rebates, tax credits or other financial incentives could reduce the demand for EVs and for charging infrastructure, including infrastructure offered by us.

In the fall of 2021, the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (“IIJA”), a bipartisan infrastructure bill, was signed into law in the United States. The IIJA authorized almost $20 billion to fund new and existing EV-related programs, including $5 billion in new funding to develop and build a nationwide network of half a million EV charging stations, also referred to as the National Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Formula Program (often called “the NEVI Program”); $2.5 billion for publicly accessible alternative fuel infrastructure (i.e., EV charging stations and hydrogen, propane and natural gas fueling infrastructure), referred to as the competitive Charging and Fueling Infrastructure Grants program (the “Competitive Grants Program”); and approximately $11 billion in funding to transition public transportation vehicles including school buses and transit buses to zero-emissions alternatives.

 

51


NEVI Program

Under the NEVI Program, eligible public entities like Wallbox may engage with operators and project managers to acquire and install EV charging stations in their designated areas. This program is intended to provide funding to states to deploy EV charging infrastructure and establish a network to facilitate data collection, access and reliability. The first stage of funding is expected to be focused on building a national EV charging station network, primarily along interstate highways. Throughout 2022, the Federal Highway Administration (“FHWA”), the U.S. Department of Transportation, and The U.S. Department of Energy published guidance for the NEVI Program, and announced that all 50 states had submitted their EV Infrastructure Deployment Plans. These plans, a prerequisite to receiving funding under the program, indicate how each state intends to utilize the funding it receives under the NEVI Program.

In addition, in June of 2022, the FHWA issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NOPR”) on minimum standards and requirements for projects funded under the NEVI Program and for funded EV charger construction projects. The NOPR seeks to ensure there will be a nationwide network of EV chargers that can be used by any type of EV. The NEVI Program also has several guidelines in the use of program funds relating to user experience and reliability, strategic and efficient locations, equity, labor and workforce, private investment and data and cybersecurity, among other things. Worth noting, with respect to user experience and reliability, under the NEVI Program charging infrastructure must be interoperable across payment systems, EV brands, EV supply equipment, EV service providers, and the grid and must also provide 24-hour access to power on a reliable network and achieve 97% reliability.

Both the NEVI Program and the Competitive Grants Program prioritize charging infrastructure along the National Alternative Fuels Corridor, a network of highways nominated by states with charging stations to be open to the public and easily accessible. We have targeted these funding programs and intend on participating as either a direct recipient or by supporting charging equipment operators that have selected our hardware. If our equipment fails to meet the standards or requirements implemented in connection with these programs, we may not be able to access those funds.

In February 2023, the FHWA published a Notice of Waiver for the Buy America requirements for EV chargers funded through the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law. Effective from March 23, 2023, the requirements include that all EV chargers purchased through the NEVI program have to be assembled in the US and at least 55% of the cost of all components will need to be manufactured domestically by July 2024. Any equipment that does not meet the requirement on the 55% domestic content has to be installed before October 1, 2024.

In December 2023, the White House celebrated the opening of the first NEVI-funded EV charging stations in Ohio and New York. After, only limited number of states have awarded their NEVI program funding for 2023-2024. Charger deployment through the scheme has been slower than expected as US states navigate the legislative and logistical hurdles in selecting project proposals.

Inflation Reduction Act

In the United States, with the passage of the Inflation Reduction Act, the Biden administration has committed over $369 billion towards climate investments, representing the largest single investment in this area in the country’s history. The package includes both consumer and corporate incentives and loans with the aims of reducing emissions by 40% by 2030. However, new tariffs and policy incentives implemented by the Biden Administration that favor equipment manufactured by or assembled at American factories, could put us at a competitive disadvantage if we are not able to develop our U.S. manufacturing capacity on the timelines we currently expect or at all, including by increasing the cost or delaying the availability of charging equipment, by challenging or eliminating our ability to apply or qualify for grants and other government incentives, or by disqualifying us from the ability to compete for certain charging infrastructure buildout solicitations and programs, including those initiated by federal government agencies.

Penetration into the Public Charging Market

We commenced commercialization of the Supernova, our first DC fast charger for public use, during the first quarter of 2022. We have signed letters of intent (“LOI”) to collaborate with some of the world’s biggest utility companies for delivery of Supernova, and expect in the future to expand beyond utilities into additional distribution channels. In June 2020, Iberdrola announced its intention to acquire the first 1,000 of our Supernova fast chargers as part of its five-year sustainable mobility plan to deploy more than 150,000 chargers in homes, businesses and public road networks, and entered into a non-binding letter of intent with us in July 2020 expressing its interest in purchasing 6,500 Supernova chargers. During 2022, Iberdrola expressed an interest in purchasing 3,500 additional public chargers, bringing their total potential purchase to 10,000 public chargers. Our offering of

 

52


public charging solutions is complemented through Electromaps, an online platform that enables users to find publicly available charging ports and pay for their use. We have established partnerships in Europe with operators of charging points that allow users to pay for their charging directly via Electromaps. We intend to extend these relationships with charging operators outside of Europe and enable this payment feature globally.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal in nature. Typically, consumers purchase more EVs in the second half of the year, particularly in the fourth quarter, and the seasonal variation in the timing of sales of our residential products tend to be correlated with sales of EVs. As a result, sales in the second half, and particularly in the fourth quarter, would, after controlling for our growth, be higher than in the first half of the fiscal year and our results of operations may be subject to seasonal fluctuations as a result.

Impact of the war between Russia and Ukraine

As a result of the war between Russia and Ukraine, the U.S. and certain allies in Europe imposed sanctions on Russia and could impose further sanctions against it. Russia could respond in kind. Sanctions imposed by any of these countries could disrupt our supply of critical components among our manufacturing facilities in Barcelona as well as our production and the sales of EVs. As a result of the war, we stopped marketing our products in Russia, and will not pursue new opportunities with customers in those countries. Although such sales in the Ukraine region have not been significant to our business, further disruptions could negatively affect our ability to provide critical components to affiliates or produce finished goods for customers, which could increase our costs, require capital expenditures and harm our results of operations and financial condition. We continue to monitor the situation closely.

The Global Economic Environment

Certain factors in the global economic environment that may impact our global operations include, among other things currency fluctuations, capital and exchange controls, global economic conditions including inflation, interest rates, monetary policy, restrictive government actions, changes in intellectual property, legal protections and remedies, trade regulations, tax laws and regulations and procedures and actions affecting approval, production, pricing, and marketing of, reimbursement for and access to our products, as well as impacts of political or civil unrest or military action, including the current conflict between Russia and Ukraine, tensions between China and the U.S., the U.K., the EU, the Middle East, India, terrorist activity, unstable governments and legal systems, inter-governmental disputes, public health outbreaks, epidemics, pandemics, natural disasters or disruptions related to climate change. During 2022, global supply chains experienced disruptions that impacted and continues to impact delivery rates of electric vehicles. As a result, in January 2023, we announced cost reduction measures balanced between operating and personnel expenses, impacting approximately 15% of our workforce. We expect to have further reductions during 2024.

 

4.1.4

Key components of results of operations

Revenue

Our revenue consists of retail sales and sales from distributors, resellers and installer customers of charging solutions for EVs, which includes electronic chargers and other services. We recognize revenue from contracts with customers when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

Sale of Chargers and other related products

Revenue related to the sale of chargers consists of sales of public and home & business charging devices, as well as accessories. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer.

Sale of Services

Revenue related to the rendering of services consists of installation and software services, including commissions obtained from every charging transaction carried out through Electromaps; although, at this time, such revenue consists primarily of installation services.

 

53


Revenue from contracts with customers for installation services is recognized when control of the services are transferred to the customer (at a point in time given the short period that the service is rendered). Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those services. For installations’ contracts, where the time required to complete execution is longer, the revenue recognition for each period is calculated taking into account the percentage of completion at the end of each financial period, considering the work in progress and the costs incurred until this date compared to the budgeted costs.

Changes in Inventories and Raw Materials and Consumables Used

Changes to inventory are recorded in consumption of finished goods, raw materials and other consumables. Inventory consists of electric chargers and related parts, which are available for sale or for warranty requirements. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Inventory that is sold to third parties is included within changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used. We periodically review for slow-moving, excess or obsolete inventories. Products that are determined to be obsolete, if any, are written down to net realizable value.

Employee Benefits

Employee benefits consist primarily of wages and salaries, share-based payment plan expenses and social security. We have 5 different share-based plans: (i) 2018 Legacy Stock Option Program for Founders; (ii) 2020 Legacy Stock Option Program for Employees (“ESOP”); (iii) 2018 Legacy Stock Option Program for Management (“MSOP”); (iv) Wallbox N.V. Amended & Restated 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and (v) Wallbox N.V. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (“RSU”). For the MSOP, ESOP and RSU we record share-based payments based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date. It is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss over the requisite service period. The estimated fair value of the award granted after the Business Combination is based on the market price of our common stock listed in the NYSE on the date of grant. employee benefits also includes the impact from Coil and Ares earn-outs to sellers as it is linked to their continued provision of services in future.

For the 2018 Legacy Stock Option Program for Founders, we record share-based payments based on the estimated fair value using the American option chain and considering the conditions established in the plan. This plan is considered fully vested from their date of concession.

Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses primarily consist of professional services, marketing expenses, external temporary workers expense, delivery expense, insurance premiums and other expenses, including leases of machinery with lease terms of twelve months or less and leases of office equipment with low value, including IT equipment. Amortization and Depreciation

Depreciation, amortization and accretion relates to our intangible assets, right-of-use assets, property and equipment.

Net Other income

Net other income consists of all other income and expenses linked to activities that are outside the core of our operating activities and may include income or losses related to gain or loss of assets, liabilities, and grants.

Operating Loss

Operating loss consists of our revenue and net other income less changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used, employee benefits, other operating expenses and amortization and depreciation.

Financial Income and Financial Expenses

Financial income consists of interest income on outstanding cash positions and fair value adjustments of derivative instruments and valuation of financial instruments. Financial expenses consist of interest expense on loan and borrowings including leases, fair value adjustments on the convertible bonds, valuation of financial instruments and the unwinding effect on the put option liabilities. During 2022 we finished implementing a cash pool system within our subsidiaries which we expect to reduce our net finance cost. For our financial expenses please refer to chapter 4.1.5 “Operating Results — 4.1. Operating Results — Net Financial Results”.

 

54


Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

Public and Private Warrants originally issued by Kensington to its public shareholders and its sponsors were converted on the closing date of the Business Combination, into a right to acquire one Class A Share (a “Wallbox Warrant”) on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the closing date. These warrants were considered part of the net assets of Kensington at the time of the Business Combination. In addition, during 2023, Wallbox issued new warrants as part of the facility agreement with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (“BBVA”) entered into in February 2023. On February 9, 2023 the Company signed an agreement with BBVA granting BBVA an aggregate of 1,007,894 warrants exercisable for 1,007,894 Class A shares for an exercise price of 5.32 USD per share (the “BBVA Warrants”). The BBVA warrants are exercisable until February 9, 2033 unless earlier redeemed by the Company pursuant to the warrant agreement.

According to management’s assessment, both the Public and Private Warrants and BBVA Warrants fall within the scope of IAS 32 and have been classified as a derivative financial liability. In accordance with IFRS 9 guidance, derivatives that are classified as financial liabilities shall be measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value to be recognized in profit and loss.

Share Listing Expense

The contribution in kind of Kensington shares has been accounted for within the scope of IFRS 2. Therefore, Kensington has been treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes and its net assets have been recognized at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Based on IFRS 2, and from an analysis of the transaction, it has been considered that the excess of fair value of our Shares issued over the fair value of Kensington’s identifiable net assets acquired represents compensation for the service of stock exchange listing for its shares and has been expensed as incurred.

Foreign Exchange Gains /(Losses)

Foreign exchange gains (losses) consist of realized and unrealized gains (losses) on foreign currency transactions and outstanding balances at year-end.

Share of Loss of Equity-Accounted Investees

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees consists of recognized losses attributable to our 50% interest in Wallbox-Fawsn Joint Venture started on June 15, 2019, and over which we have joint control and a 50% economic interest. The principal activity of the joint venture in China is the manufacture and sale of charging solutions with a clear focus on the automotive sector. Due to the losses realized by the JV, the investment value has been zero since the year ended December 31, 2020. During the first six months ended June 30, 2022, an investment was made, but immediately impaired to the recoverable amount to cover historical losses. On May 24, 2023, the Company sold its 50% interest in the JV for a consideration of €390,000, on which, an amount of €94,000 is expected to be collected within the next twelve months, with the remainder being a non-current receivable.

Income Tax Credit

Income tax credit relates to a percentage of research and development (“R&D”) related expenses that are expected to be eligible for tax deductions. As a deduction as a result of our tax residency in Spain, the tax credit is available as a deduction for certain eligible R&D expenses, including IT and product development. Loss for the Year

Loss for the year consists of our operating loss, net financial loss, share of loss of equity-accounted investees and income tax credit.

 

55


4.1.5

Operating results

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Variance  
     2023      2022           %  
     (€ in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales of goods

   129,416      136,372      (6,956      (5 )% 

Sales of services

     14,353        7,813        6,540        84

Revenue

   143,769      144,185      (416      (0 )% 

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

   (95,503    (85,605    (9,898      12

Employee benefits

     (81,236      (88,814      7,578        (9 )% 

Other operating expenses

     (59,788      (91,555      31,767        (35 )% 

Amortization and depreciation

     (28,443      (18,890      (9,553      51

Net other income

     14,260        1,844        12,416        673

Operating loss

   (106,941    (138,835    31,894        (23 )% 

Financial income

   1,472      2,307      (835      (36 )% 

Financial expenses

     (15,247      (7,998      (7,249      91

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     6,476        80,748        (74,272      (92 )% 

Foreign exchange gains/(losses)

     1,466        (3,618      5,084        (141 )% 

Net Financial Result

   (5,833    71,439      (77,272      (108 )% 

Share of loss of equity accounted investees

     —         (330      330        (100 )% 

Loss before Tax

   (112,774    (67,726    (45,048      67

Income tax credit

     703        4,926        (4,223      (86 )% 

Loss for the year

   (112,071    (62,800    (49,271      78

Revenues

Sales of goods revenue decreased by €6,956 thousand, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to decreased sales of our residential chargers due to overall unfavorable macroeconomic environment.

Sales of services revenue increased by €6,540 thousand, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to an increase in fees from installation services offered by us, including in connection with the services offered by COIL, a subsidiary we acquired in the second half of 2022.

Operating Loss

Expenses related to changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used increased by €(9,898) thousand, or 12%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. These expenses increased, primarily as a result of expenses associated with the accelerated launch of new products and changes in product mix.

Employee benefits expense decreased by €7,578 thousand, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a decrease in headcount with the aim to adapt the company structure to the market evolve and the impact of equity awards granted to employees and founders in 2022 as compared with the impact in 2023.

Other operating expenses decreased by €31,767 thousand, or 35%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the impact of the project for operating expenses reduction launched in 2023.

Amortization and depreciation increased by €9,553 thousand, or 51%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to investments in machinery and tools for the manufactures of the Company.

Net other income increased by €12,416 thousand, or 673%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the negative goodwill related to ABL acquisition.

 

56


Net Financial Result

Financial income decreased by €835 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily resulting from the impact in 2022 of the revaluation of the put option on Electromaps, S.L.

Financial expenses increased by €7,249 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the increase of interest rates and the increase of debt during the year.

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities decreased by €74,272 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the decrease in 2023 of the fair value of the outstanding warrants from their fair value in the previous period.

Foreign exchange gains decreased by €5,084 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to fluctuations in GBP, USD and the Norwegian Krone against the Euro.

Income Tax Credit

Income tax credit decreased by €4,223 thousand, or 86%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the recognition of a tax credit receivable for certain R&D expenses, which in 2022 were exceptionally high because we met certain conditions. No deferred tax assets were recorded for losses carried forward and hence that no regular corporate income charge is recorded in both years.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Variance  
     2022      2021           %  
     (€ in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales of goods

   136,372      69,105      67,267        97

Sales of services

   7,813        2,474      5,339        216

Revenue

   144,185      71,579      72,606        101

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

   (85,605    (44,253    (41,352      93

Employee benefits

   (88,814      (29,666    (59,148      199

Other operating expenses

   (91,555      (43,405    (48,150      111

Amortization and depreciation

   (18,890      (8,483    (10,407      123

Net other income

   1,844        656      1,188        181

Operating loss

   (138,835    (53,572    (85,263      159

Financial income

   2,307      155      2,152        1388

Financial expenses

   (7,998      (32,068    24,070        (75 )% 

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

   80,748        (68,953    149,701        (217 )% 

Share listing expense

     —         (72,172    72,172        (100 )% 

Foreign exchange gains/(losses)

   (3,618      1,026      (4,644      (453 )% 

Net Financial Result

   71,439      (172,012    243,451        (142 )% 

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees

   (330      —       (330      n/m  

Loss before Tax

   (67,726    (225,584    157,858        (70 )% 

Income tax credit

   4,926        1,807      3,119        173

Loss for the year

   (62,800    (223,777    160,977        (72 )% 

n/m = not meaningful

Revenues

Sales of goods revenue increased by €67,267 thousand, or 97%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to increased sales of our residential chargers, in particular our Pulsar Plus.

 

57


Sales of services revenue increased by €5,339 thousand, or 216%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to an increase in fees from installation services offered by us, including in connection with the services offered by COIL, a subsidiary we acquired in the second half of 2022.

Operating Loss

Expenses related to changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used increased by €41,352 thousand, or 93%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. These expenses increased, primarily as a result of expenses associated with the accelerated launch of new products and changes in product mix.

Employee benefits expense increased by €59,148 thousand, or 199%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses stemming from hiring of employees to support our growth and the compensation expense from equity awards under our benefits plans, primarily equity awards granted to employees and founders.

Other operating expenses increased by €48,150 thousand, or 111%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to €16,605 thousand related to new marketing campaigns, €3,139 thousand related to the increase in travel expenses and €6,641 thousand related to increased delivery costs in connection with increases in sales and production. In addition, the operating expenses have increased due to our growth in 2022.

Amortization and depreciation increased by €10,407 thousand, or 123%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to investments in leasehold improvements to the leased headquarters in Barcelona, the new factory in Zona Franca and the amortization of internally developed intangibles with respect to EV chargers.

Net other income increased by €1,188 thousand, or 181%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to government subsidies recognized in 2022.

Net Financial Result

Financial income increased by €2,152 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily resulting from revaluing the put option on Electromaps, S.L. following the acquisition of the remaining 49% of its share capital in July 2022 .

Financial expenses decreased by €24,070 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a fair value loss that incurred in year ended December 31, 2021 on the issuance of a convertible loan.

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities increased by €149,701 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the decrease in 2022 of the fair value of the outstanding warrants from their fair value in the previous period.

Share listing expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 corresponded to a one time, non cash listing expense of €72,172 thousand that was recognized in accordance with IFRS 2 as part of the Business Combination.

Foreign exchange gains decreased by €4,644 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to fluctuations in GBP, USD and the Norwegian Krone against the Euro.

Share of Loss of Equity-Accounted Investees

Share of loss of equity accounted investees increased by €330 thousand, or 100%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, as a result of a net book value of the Joint Venture as of December 31, 2022.

Income Tax Credit

Income tax credit increased by €3,119 thousand, or 173%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the recognition of a tax credit receivable for certain R&D expenses. No deferred tax assets were recorded for losses carried forward and hence that no regular corporate income charge is recorded in both years.

 

58


4.1.6

Segment results

EMEA Segment

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for EMEA for the years ending December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Variance  
     2023      2022           %  
     (€ in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   121,048      140,145      (19,097      (14 )% 

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

   (81,453    (88,104    6,651        (8 )% 

Employee benefits

     (61,103      (74,895      13,792        (18 )% 

Other operating expenses

     (50,717      (72,844      22,127        (30 )% 

Amortization and depreciation

     (25,478      (17,058      (8,420      49

Net other income

     14,176        1,508        12,668        840

Operating loss

   (83,527    (111,248    27,721        (25 )% 

Revenue decreased by €19,097 thousand, or 14%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to decreased sales of our residential chargers.

Expenses related to changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used decreased by €6,651 thousand, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. These expenses increased primarily as a result of expenses associated with the accelerated launch of new products and changes in product mix.

Employee benefits expense decreased by €13,792 thousand, or 18%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a decrease in headcount with the aim to adapt the company structure to the market evolve and the impact of equity awards granted to employees and founders in 2022 as compared with the impact in 2023.

Other operating expenses decreased by €22,127 thousand, or 30%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the impact of the project for Opex reduction launched in 2023.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for EMEA for the years ending December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Variance  
     2022      2021           %  
     (€ in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   140,145      74,279      65,866        89

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

   (88,104    (47,056    (41,048      87

Employee benefits

   (74,895      (27,130      (47,765      176

Other operating expenses

   (72,844      (42,273      (30,571      72

Amortization and depreciation

   (17,058      (8,214      (8,844      108

Net other income

   1,508        962        546        57

Operating loss

   (111,248    (49,432    (61,816      125

Revenue increased by €65,866 thousand, or 89%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to increased sales of our residential chargers, in particular our Pulsar Plus, which sales growth is directly correlated to growth in consumer adoption of EVs.

Expenses related to changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used increased by €41,048 thousand, or 87%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. These expenses increased primarily as a result of expenses associated with the accelerated launch of new products and changes in product mix. We also experienced increased expenses related to costs of outsourcing production to third parties as a result of the growth in sales.

 

59


Employee benefits expense increased by €47,765 thousand, or 176%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses stemming from hiring of employees to support our growth and the compensation expense from our benefits plans, primarily equity awards granted to employees and founders.

Other operating expenses increased by €30,571 thousand, or 72%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to our growth in this segment.

NORAM Segment

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for NORAM for the years ending December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Variance  
     2023      2022           %  
     (€ in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   25,770      23,552      2,218        9

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

   (17,197    (15,787    (1,410      9

Employee benefits

     (19,393      (13,533      (5,860      43

Other operating expenses

     (10,318      (21,026      10,708        (51 )% 

Amortization and depreciation

     (2,755      (1,830      (925      51

Net other income

     119        335        (216      (64 )% 

Operating loss

   (23,774    (28,289    4,515        (16 )% 

 

n/m = not meaningful

The increase in revenues of €2,218 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 is driven by the expansion of our sales presence across the region.

Employee benefits expense increased by €5,860 thousand, or 43%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses stemming from hiring of employees to support our growth and the compensation expense from our benefits plans, primarily equity awards granted to employees.

Operating loss decreased by €4,515 thousand, or 16%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to an increase in Employee benefits as disclosed above and a reduction in other operating expenses as a consequence of the impact of project for operating cost reduction launched in 2023.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for NORAM for the years ending December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Variance  
     2022      2021           %  
    

(€ in thousands, except percentages)

 

Revenue

   23,552      4,687      18,865        402

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

   (15,787    (3,345    (12,442      372

Employee benefits

     (13,533      (2,309      (11,224      486

Other operating expenses

     (21,026      (1,778      (19,248      1083

Amortization and depreciation

     (1,830      (268      (1,562      583

Net other income

     335        (306      641        (209 )% 

Operating loss

   (28,289    (3,319    (24,970      752

 

n/m = not meaningful

The increase in revenues of €18,865 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 is driven by the expansion of our sales presence across the region.

 

60


Employee benefits expense increased by €11,224 thousand, or 486%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses stemming from hiring of employees to support our growth and the compensation expense from our benefits plans, primarily equity awards granted to employees.

Operating loss increased by €24,970 thousand, or 752%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to headcount for regional expansion efforts and market penetration.

APAC Segment

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for APAC for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Variance  
     2023      2022           %  
     (€ in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   1,713      414      1,299        314

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

   (615    (16    (599      3744

Employee benefits

     (740      (386      (354      92

Other operating expenses

     (543      (113      (430      381

Amortization and depreciation

     (210      (2      (208      10400

Net other income

     (1      1        (2      (200 )% 

Operating loss

   (396    (102    (294      288

 

n/m = not meaningful

The increase in revenue of €1,299 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 is due to the revenue generated by the new subsidiary in Australia.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

The following table presents our results of operations at a segment level for APAC for the years ending December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Variance  
     2022      2021           %  
     (€ in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   414      298      116        39

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

   (16    (19    3        (16 )% 

Employee benefits

     (386      (227      (159      70

Other operating expenses

     (113      (63      (50      79

Amortization and depreciation

     (2      (1      (1      100

Net other income

     1        —         1        n/m  

Operating loss

   (102    (12    (90      750

 

n/m = not meaningful

We had revenue of €414 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2022 and €298 thousand the year ended December 31, 2021, the increase was primarily a result of the expansion of our sales in this region. The fluctuation of the operating results for the year ended December 31, 2022 is as a consequence of our growth in this segment.

 

61


Reconciliations of Non-IFRS and Other Financial and Operating Metrics

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures, which is loss for the year:

 

     2023      2022      2021  
     (€ in thousands)  

Loss for the year

   (112,071    (62,800    (223,777

Income tax credit

   (703    (4,926    (1,807

Amortization and depreciation

   28,443      18,890      8,483  

Financial income

   (1,472    (2,307    (155

Financial expenses(1)

   15,247      7,998      6,576  

EBITDA

   (70,556    (43,145    (210,680

Fair value adjustment of convertible bonds(2)

   —       —       25,491  

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities(3)

   (6,476    (80,748    68,953  

Share listing expense(4)

   —       —       72,172  

Foreign exchange gains/(losses)

   (1,466    3,618      (1,026

Share based payment expenses(5)

   14,191      32,625      2,455  

Transaction costs relating to the Business Combination(6)

   —       —       8,046  

Other items(7)

   (3,094    (1,844    (656

Negative goodwill(8)

   (11,166      —         —   

One-time expenses(9)

   3,031      —       —   

Other non-cash expenses(10)

   1,360      —       —   

Adjusted EBITDA

   (74,176    (89,494    (35,245

 

(1)

Financial expenses is comprised of interest and fees on bank loans, interest on lease liabilities, interest on shareholder and other borrowings, interest on convertible bonds, accretion of discount on put option liabilities and other finance costs (such as fair value loss on financial investments and impairment on financial investments), excluding fair value adjustment of convertible bonds.

(2)

Represents expenses related to fair value of convertible bonds.

(3)

Represents expenses or incomes related to change the fair value of the warrants liabilities. Please refer to Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements include elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(4)

The excess of fair value of Wallbox Shares issued in connection with the Business Combination over the fair value of Kensington’s identifiable net assets acquired was deemed to represent compensation for the service of stock exchange listing for its shares and was accordingly expensed as incurred. Please refer to Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements include elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(5)

Represents share based payments expense. Please refer to Note 21 to our consolidated financial statements include elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(6)

Represents expenses related to the Business Combination.

(7)

Other items consists of all other income and expenses linked to activities that are outside the core of our operating activities and may include income or losses related to gain or loss of assets, liabilities, grants. The amounts set forth in the table above represent net other income for the periods presented.

(8)

Negative goodwill related to the ABL acquisition.

(9)

One-time expenses consist of legal expenses related to reduction in workforce process initiated in January 2023 and completed in March 2023, severance payments to the employees that have left the Company and the provision for indemnities related to litigation involving certain former employees.

(10)

Other non-cash expenses consist of non-cash expenses related to the ESPP plan launched in January 2023.

 

4.2

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We have a history of operating losses and negative operating cash flows. We have experienced net losses and significant cash outflows from cash used in operating activities over the past years as we have been investing significantly in the development of its EV charging products. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we incurred a loss for the year of €112.1 million and net cash used in operating activities of €64.1 million. As of December 31, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of €101.2 million, outstanding non-current loans and borrowings of €90.6 million and an accumulated deficit of €420.2 million.

 

62


Our current working capital needs relate mainly to the growth of the current business and continuing operations. Our ability to expand and grow our business will depend on many factors, including our working capital needs and the evolution of our operating cash flows. Our primary cash requirements include operating expenses, satisfaction of commitments to various counterparties and suppliers, and capital expenditures (including property and equipment). Our principal uses of cash in recent periods have been funding of our operations and development of intangibles with respect to EV chargers and energy management software.

Our primary sources of liquidity have historically been cash generated from operations, the issuance of debt and equity instruments and under bank loans, as described below.

In April 2021, we entered into a loan agreement with Banco Santander, S.A. for a loan in the amount of €12.6 million with a maturity of 2027 to finance the investments for a new factory in Zona Franca, Barcelona. Among other things, this loan originally prohibited the payment of dividends and the incurrence of liens without equally and ratably securing such loan, although in September 2021 we obtained a waiver of the loan’s prohibition of the payment of dividends. During 2020, convertible bonds were issued for an amount of €25.9 million, and in 2021 we issued convertible bonds in an amount of €34.6 million.

On December 5, 2022, we completed a private placement of our Class A Shares and issued and sold 8,176,694 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $43.5 million (€41.7 million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $5.32 per share. Investors in the transaction included, among others, Iberdrola and Kensington Capital Partners, both strategic partners and current shareholders, Infisol 3000 and Orilla Asset Management, S.L., current shareholders each of which have a seat on our Board, and Enric Asunción, Co-founder and CEO of the Company.

On December 30, 2022, we entered into a loan agreement with Banco Santander, S.A. for a loan in the amount of €17.9 million with a maturity date in 2029.

On February 9, 2023 (the “BBVA Facility Closing Date”), Wallbox, as guarantor, and its wholly owned direct Spanish subsidiary, Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U., as borrower (“Wall Box Chargers”) entered into a Facility Agreement (the “BBVA Facility Agreement”) with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. (“BBVA”). The BBVA Facility Agreement provides for an aggregate term loan commitment of €25.0 million (the “BBVA Facility”), and we received net borrowings of €24.6 million after deducting fees and expenses. As of December 31, 2023, we had €25.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the BBVA Facility.

The BBVA Facility is secured by certain intellectual property rights. The BBVA Facility matures on the fourth anniversary of the BBVA Facility Closing Date and under certain circumstances may be extended to mature on the fifth anniversary of the BBVA Facility Closing Date. Wall Box Chargers is permitted to prepay the BBVA Facility in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the BBVA Facility Agreement. Upon an event of default specified in the BBVA Facility Agreement that remains uncured after 15 business days, the BBVA Facility may become due and payable in full upon provision of notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the BBVA Facility Agreement. The BBVA Facility Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants, including without limitation a minimum cash requirement and restrictions on incurrence of additional debt, liens, fundamental changes, asset sales, restricted payments and transactions with affiliates. The BBVA Facility Agreement also contains financial covenants regarding maintenance as of the end of each fiscal quarter of a maximum senior net debt to gross profit ratio ranging from 1.60x in 2023 to 0.60x in 2026 and thereafter and a minimum level of shareholders’ equity of 0.00. The BBVA Facility Agreement is governed by Spanish law. On December 22, 2023 we obtained a waiver issued by BBVA regarding the compliance with the covenants under the agreements governing our indebtedness. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with the covenants under the BBVA Facility.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the BBVA Facility Agreement and in consideration thereof, we entered into a Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) and Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with BBVA (together with its assignees, the “Warrantholder”) pursuant to which we issued to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder subscribed for and acquired, an aggregate of 1,007,894 warrants exercisable for 1,007,894 Class A Shares, for an exercise price of $5.32 per share. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant. The Warrant Agreement provides for a redemption right in favor of Wallbox when the Class A Shares achieve a value of $11.00 per share.

On April 3, 2023, we entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement (the “Equity Distribution Agreement”) with Canaccord Genuity LLC (“Canaccord”) and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (“Oppenheimer”) with respect to the offer and sale of our Class A Shares, with aggregate offering price of up to $100 million (the “ATM Offering”), from time to time, establishing an at the market program under which Canaccord and Oppenheimer will act as sales agents (the “Sales Agents”). The sales, if any, of the Class A Shares under the Equity Distribution Agreement will be made by any method permitted that is deemed an “at the market offering” as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act, or, in negotiated transactions or block transactions. The Equity Distribution

 

63


Agreement provides that the commission payable to the Sales Agents for sales of our Class A Shares shall be up to three percent (3.0%) of the gross sales proceeds for any Class A Shares sold through the Sales Agent pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we sold 2,630,076 Class A Shares resulting in $7,526 million (€6,876 million) in net proceeds, after deducting the commission and expenses payable to the Sales Agent in connection with such sales.

On June 15, 2023, we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 18,832,432 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $48.6 million (€44.9 million) to certain existing investors and strategic partners at a price of $2.58 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement, we filed a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on July 19, 2023.

On October 16, 2023, we, our wholly owned subsidiary, Wallbox USA, Inc. (“Wallbox USA”), and Wall Box Chargers, entered into agreements (the “October 2023 Facility Agreements”) that provide for: (i) a syndicated loan with Instituto de Crédito Oficial E.P.E., Institut Català de Finances, Mora Banc Grup SA and EBN Banco de Negocios, S.A. (“EBN Banco”) as funding entities, EBN Banco as coordinating entity and agent, Wallbox Spain as borrower and Wallbox USA and Wallbox as guarantors; and (ii) a loan with Compañía Española de Financiación Del Desarrollo COFIDES, S.A., S.M.E., as funding entity, EBN Banco as coordinating entity, Wallbox USA as borrower and Wallbox Spain and Wallbox as guarantors. The October 2023 Facility Agreements provide for an aggregate term loan commitment of €35.0 million (the “October 2023 Term Loan”), which aggregate amount was elected to be drawn on October 14, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, we had €35.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the October 2023 Term Loan.

Principal outstanding under the October 2023 Term Loan will accrue interest on a daily basis at a rate equal to three-month EURIBOR plus an amount equal to 3.25% per annum, provided that, the October 2023 Facility Agreements also include sustainability-linked pricing adjustments and, as to Facility Agreement 2, pricing adjustments related to sales in the United States. The Term Loan will be secured by the property assets that are acquired in Barcelona with the proceeds under the October 2023 Term Loan, the bank accounts related to the October 2023 Facility Agreements and the credit rights under the insurance agreements related to the property assets to be secured. The October 2023 Term Loan matures on the fifth anniversary of October 16, 2023. The relevant borrower is permitted to prepay the October 2023 Term Loan in whole or in part upon notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the October 2023 Facility Agreements. The October 2023 Facility Agreements also contain covenants that require, based on Wallbox’s audited consolidated financial statements, a total debt to equity ratio ranging from 2.00x or less in 2023 to 1.20x or less in 2026 and thereafter, and a net debt to equity ratio ranging from 1.40x or less in 2023 to 0.90x or less in 2026 and thereafter, as well as other affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with the covenants under the October 2023 Facility Agreement.

On December 13, 2023 we closed a private placement of Class A Shares, pursuant to which we sold 10,360,657 Class A Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $31.6 million (€29.3 million) to certain existing investors and Generac Power Systems, Inc. (“Generac”) at a price of $3.05 per share. Pursuant to the registration rights we agreed to as part of the private placement we field a registration statement for the resale of the Class A Shares purchased in the private placement on January 12, 2024. Substantially concurrently with the closing of the transaction several agreements have been entered into by the Company.

We believe that our sources of liquidity and capital will be sufficient to meet our business needs for at least the next twelve months. We also expect these sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our long-term contractual obligations and capital needs. However, this is subject, to a certain extent, to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future, we may have to obtain additional financing, which may include equity or debt issuances and/or credit financing. If we obtain additional capital by issuing equity, the interests of our existing shareholders will be diluted and, if we incur additional indebtedness, that indebtedness may contain significant financial and other covenants that may significantly restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that we could obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all.

 

64


Contractual Obligations and Commitments

As of December 31, 2023, we had contractual obligations to purchase, construct or develop property, plant and equipment assets, for an amount of €775 thousand (€3,318 thousand as of December 31, 2022) and commitments for the acquisition of intangible assets of €1,127 thousand (€1,728 thousand as of December 31, 2022). These commitments mainly correspond to the work that, as of December 31, 2023, are being executed in the investments in machinery and tools for the factories located in Texas and Barcelona. Please refer to Note 8, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” and Note 10, “Intangible Assets and Goodwill,” of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

Additionally, our lease agreements provide for lease obligations and the future interest payable under these agreements is as set forth in the table below. Please refer to Note 9, “Assets for Rights of Use and Lease Liabilities” of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-2 years      2-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (€ in thousands)  

Lease obligations

   51,535      6,830      5,760        13,925        25,020  

Capital Expenditures

For the year ended December 31, 2023, our capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment were €9,106 thousand. We expect to spend approximately €13 million in 2024 for capital expenditures, primarily related to machinery and tools for our factories and intend to fund these expenditures with borrowings under financing facilities.

Liquidity Policy

As an early-stage company, we maintain a strong focus on liquidity and define our liquidity risk tolerance based on uses and sources to maintain a sufficient liquidity position to meet our obligations under both normal and stressed conditions. We manage our liquidity to provide access to sufficient funding to meet our business needs and financial obligations, as well as capital allocation and growth objectives.

Cash Flow Summary

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Variance  
     2023      2022           %  
    

(€ in thousands, except percentages)

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     €(64,100)      (136,292    72,192        53

Net cash used in investing activities

   (54,145    (13,959    (40,186      (288 )% 

Net cash from financing activities

   140,631      111,747      28,884        26

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities decreased by €72,192 thousand, or 53%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the general decrease in demand and the net impact of decrease in inventories by €97,175 thousand as part of our cost savings and working capital initiatives during 2023 and reduced demand during 2023, decreases in trade and other financial receivables of €14,504 thousand and decrease in trade and other financial payables of €52,140 thousand.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased by €40,186 thousand, or 288%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the net impact of a reduction of proceeds from sale of financial assets that occurred in 2022 for a net amount of €52,544 thousand and for the €9,979 thousand payment in 2023 in connection with the ABL Acquisition.

Financing Activities

Net cash from financing activities of December 31, 2023 increased by €28,884 thousand or 26% for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the increase of proceeds in 2023 from issuing equity instruments in private placement securities offerings that resulted in aggregate net proceeds of €32,516 thousand.

 

65


Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Variance  
     2022      2021           %  
     (€ in thousands, except percentages)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   (136,292    (69,631    (66,661      96

Net cash used in investing activities

   (13,959    (88,297    74,338        (84 )% 

Net cash from financing activities

   111,747      246,925      (135,178      (55 )% 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities increased by €66,661 thousand, or 96%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the increase in inventories of €53,066 thousand in order to attain a sufficient level of inventory to avoid disruptions on the manufacturing process due to the limited availability of certain key components such as semiconductors, which have recently experienced supply shortages that have significantly affected the overall automotive industry

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by €74,338 thousand, or 84%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The net cash that was recognized in 2022 from investments that were sold for €64,181 thousand offset the cash used for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment of €27,091 thousand (leasehold improvements at the headquarters located in Barcelona and the investment in the new factory in Arlington, Texas) and cash used for the acquisition of intangible assets of €7,751 thousand.

Financing Activities

Net cash from financing activities of December 31, 2022 was €111,747 thousand, primarily due to proceeds from issuing equity instruments in relation to a private placement offering of €41,726 thousand, proceeds from issuing equity instruments in relation to warrants conversions and others of €4,641 thousand, proceeds from loans net of repayments of €72,302 thousand and payments of interest, lease liabilities and bank fees of €6,880 thousand in 2022.

 

4.3

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

For information regarding research and development policies for the last three years, Please refer to chapter 3.2, “Business Overview.”

 

4.4

Trend Information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events since December 31, 2023 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial conditions.

 

4.5

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses. We evaluate our estimates and judgements on an ongoing basis, and our actual results may differ from these estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, contractual milestones and other various factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

Our critical accounting policies are described in Note 3, “Use of Judgements and Estimates,” within our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

66


4.6

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act permits an EGC such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.235 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which would occur if the market value of our equity securities held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of Kensington’s initial public offering, or March 2, 2026.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 4, “New IFRS and IFRIC Not Yet Effective” of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements and discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, respectively.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

None.

 

4.7

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Refer to Note 26, “Financial Risk Management,” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk from possible losses due to changes in the fair value or the future cash flows of a financial instrument because of fluctuations in market interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would mean an increase (decrease) in profit or loss as of December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021 by €1,951 thousand, €1,317 thousand and €691 thousand, respectively.

Foreign Currency Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to its revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the Euro, causing both its revenue and its operating results to be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates.

Gains or losses from the revaluation of certain cash balances, accounts receivable balances and intercompany balances that are denominated in these currencies impact our net loss. A hypothetical decrease in all foreign currencies against the Euro of 10% would not result in a material foreign currency loss on foreign-denominated balances, for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, except for the USD currency (please refer to Note 26.b, “Market Rate Risk—Currency risk” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report). As our global operations expand, its results may be more materially impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which it does business.

At this time, we do not enter into financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency exchange risk, but it may in the future.

Other Market Price Risk

We held €5,187, €5,030 thousand and €56,852 thousand of investments in funds as of December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, that have been measured at fair value through profit or loss (please refer to Note 13, “Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”). We also hold investments in funds measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (please refer to Note 13, “Financial Assets and

 

67


Financial Liabilities”) that amounted to €239 thousand, €239 thousand and €210 thousand as of December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively, and therefore the exposure is evaluated as not significant. Additionally, we have derivative warrant liabilities (please refer to Note 13, “Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”) that were subject to an adjustment of €6,476 thousand recognized as an income in the consolidated statement of profit or loss of 2023.

 

5

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

 

6

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Risk management and control systems

It is recognized by the Board that risk management is integral to the Company’s strategy and to the achievement of our long-term goals (see also chapter 3.2 (Business overview) and chapter 4.1.3 (Key Factors Affecting Operating Results)). Our Board is responsible for reviewing the Company’s risk management and control systems in relation to the financial reporting by the Company. The Audit Committee has been charged with the periodic oversight of these risk management and control systems, with reports being provided to the Board. Our Audit Committee assists the Board, among other things, in reviewing and discussing with the Board and the independent auditor the audit plan as well as our annual audited financial statement and other financial statements prior to the publication, as well as the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over its financial reporting.

Our risk appetite is the result of our wide geographical spread, prudent financial management and commitment to sustainable long-term value creation. Risks are taken consciously, assessing their impact on our objectives. The level of risk we are willing to take depends on the type of objective it impacts (reputational, financial or business continuity related).

The Company uses a variety of strategies to manage risks and uncertainties that are inherent to its operations. Accordingly, the Company has established a comprehensive risk control matrix including internal controls, financial statements, insurance, employees training and systems. Moreover, contractual protections are often utilized through agreements with suppliers, customers, and partners, incorporating indemnification clauses, warranties, and limitations of liability to mitigate risks. In terms of internal controls, both preventive and detective controls are implemented monthly through an internal flow, defining control owners and supervisors within management across all our departments. Additionally, controls are conducted on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, and annual basis, contingent upon the nature of the risk. Uniform internal control schedules are adhered to across all Company locations, meticulously reviewed and monitored by the Global Corporate Services Department.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15e and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act and pursuant to the DCC and the DCGC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and regulations and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2023. Based upon that evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as a result of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below, the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2023.

 

68


On the basis of the reports and information provided to our Board and with reference to chapters 2 and 4.4 as well as Notes 2 and 26 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, our Board is of the opinion that:

 

   

this Annual Report provides sufficient insight into any failings in the effectives of the Company’s risk management and control systems;

 

   

the Company’s risk management and control systems provide reasonable assurance that the Company’s financial reporting does not contain material inaccuracies;

 

   

based on the Company’s state of affairs as at the date of this report, it is justified that the Company’s financial reporting is prepared on a going concern basis; and

 

   

this Annual Report states those material risks and uncertainties that are relevant to the expectation of the Company’s continuity for a period of twelve months after the date of this report.

Remediation of Material Weaknesses

As previously reported, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022, our management and independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weaknesses related to:

(a) Lack of sufficient personnel in the finance team with an appropriate level of knowledge and experience in the application of International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (EU-IFRS) in relation to complex accounting transactions, such as accounting for business combinations, warrants and also in the application of other EU-IFRS matters such as goodwill impairment testing.

(b) IT general controls have not been sufficiently designed or were not operating effectively, including controls over the completeness and accuracy of reports used in controls.

(c) Accounting policies and practices are not designed appropriately to establish an effective structure of internal controls. Thus, policies and procedures specifically with respect to the review, supervision and monitoring of the accounting and reporting functions were not operating effectively and/or documented accordingly.

To address these material weaknesses, we have made and continue making several changes to our program and controls, which includes the following:

(i) We have engaged and we will continue engaging third party experts to ensure that we get the appropriate level of knowledge and experience in the application of International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union EU-, relating to both complex accounting transactions, such as accounting for the business combination, share-based payments, and also in the application of other EU-IFRS matters, such as goodwill impairment testing and purchase price allocation.

(ii) We have appointed a Head of Finance Systems & Transformation working with external advisors to implement new procedures and IT general controls which would include, among others:

 

   

Expanding controls and/or applying other appropriate procedures to address the design and operation of ITGCs on systems supporting our financial processes.

 

   

Developing a training program addressing ITGCs and policies, including educating control owners concerning the principles and requirements of each control, with a focus on those related to user access and change-management over IT systems impacting financial reporting.

 

   

Developing and maintaining policy documentation underlying ITGSs to promote knowledge transfer upon personnel and function changes.

 

   

Implementing an IT management review and testing plan to monitor ITGCs with a specific focus on systems supporting our financial reporting processes.

(iii) We have acquired and implemented a new software application to facilitate proper monitoring and supervision of the accounting and reporting procedures, as well as, prepared a detailed two year remediation plan with external advisors which is ongoing.

We also may conclude that additional measures may be required to remediate the material weaknesses or determine to modify the remediation plans described above. We will not be able to conclude that we have remediated the material weaknesses until the applicable controls are fully implemented and operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through formal testing, that these controls are operating

 

69


effectively. While we are working to remediate the material weakness as effectively and efficiently as possible, we cannot predict the timing or success of our remediation plan. We will continue to monitor the design and effectiveness of these and other processes, procedures, and controls and make any further changes management deems appropriate.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management, With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 based on the criteria set forth in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective due to the material weaknesses described above.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except for the remediation efforts described above being taken to address the material weaknesses, during the year ended December 31, 2023, there were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. In this regard, please refer to Chapter 6 “Controls and Procedures – Remediation of Material Weakness

 

7

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

7.1

Dutch Corporate Governance Code

As a listed Dutch public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap), we are subject to the Dutch corporate governance code (the “DCGC”). The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions on corporate governance that regulate relations between the board and the general meeting and matters in respect of financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their statutory management report, filed in the Netherlands, whether they comply with the provisions of the DCGC. For further information and the full text of the DCGC please refer to: www.mccg.nl.

On December 20, 2022, the Corporate Governance Code Monitoring Committee published an update to the DCGC. The updated DCGC entered into force as for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 2023.

We acknowledge the importance of good corporate governance. However, we do not comply with all the provisions of the DCGC, to a large extent because such provisions conflict with or are inconsistent with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and U.S. securities laws, or because we believe such provisions do not reflect customary practices of global companies listed on the NYSE.

Except as set out below, during the fiscal year to which this report relates, we have complied with the principles and best practice provisions of the DCGC as published on December 8, 2016, to the extent that these are directed at the Board. We are still in the process of assessing the impact (if any) of the updates to the DCGC and we will align our governance and governance documents as appropriate.

Compensation (best practice provisions 3.1.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.2, 3.3.3 and 3.4.1)

Consistent with market practice in the United States, and for as long as that is the trading jurisdiction of our Class A Shares, and in order to further support our ability to attract and retain the right highly qualified candidates for the Board:

 

   

options awarded to our executive directors as part of their compensation could (subject to the terms of the option awards) vest and become exercisable during the first three years after the date of grant;

 

   

though individual and Company performance are considered when granting any variable pay, no pre-defined measurable performance criteria apply, and no scenario analyses have been performed in relation to variable pay;

 

   

our directors may generally sell our Class A Shares held by them at any point in time, subject to applicable law, Company policy and applicable lock-up arrangements;

 

70


   

our non-executive directors may be granted compensation in the form of shares, options and/or other equity-based compensation; and

 

   

our executive directors may be entitled to a severance payment in excess of their respective annual base salaries.

The non-executive directors confirm that the statements required to be made pursuant to best practice provision 5.1.5 of the DCGC, to the extent applicable, are included in this management report and for the purposes of this best practice provision should be regarded as statements made by the non-executive directors.

 

7.2

Culture, Code of Ethics & Conduct and other corporate governance practices

Fostered a culture of transparency and compliance

We recognize the importance of transparency and regulatory compliance, and regularly conduct peer analyses and industry benchmarking exercises. By implementing robust reporting, promoting open communication channels, and prioritizing adherence to regulatory standards, we cultivate an environment where integrity and accountability are paramount. This dedication to transparency and compliance not only enhances stakeholder trust but also strengthens our foundation for sustainable growth and ethical business practices.

Culture & Engagement

We emphasize our dedication to providing quality employment experiences that prioritize employee wellbeing, engagement, and a vibrant organizational culture. Recognizing that employees are the cornerstone of our success, we endeavor to go beyond conventional performance metrics by fostering an environment where every team member feels valued, supported, and empowered to excel. We not only enhance individual experiences but also foster collective success and drive innovation throughout the company. During 2023, we have carried out the following quality employment actions:

 

   

Wallboxer’s Voice: Engagement survey for all employees.

 

   

All Hands quarterly meetings with the Management Team and all employees.

 

   

After-works one a quarter in Wallbox new canteen

 

   

New canteen with subsidized meals with a wide variety of food.

Communications

At Wallbox, the culture is not merely a static set of values; it’s a dynamic, evolving entity that progresses through communication with its people and stakeholders.

 

   

ESG Newsletter: We launched our first ESG Newsletter, showcasing activities and advancements in environmental, social, and governance (ESG) areas across the organization. As part of this initiative, we offered resources and materials to our employees, including the opportunity to access UN Global Compact trainings on ESG matters for free.

 

   

People Connect Newsletter: Regular and relevant updates regarding the ongoing People projects were shared with the Connect Newsletter. Arriving straight to employees’ inboxes, it serves as a link, keeping Wallboxers informed, engaged, and connected.

 

   

AllHands: A quarterly internal meeting for all employees at Wallbox where the CEO speaks, sharing business updates and key projects followed by an after-work.

 

   

Extended Leadership Meeting: Top Management shares insights and business updates to the management group, and there are workshops and other activities to advance transparency and collaboration between managers and across different departments.

 

   

The launch of “Ask Me Anything” sessions which involved three sessions with C-levels and ten sessions total with our CEO.

 

   

To ensure that culture and communication remain at the heart of everything done in the organization, Wallbox undertook comprehensive measures to understand what makes Wallbox, “Wallbox” and revamped their internal feedback tool; Wallboxer’s Voice, to gather more personalized insights and foster transparent communication. Wallbox gathers survey data twice a year asking for topics such as engagement, communications, trust, and diversity & inclusion. The level of engagement in the last quarter was high, demonstrating sustained employee engagement compared to Q1. Wallboxers valued aspects such as camaraderie, team trust, and managerial consideration, reflecting a strong sense of teamwork and support within the organization. The company also integrated its values and behaviors into competency frameworks, enhancing their focus on Dare, Drive, and Different and amplified internal communications and incentives.

 

71


Ensure respectful culture & environment

We underscore our proactive approach in cultivating a workplace where respect is paramount and every individual feels valued and empowered. Through meticulous preparation and implementation of comprehensive strategies, including internally conducted unconscious bias training, we have taken deliberate steps to foster an environment characterized by mutual respect, dignity, and inclusivity.

Moreover, we have established a confidential ethics channel, providing a confidential platform to report any issues, including harassment or misconduct, within the company. This initiative ensures that concerns are addressed promptly and appropriately, reinforcing our commitment to upholding the highest standards of ethical conduct and accountability. We encourage anyone (including employees, business partners, customers, consumers and others) to report any unethical conduct or situation using the confidential ethics channel.

Additionally, we have dedicated sections of the updated Code of Conduct and Ethics addressing inclusiveness and respect, as well as disciplinary regimes, within our policies and procedures. These resources serve as guides for promoting a culture of inclusivity, addressing potential issues, and enforcing consequences for behavior that falls short of our values and expectations.

Training

In 2023, we continued our commitment to employee development through comprehensive training initiatives. In a bid to make Wallboxers feel valued for their efforts we launched myPowerBOX, a learning and development framework and platform.

Two main tailormade programs with the Learning and development framework were conducted during the period:

 

  1.

First Managers Activator Program (MAP). 74 managers from 13 different nationalities enrolled, each participant received 24 hours of training across the 12-month program.

 

  2.

First edition of FemForward, a six-session program designed as part of the Diversity and Inclusion Plan to empower and create growth paths for top female talent. A total of 28 talented Wallboxers participated in FemForward, with inspiring insights from internal and external speakers.

Notably, there was a significant increase in training hours compared to the previous year, indicating a proactive approach to skill enhancement across various departments. Additionally, a detailed breakdown by gender, employee category, and department sheds light on the diverse training landscape within Wallbox, reflecting a holistic approach to fostering employee growth and expertise.

Key training initiatives in 2023 focused on compliance & business ethics, accounting and financial standards, ISOs, and health & safety (H&S). These essential programs ensured that employees were well-equipped with the necessary knowledge and skills to uphold ethical standards, maintain financial integrity, adhere to industry regulations, and prioritize safety in the workplace. We demonstrated our commitment to fostering a culture of responsibility and excellence across all aspects of operations.

 

     N° horas  

Compliance & business ethics

     1020  

Accounting and financial standards

     24  

ISO

     1289  

Health & Safety compliance

     3779  

 

72


Human Rights Policy

At Wallbox, we recognize the importance of upholding fundamental human rights across all aspects of our operations. Recently, we implemented a new Human Rights Policy that underscores our commitment to respecting and promoting human rights in line with international standards and best practices. The Policy encompasses the following 7 principles:

 

   

Respect for Human Rights: We are committed to upholding and respecting the human rights of all individuals involved in our operations, including employees, customers, suppliers, partners, and stakeholders. This commitment includes respecting freedom of association, collective bargaining, non-discrimination, and the rights of ethnic minorities and indigenous peoples.

 

   

Prohibition of Forced Labor and Child Labor: We strictly prohibit the use of forced or compulsory labor, as well as child labor, in all our operations.

 

   

Supply Chain Responsibility: We expect our suppliers and partners to adhere to the same high standards of human rights, environmental responsibility, and ethical conduct that we apply to our own operations.

 

   

Health and Safety: We are committed to providing a safe and healthy work environment for all employees, contractors, and visitors, and will take appropriate measures to prevent accidents, injuries, and illnesses.

 

   

Prevention of Modern Slavery: We are committed to complying with the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015, the Modern Slavery Act 2018 issued by the Australian Border Force, and other applicable anti-slavery and human trafficking laws. We expect our suppliers and partners to share this commitment and to take adequate measures to prevent modern slavery in their operations.

 

   

Respect for Privacy: We will respect the privacy of our employees, customers, and other stakeholders, and will ensure that any personal data collected is handled in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

   

Stakeholder Engagement: We will engage with our stakeholders to promote transparency and accountability across our operations and value chain. This includes regular communication with employees, customers, suppliers, and partners to ensure they share our commitment to human rights.

Code of Ethics & Conduct

We adopted a Code of Ethics & Conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Our Code of Ethics & Conduct is available on our website (www.wallbox.com). We intend to disclose any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on its website to the extent required under applicable law, rules, regulations or stock exchange requirements. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. We granted no waivers under our Code of Ethics & Conduct in 2023.

The Company closely monitors the effectiveness of and compliance with the Code of Ethics & Conduct. Violations of the Code of Ethics & Conduct are usually determined through, among other things: periodic activities of compliance monitoring, the whistleblowing reports and management procedures and checks forming part of the standard operating procedures.

 

7.3

General meeting of shareholders

 

7.3.1

Functioning of our general meeting of shareholders

Our general meetings are to be held in a location determined in accordance with Dutch law and the Articles of Association. Our annual general meeting shall be held each year within six months after the end of our financial year. Other general meetings shall be held as often as the Board or the Chair & CEO deems necessary, and shall be held within three months after the Board has considered it to be likely that our equity has decreased to an amount equal to or lower than half of its paid-up and called-up share capital, in order to discuss the measures to be taken if so required.

General meetings are convened by the Board or the Chair & CEO. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders and/or other persons with meeting rights who individually or jointly represent at least the part of our issued share capital prescribed by law for this purpose, may request the Board in writing to convene a general meeting setting out in detail the matters to be discussed. If the Board has not taken the steps necessary to ensure that the general meeting could be held within the relevant statutory period after the request, the requesting shareholders and/or other persons with meeting rights may at their request be authorized by the preliminary relief judge of the district court to convene a general meeting.

 

73


The notice of a general meeting shall be given by the Board by means of an announcement with due observance of the statutory notice period and in accordance with the law. The notice of a general meeting shall in any event state the items to be dealt with, the items to be discussed and which items to be voted on, the place and time of the meeting and the procedure for participating at the meeting whether or not by written proxy-holder. The notice of a general meeting shall also state the record date and the manner in which the persons with meeting rights may procure their registration and exercise their rights. Those persons with meeting rights and those persons with voting rights who are listed on the record date for a general meeting as such in a register designated for that purpose by the Board, are deemed persons with meeting rights or persons with voting rights, respectively, for that general meeting, regardless of who is entitled to the Shares at the date of our general meeting. Under Dutch law, the record date is currently the 28th day prior to the date of a general meeting.

Pursuant to the Dutch law, a subject for discussion which has been requested in writing by one or more shareholders and/or other persons with meeting rights who individually or jointly represent at least three percent of our issued share capital, shall be included in the notice of our general meeting or shall be notified in the same manner as the other subjects for discussion, provided we have received the request (including the reasons for such request) not later than sixty days before the day of the meeting. Such written requests must comply with the conditions stipulated by the Board as to be posted on our website.

Our general meeting shall be presided over by the chairman of the Board or another director designated for that purpose by the Board. If the chairman of the Board is not present at the meeting and no other director has been designated by the Board to preside over the general meeting, the general meeting itself shall appoint a chairperson. The chairperson of the general meeting shall appoint a secretary of the general meeting. Minutes of the proceedings at a general meeting shall in principle be kept by the secretary.

 

7.3.2

Powers of our general meeting of shareholders

All powers that do not vest in our Board pursuant to applicable law, our Articles of Association or otherwise, vest in our general meeting of shareholders. The main powers of our general meeting of shareholders include, subject in each case to the applicable provisions in our Articles of Association:

 

  i.

the appointment, suspension and dismissal of our directors;

 

  ii.

the approval of certain resolutions of our Board concerning a material change to our identity or character or our business;

 

  iii.

the reduction of our issued share capital through a decrease of the nominal value, or cancellation, of shares in our capital;

 

  iv.

the adoption of our statutory annual accounts;

 

  v.

the appointment of the Dutch independent auditor to examine our statutory annual accounts;

 

  vi.

amendments to our Articles of Association;

 

  vii.

approving a merger or demerger by us, without prejudice to the authority of our Board to resolve on certain types of mergers and demergers if certain requirements are met; and

 

  viii.

our dissolution.

In addition, our general meeting of shareholders has the right, and our Board must provide, any information reasonably requested by our general meeting of shareholders, unless this would be contrary to an overriding interest of the Company.

 

7.3.3

Shareholder rights

Each Class A Share confers the right on the holder to cast one vote at our general meeting and each Class B Share confers the right on the holder to cast ten votes at our general meeting. If and to the extent voting rights are not suspended, each Conversion Share confers the right on the holder to cast nine votes at our general meeting. To the extent the law or the articles of association do not require a qualified majority, all resolutions of our general meeting shall be adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast.

 

74


The chairperson of our general meeting shall decide on the method of voting. Abstentions, blank votes and invalid votes shall not be counted as votes. The ruling by the chairperson of our general meeting on the outcome of a vote shall be decisive. All disputes concerning voting for which neither the law nor the articles of association provide a solution are decided by the chairperson of our general meeting.

No votes may be cast at our general meeting for a Share held by us or our subsidiary. We or our subsidiary may not cast a vote in respect of a Share on which we or it holds a right of pledge or a right of usufruct. However, holders of a right of pledge or a right of usufruct on Shares held by us or our subsidiary are not excluded from voting, if the right of pledge or the usufruct was created before the Share belonged to us or the subsidiary.

When determining how many votes are cast by shareholders, how many shareholders are present or represented, or which part of our issued share capital is represented at our general meeting, no account shall be taken of Shares for which, pursuant to the law or the articles of association, no vote can be cast.

 

7.4

Directors and Senior Management

We have a one-tier board, consisting of one or more executive directors and one or more non-executive directors.

The number of executive directors and the number of non-executive directors are determined by the Board. The executive directors and non-executive directors shall be appointed as such by the General Meeting at the nomination of the Board.

A director shall be appointed for a term of approximately one year, which term of office shall lapse immediately after the close of the annual General Meeting held in the year after his or her appointment. A director may be reappointed with due observance of the preceding sentence. A non-executive director may be in office for a period not exceeding twelve (12) years, which period may or may not be interrupted, unless at the proposal of the Board the General Meeting resolves otherwise. In the event of reappointment of a non-executive director after an eight-year period (or any reappointment thereafter), our management report shall include the reasons for such reappointment, in accordance with the principles and best practice provisions of the DCGC.

The General Meeting may at all times suspend or dismiss any director. The Board may at all times suspend an executive director.

The Board is comprised of nine directors.

The Board has adopted written rules and regulations dealing with, inter alia, its internal organization, the manner in which decisions are taken, the composition, duties and organization of committees and any other matters concerning the Board, the executive directors, the non-executive directors and committees established by the Board.

The following table lists the names, ages and positions of those individuals who serve as our directors and executive officers as of December 31, 2023, and their respective attendance rate at meetings of the Board. The Board is comprised of nine directors. The Board consists of an executive director and eight non executive directors.

 

Name

   Position    Age    Gender    Nationality    Date of initial
appointment
   Expiration of
current term

of office
   Board
meeting
participation
rate
 

Executive Officers

 

Enric Asunción Escorsa

   Chief
Executive
Officer,
Director
   39    M    Spanish    October 1,
2021
   After close of
the AGM to
be held in 2024
     100

Jordi Lainz

   Chief
Financial
Officer
   55    M    Spanish    October 1,
2021
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
     N/A  

 

75


Eduard Castañeda

   Chief Product
Officer
   38    M    Spanish    October 1,
2021
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   N/A

Board Members

Enric Asunción Escorsa

   Executive
Director
   39    M    Spanish    October 1,
2021
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   100%

Beatriz González Ordóñez

   Non-executive
Director
   49    F    Spanish    October 1,
2021
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   100%

Francisco Riberas

   Non-executive
Director
   59    M    Spanish    October 1,
2021
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   100%

Anders Pettersson

   Non-executive
Director
   65    M    Swedish    October 1,
2021
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   100%

César Ruipérez Cassinello

   Non-executive
Director
   41    M    Spanish    May 30,
2023
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   100%

Pol Soler

   Non-executive
Director
   43    M    Spanish    October 1,
2021
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   100%

Donna J. Kinzel

   Non-executive
Director
   56    F    Spanish    June 22,
2022
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2023
   100%

Justin E. Mirro

   Non-executive
Director
   55    M    Spanish    May 30,
2023
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   100%

Dieter Zetsche

   Non-executive
Director
   70    M    German    May 30,
2023
   After close of
the AGM to be
held in 2024
   100%

On April 10, 2024, the Company announced that it has appointed Luis Boada as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer effective May 15, 2024. Mr. Boada will succeed Jordi Lainz in this position, and the Company intends to nominate Jordi Lainz to serve as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors at the Company’s 2024 annual general meeting of shareholders.

Mr. Boada joins the Company from Fluidra, S.A., a multinational group that provides pool equipment and connected solutions and is listed on the Spanish Stock Exchange, where he has worked for the past eight years, most recently as the Chief Financial Officer of Fluidra North America.

Executive Officers

Enric Asunción Escorsa. Mr. Asunción is the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of the Board. Mr. Asunción is a Wallbox co-founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Board since 2015. Previously, Mr. Asunción served as Program Manager of Charging Installations at Tesla, Inc., an American electric vehicle and clean energy company, from June 2014 to June 2015. Prior to Tesla, Inc., Mr. Asunción worked as an engineer at Applus+ IDIADA, an engineering company providing design, testing, engineering and homologation services to the automotive industry, from July 2011 to June 2014. Mr. Asunción holds an Engineering degree from Universitat Politecnica de Catalunya (DNF). We believe Mr. Asunción is well qualified to serve on the Board due to the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and co-founder and his extensive experience in the automotive industry.

 

76


Jordi Lainz. Mr. Lainz is the Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Lainz has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2019, and served on the Board of directors from July 2017 to May 2019. Prior to joining Wallbox, Mr. Lainz served as Corporate Director and Chief Financial Officer of Eurofred Group, distributor of air conditioning and industrial heating systems, from June 2011 to February 2019. Prior to Eurofred Group, Mr. Lainz served as a director and member of the audit committee of Ficosa International SA, an automotive global supplier, from May 1998 to May 2011. Mr. Lainz holds an Economics degree from Universitat de Barcelona and is an auditor in Spain (Censor Jurado de Cuentas).

Eduard Castañeda. Mr. Castañeda is the Chief Innovation Officer. Mr. Castañeda is a Wallbox co-founder and has served as our Chief Innovation Officer since November 2022, and was formerly Chief Product officer from 2020 to 2022 and Chief Technology Officer from 2018 to 2020. Mr. Castañeda also served on the Board of directors as a technical director from 2015 to 2020. Prior to Wallbox, Mr. Castañeda served as a Track Engineering at TPV Racing, a company that introduced telemetry data into real-time motorsports racing teams, from 2005 to 2015. Mr. Castañeda studied Industrial Engineering at the School of Industrial Engineering of Barcelona.

The Board

Anders Pettersson. Mr. Pettersson serves as a member and Non-executive chairman of the Board. Mr. Pettersson is the former Chief Executive Officer of Thule, a leading automotive aftermarket company. Under Mr. Pettersson’s leadership, he transformed Thule from an automotive aftermarket accessories business into a lifestyle consumer brand company. Mr. Pettersson brings over 30 years of experience in sourcing, evaluating and acquiring automotive businesses around the world. Mr. Pettersson has served as Chairman of Brink Group B.V., a leading towing hitch business in Europe, from 2014 to 2021, and has served as a director at ZetaDisplay AB since 2014, at KlaraBo Sverige AB from 2014 to 2021, at Skabholmen Invest AB since 2009 and at PS Enterprise AB since 2005. As noted above, Mr. Pettersson served as Chief Executive Officer of Thule from 2002 to 2010, where he oversaw international expansion through the strategic acquisitions of Konig, Omnistor, Case Logic, TrackRac and Sportrack.

Mr. Pettersson has also served as Chief Executive Officer of Hilding Anders AB from 2011 to 2014 and Capital Safety Group Inc. from 2010 to 2012, and previously held executive and managerial positions with AkzoNobel N.V. and Trelleborg AB. Mr. Pettersson served as a director of Pure Safety from 2010 to 2020, a director of Pure Power from 2016 to 2019, a director of Alite International AB from 2014 to 2019, a director of Victoria Park AB from 2011 to 2019, Chairman of the board of directors of Hilding Anders AB from 2012 to 2014 and a member of the operating review board of Arle Capital Partners Limited from 2012 to 2014. Mr. Pettersson holds a Master of Science in Civil Engineering and Bachelor of Science in Business and Economics from Lund University. We believe Mr. Pettersson is qualified to serve on the Board because his extensive experience in the automotive industry. We believe Mr. Pettersson is well qualified to serve on the Board based on his extensive experience which includes sourcing, evaluating and acquiring automotive businesses.

César Ruipérez Cassinello. Mr. Ruipérez serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Ruipérez has served as a Director of Corporate Development at Iberdrola, S.A., a Spanish multinational electric utility company (“Iberdrola”), an investor and commercial partner of Wallbox, since October 2008. At Iberdrola, Mr. Ruipérez led various acquisitions, divestments and joint ventures in different geographies and business segments. Prior to joining Iberdrola, from September 2005 to October 2008, Mr. Ruipérez served as analyst at Deloitte and 360 Corporate in the mergers and acquisitions departments, advising industrial customers and financial sponsors in various transactions, including acquisitions, divestments and restructurings. Mr. Ruipérez holds an International Business Administration degree by Universidad Pontificia Comillas in Madrid (ICADE) and Dublin City University (DCU).

Pol Soler. Mr. Soler serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Soler is the Chief Executive Officer of Quadis, a leading Spanish car dealership group. He is also a board member of Escapa, a leading Spanish bicycle distributor. Mr. Soler holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and MBA from Esade Business School. We believe that Mr. Soler is qualified to serve on the Board because of his extensive experience in the automobile industry.

 

77


Francisco Riberas. Mr. Riberas serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Riberas has been on the board of directors of Gestamp, a Spanish multinational engineering company, since its incorporation in 1997 and was appointed to Executive Chairman on March 23, 2017. Mr. Riberas holds a Law degree and Economics and Business Administration degree from Comillas Pontifical University. Mr. Riberas began his professional career in the Gonvarri Group as director of Corporate Development and later as Managing Director. In 1977, Mr. Riberas formed Gestamp. Mr. Riberas sits on the management bodies of other Gestamp affiliates and of companies in Acek Group, including in the Gonvarri Group, Acek Energias Renovables and Inmobiliaria Acek. He is also a member of other boards of directors, including Telefonica and CIE Automotive. In addition, he is chairman of Endeavor Foundation, chairman of the Spanish Association of Automotive Suppliers (Sernauto) and chairman of the Fundación Consejo España China. We believe that Mr. Riberas is qualified to serve on the Board because of his extensive experience in the automobile industry.

Beatriz González Ordóñez. Ms. González serves as a member of the Board. Ms. González is the Founding and Managing Partner of Seaya Ventures, a Spanish venture capital firm specializing in technology companies. In addition to Wallbox, she has served as a board member of Cabify, Glovo, Spotahome, Filmin, Bewe, Revelock and Toqio, since 2014, 2016, 2016, 2020, 2015, 2019, and 2021, respectively. She also serves as an independent board member of Endeavor Spain and Idealista. Prior to founding Seaya in 2012, Ms. González worked at Morgan Stanley, in the finance and investment industry, from 1998 to 2000, Darby Overseas Investments, a private equity firm, from 2002 to 2003, Excel Partners, a private equity firm, from 2003 to 2004, and Fonditel, the largest pension fund in Spain, from 2005 to 2011. Ms. González holds a Finance degree from CUNEF and an MBA from Columbia Business School. We believe Ms. González is qualified to serve on the Board based on her extensive experience managing funds in the technology sector.

Donna J. Kinzel. Ms. Kinzel serves as a member of the Board. Ms. Kinzel is the Chief Financial Officer of Ursuline Academy in Wilmington, Delaware. In her role, she is responsible for all aspects of Ursuline Academy’s financial and operating functions to ensure support of the school’s mission, core values, and strategic plan. Prior to her current role, Ms. Kinzel served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at Pepco Holdings. In this role, she oversaw the financial planning and analysis, operational finance, accounting, treasury and risk management functions for Pepco Holdings. Ms. Kinzel was elected as the chair of our audit committee in 2022, and brings with her an extensive history of accounting and finance with large, public organizations. We believe Ms. Kinzel’s expertise has helped us and will continue to help us to develop best practices as a public company.

Justin Mirro. Mr. Mirro serves as a member of the Board. Mr. Mirro is the founder of Kensington Capital Partners LLC, where he has served as President since 2015 has advised on over $70 billion of M&A, debt, equity and restructuring transactions for automotive assemblers, suppliers, the aftermarket and dealerships. Mr. Mirro spent almost 20 years as an automotive investment banker for various global banks including The Royal Bank of Canada, Jefferies & Company, Moelis & Company and Salomon Smith Barney. He also brings a vast personal network of industry leaders throughout the automotive supply chain which will assist as Wallbox further expands in North America operationally and with institutional investors. Mr. Mirro is a member of the board of Amprius Technologies (NYSE: AMPX) and former member of the board of Quantumscape (NYSE: QS). We believe Mr. Mirro is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive experience in financing in the automotive and automotive-related sector.

Dieter Zetsche. Dr. Zetsche serves as a member of the Board. Dr. Zetsche is Chairman of TUI AG (XETRA: TUI1) and holds several other board positions both as a member and advisor. With over 45 years of automotive experience, first joining the research department of Daimler-Benz AG in 1976, Dr. Zetsche will bring unrivaled industry expertise to Wallbox as the company continues to expand partnerships with leading OEMs globally. Notably Dr. Zetsche has been a member of the Board of Management of Daimler AG since December 1998 and was Chairman of the Board of Management of Daimler AG from January 2006 until May 2019, during which he was also Head of Mercedes-Benz Cars. We believe Dr. Zetsche is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive experience in the automobile sector.

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Director Nomination and Appointment Rights

Iberdrola is the indirect owner of 100% of the interests in Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. (“Perseo”), a shareholder and commercial partner of Wallbox. On October 5, 2021, Enric Asunción Escorsa furnished a letter to Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. Pursuant to such letter, Mr. Asunción agreed to take best efforts to support the election of one director as Perseo may designate, for so long as Perseo owns shares representing 3% of the share capital outstanding of Wallbox N.V. Cesar Ruiperez Cassinello currently serves as Iberdrola’s acting director designee on the Board.

 

78


In December 2023, a letter agreement between Kariega Ventures, S.L. (“Kariega”), a major shareholder of Wallbox N.V., which is controlled by Mr. Asunción, and Wallbox N.V. was executed, pursuant to which Kariega, Wallbox N.V. and Mr. Asunción agreed to take best efforts to support the election of one director as Generac Power Systems, Inc. (“Generac”) may designate, for so long as Generac owns shares representing 3% of the share capital outstanding of Wallbox N.V. Currently there is no director designee on the board related to Generac.

Director Independence

In addition, all of Wallbox’s non-executive directors qualify as independent within the meaning of the DCGC. Therefore, the independence requirements referred to in the DCGC have been complied with.

 

7.5

Committees

 

7.5.1

General

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Board established three standing committees from among its non-executive directors, including an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Board shall remain collectively responsible for decisions prepared by the committees.

 

7.5.2

Audit committee

Audit committee members are non-executive directors of the Board and are Beatriz González, Donna J. Kinzel, and Justin Mirro. Donna J. Kinzel serves as chair of the audit committee. During the financial year ended December 31, 2023, 8 committee meetings were held, both of which had a 100 % attendance rate. During these meetings the committee discussed the integrity and quality of Wallbox’s financial reporting. The audit committee periodically reviews the financial statements of the Company and its relevant conclusions are reflected in the final financial statements approved by the Board.

We do not have an internal audit function. The need for an internal audit function is assessed on a yearly basis by the non-executive directors. The non-executive directors concluded that the size of the Company and the combination of a finance and control department with accounting and audit knowledge, are presently covering the requirements sufficiently.

Our Board has also determined that each member of the audit committee is financially literate and Donna J. Kinzel qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The audit committee advises the Board in relation to its responsibilities, undertakes preparatory work for the Board’s decision-making regarding the supervision of the integrity and quality of our financial reporting and the effectiveness of our internal risk management and control systems and shall prepare resolutions of the Board in relation thereto. The Board adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including, among other things:

 

   

meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;

 

   

monitoring the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

 

   

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

   

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

 

   

appointing or replacing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

 

   

reviewing and approving related party transactions in accordance with our Related Party Transaction Policy and Procedures.

 

79


7.5.3

Compensation committee

Compensation committee members are non-executive directors of the Board and include Donna J. Kinzel, Pol Soler and Anders Pettersson. Pol Soler serves as chairman of the compensation committee. During the financial year ended December 31, 2023, 2 committee meetings were held, all of which had a 100% attendance rate. During these meetings the committee discussed compensation policies and equity award plans.

The compensation committee advises the Board in relation to its responsibilities and shall prepare resolutions of the Board in relation thereto. The Board adopted a compensation committee charter which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of its other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing its executive compensation policies and plans;

 

   

implementing and administering its incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

   

assisting management in complying with its annual report disclosure requirements;

 

   

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for its executive officers and employees; and

 

   

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

 

7.5.4

Nomination and corporate governance committee

Nominating and corporate governance committee members are non-executive directors of the Board and are César Ruipérez Cassinello, Pol Soler and Beatriz González Ordóñez. César Ruipérez Cassinello serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. During the financial year ended December 31, 2023, 1 committee meeting was held, which had a 100% attendance rate. During this meeting the committee discussed ESG policies.

The nominating and corporate governance committee advises the Board in relation to its responsibilities and shall prepare resolutions of the Board in relation thereto. The nominating and corporate governance committee is also responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on the Board and shaping our corporate governance. The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider persons identified by its members, management, shareholders and others. the Board adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter which details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including, among other things:

 

   

developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines;

 

   

assessing the functioning of individual directors of the Board and making recommendations for appointments and reappointments to the Board and the committees of the Board;

 

   

supervising the policy of the Board on the selection criteria and appointment procedures for senior management;

 

   

participating in our succession planning for the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, including an emergency succession plan for the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; and

 

   

making recommendations to the Board regarding other company governance matters.

 

80


7.6

Evaluation

Evaluation

During the financial year to which this Annual Report relates, our Board has evaluated its own functioning, the functioning of its committees and that of the individual members of the Board on the basis of self-evaluation form distributed to, and completed by, the directors. As part of these evaluations, the Board has considered (i) substantive aspects, mutual interaction and the interaction between the non-executive directors and the executive directors, (ii) events that occurred in practice from which lessons may be learned and (iii) the desired profile, composition, competencies and expertise of the Board. These evaluations are intended to facilitate an examination and discussion by the Board of its effectiveness and potential areas for improvement. On the basis of these evaluations, the Board has concluded that it is functioning properly. The Board further believes that its committees have functioned well in carrying out their duties.

Duties of Board Members and Conflicts of Interest

The Board is entrusted with the management of our Company and, for such purpose, has all the powers within the limits of the law that are not granted by our Articles of Association to others. We have a one-tier board, consisting of one or more executive directors and one or more non-executive directors.

The executive directors are primarily responsible for all of our day-to-day operations. The non-executive directors supervise (i) the executive directors’ policy and performance of duties and (ii) our general affairs and its business, and render advice and direction to the executive directors. The executive directors shall timely provide the non-executive directors with the information they need to carry out their duties. The directors furthermore perform any duties allocated to them under or pursuant to the law or Articles of Association. Each director has a duty to our Company to properly perform its duties. In the performance of their tasks, the directors shall be guided by the interests of our Company and the enterprise connected with it. Under Dutch law, the interests of our Company and the enterprise connected with it extend to the interests of all stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers.

Pursuant to our Articles of Association and the regulations of the Board (the “Board Regulations”), a Director shall not participate in the discussions and/or decision-making process on a subject or transaction in relation to which he/she has a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest with our Company within the meaning of Article 13.2 of the Board Regulations or Section 2:140 paragraph 5 DCC (“Conflict of Interest”). Such transaction must be concluded on terms which are customary in the market concerned and be approved by the Board.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, there were no transactions where there was a Conflict of Interest, nor were there any transactions between the Company and shareholders of the Company holding at least 10% of our Shares.

Executive Officer Employment Agreements and Board Member Service Agreements

We have entered into management services agreements with each of our executive management team members, including our executive director. The management services agreements contain a termination notice period for us and the executive directors. All of the management services agreements provide that the manager or executive director, as the case might be, may be terminated in the event of an urgent cause (dringende reden) without advance notice. The management services agreements contain post-termination restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, and post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Additionally, the shareholders approved a remuneration policy for non-executive directors that provides for compensation, including an annual cash fee, an annual equity grant, an annual fee for membership on a committee of the Board, an annual fee for acting as a chairperson of the Board and annual fee for acting as a chairperson of a committee of the Board. The remuneration policy was adopted by non-executive directors.

Board Observers

Mr. Marc Sabé served during the year ended December 31, 2023 and continues to serve as an observer on our Board. Mr Sabé is an employee of Eurofred, S.A., which is company affiliated with one of our major shareholders, Mingkiri, S.L.

Mr. Paolo Campinoti has served as an observer on our Board since December 2023. Mr. Campinoti is an employee of Generac Power Systems, Inc. and Pramac Group.

 

81


7.7

Diversity

Director and Officer Qualifications

We are not expected to formally establish any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met by each of its officers. However, we expect generally to evaluate several qualities, including the following: educational background, diversity of professional experience, including whether the person is a current or was a former chief executive officer or chief financial officer of a public company or the head of a division of a prominent international organization, knowledge of our business, nationality, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

The Board has adopted a Board Profile Policy, a Diversity Policy and Board Regulations regarding director qualification considerations.

Gender Diversity in the Board and sub-top

Other key management positions refer to all chief officers of the Company. The number of men and women who are members of the Board of Directors at the end of the financial year 2023, as well as in other key management positions of Wallbox is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2023  
     Men      Women  

Board

     7        2  

Other key management positions

     6        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13        3  

We continue working to decrease the gender gap in the composition of the Board of Directors and in other key management positions of Wallbox. In the coming years, we have a set of actions to analyze, set milestones, and promote towards a more diverse and inclusive environment. The company approved and kicked off its first Diversity and Integrity plan, focused on fighting gender imbalance. To do so, the company started an internal program for gender balance with two main pillars: create a respectful environment at work for all and work on the development and growth of female employees at Wallbox. Additionally, the company is developing the Equality Plan according to the local regulation related to gender diversity. This Equality plan consists into perform a diagnostic of the current situation of the company analyzing during the whole career of the employees, how the gender diversity impacts in topics like remuneration, promotion, discrimination, access to training, maternity leave, reduced working hours, etc., and determining the action to be in place in order to solve the biases identified. By taking these actions, the company aims for a healthy growth of the number of women in managerial positions, taking into account the percentage of women in the overall employee population.

Considering the percentage of women in the Board of Directors as a whole (executive and non-executive members) was close to 30% as of December 31, 2023 (two out of seven members of the Board of Directors are women), we define as an appropriate target to grow this percentage to 40% by the end of financial year 2027.

In respect of women in other key management positions of Wallbox, we define as an appropriate target to have 33% of such position be filled by women by the end of financial year 2027, meaning an increase of approximately 11% compared to this percentage as of December 31, 2023 (which was approximately 22% (two out of seven members of the other key management positions).

 

8

COMPENSATION REPORT

 

8.1

Compensation policy

The compensation of the executive directors shall be determined by the Board with observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting at the proposal of the Board. The executive directors shall not participate in the deliberations and decision-making regarding the determination of the remuneration of the executive directors. The compensation of the non-executive directors shall be determined by the Board with observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting.

Any compensation in the form of our Shares or rights to subscribe for our Shares will be subject to the approval of the General Meeting. Such proposal shall state at least the maximum number of Shares or rights to subscribe for Shares that may be granted to directors and the criteria for making or amending such grants.

 

82


Our remuneration policy authorizes the Board to determine the amount, level and structure of the compensation packages of our directors at the recommendation of our compensation committee. These compensation packages may consist of a mix of fixed and variable compensation components, including base salary, short-term incentives, long-term incentives, fringe benefits, severance pay and pension arrangements, as determined by the Board.

Pursuant to Section 2:135(1) DCC, our general meeting of shareholders has adopted a remuneration policy. Our remuneration policy is designed to (i) attract, retain and motivate directors with the leadership qualities, skills and experience needed to support and promote the growth and sustainable success of the Company and its business, (ii) drive strong business performance, promote accountability and incentivize our directors to achieve short and long-term performance targets with the objective of increasing the Company’s equity value and contributing to the Company’s strategy for sustainable long-term value creation, (iii) assure that the interests of our directors are closely aligned to those of the Company, its business and its stakeholders, and (iv) ensure the overall market competitiveness of the compensation packages which may be granted to our directors, while providing our Board sufficient flexibility to tailor the Company’s compensation practices on a case-by-case basis, depending on the market conditions from time to time. We believe that this approach and philosophy benefits the realization of the Company’s long-term objectives while keeping with the Company’s risk profile.

 

8.2

Compensation of directors and senior management

We set out below the amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind provided by us or our subsidiaries to our executive officers and members of our Board for services in all capacities to us or our subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2023, as well as the amount contributed by us or our subsidiaries to retirement benefit plans for our executive officers and members of our Board.

The pay ratio of the average cash compensation of the members of our Board compared with the average cash compensation of the employees is 2.46:1 (2022: 4.22:1; 2021: 4.11:1). This reduction primarily stems from the adjustments made to the compensation of Board members, a result of the operational cost reduction initiative initiated in 2023.

Compensation of Our Executive Officers

The amount of compensation, including benefits in kind, accrued or paid to our executive officers with respect to the year ended December 31, 2023 is described in the table below:

 

     All executives  
     (€ in thousands)  

Periodically-paid remuneration

   714  

Bonuses

   218  

Share based payments(1)

   1,388  

Additional benefit payments(2)

     —   

Total compensation

   2,320  

 

(1)

No amounts were set aside or accrued by Wallbox in 2023 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our executive officers.

Remuneration for Members of the Board

The compensation of the executive directors shall be determined by the Board with observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting at the proposal of the Board. The executive directors shall not participate in the deliberations and decision-making regarding the determination of the remuneration of the executive directors. The compensation of the non-executive directors shall be determined by the Board with observance of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting.

Any compensation in the form of our Shares or rights to subscribe for our Shares will be subject to the approval of the General Meeting. Such proposal shall state at least the maximum number of Shares or rights to subscribe for Shares that may be granted to directors and the criteria for making or amending such grants.

Our remuneration policy authorizes the Board to determine the amount, level and structure of the compensation packages of our directors at the recommendation of our compensation committee. These compensation packages may consist of a mix of fixed and variable compensation components, including base salary, short-term incentives, long-term incentives, fringe benefits, severance pay and pension arrangements, as determined by the Board.

 

83


With respect to the year ended December 31, 2023, our non-executive directors are entitled to receive the cash compensation, as described in the table below (in Euros thousand).

 

Non-executive director

   Member of
the Board
    Member of the
Compensation
Committee
    Member of
the Audit
Committee
    Member of the
Nominating and
Governance
Committee
    Total  

Beatriz González Ordóñez

   40    
 


 
  5     5     50  

Francisco Riberas

   40     7 (*)(**)   
 


 
 
 


 
  47  

Anders Pettersson

   60 (*)    5    
 


 
 
 


 
  65  

César Ruipérez Cassinello

   40    
 


 
 
 


 
  7 (*)    47  

Pol Soler

   40     6 (*)(**)    2 (**)    5     53  

Donna Kinzel

   40     1 (**)    15 (*)   
 


 
  56  

Justin Mirro

   31 (**)   
 


 
  3 (**)   
 


 
  34  

Dr. Dieter Zetsche

   31 (**)   
 


 
 
 


 
 
 


 
  31  

 

(*)

Chairman of the Board or the applicable committee.

 

(**)

Pro-rated amount based on the time served on the Board or applicable committee during 2023.

Equity awards

Our founders, directors and executive officers held the following stock options (both vested and unvested) as of December 31, 2023:

 

Beneficiary

   Grant date    Number of
options
outstanding
     Strike price  

Enric Asunción Escorsa(*)

   April 6, 2022      775,267      1.93  

Jordi Lainz

   October 1, 2021      1,283,049      0.0021  

Jordi Lainz

   April 8, 2022      291,667        —   

Eduard Castañeda(*)

   April 6, 2022      238,342      1.93  

 

(*)

As of December 31, 2021, both Enric Asuncion Escorsa and Eduard Castaneda were already participating in the Founders Stock Option Plan as discussed in Note 22 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. On April 6, 2022, Enric Asuncion Escorsa was granted 777,267 options and Eduard Castaneda was granted 258,342, in each case, with a strike price of €1.93.

Our shareholders approved at our annual general meeting held in May 2023 a compensation program for our non-executive directors that provides for an initial equity award upon such director’s appointment to the Board and an annual equity award. The maximum aggregate amount that can be awarded under this compensation program is 250,899 restricted share units (“RSUs”).

Wallbox Legacy Employee Stock Option Programs

Prior to the Business Combination, certain beneficiaries were given the opportunity to participate in an Employee Stock Option Program (the “Legacy Stock Option Program”) as part of a long-term equity incentive scheme. The Legacy Stock Option Program consists of three different programs: one for founders, one for management and one for other employees. The Legacy Stock Option Program for founders was adopted by our shareholders in June 2021. The Legacy Stock Option Program for management was adopted by our shareholders in July 2018. The Legacy Stock Option Program for employees was adopted by our shareholders in May 2020.

Under the Legacy Stock Option Program for founders, we have reserved for issuance to the beneficiaries 1,033,610 stock options to purchase our shares at a per share exercise price equal to €1.93. Stock options granted under the Legacy Stock Option Program for founders will, for a period of 3 years, only become exercisable in equal monthly installments, determined by pro rating the options (i.e. 1/36th per month) over such three year period, on the last day of each calendar month and will be freely exercisable thereafter; provided all such options will expire after five years from the grant date. Founders who terminate employment with we may retain any stock options vested as of the applicable termination date. On April 6, 2022, Enric Asuncion Escorsa was granted 777,267 options and Eduard Castañeda was granted 258,342, in each case, with a strike price of €1.93.

 

84


Under the Legacy Stock Option Program for management, the beneficiaries received 7,253,823 stock options to purchase Class A Shares at a per share exercise price equal to €0.0021. Stock options granted under the Legacy Stock Option Program for managers generally vest in equal yearly instalments on the last day of each year over a 3 year period and expire 2 years from the last of such vesting dates. Managers who terminate employment with we may retain any stock options vested.

Under the Legacy Stock Option Program for employees, the beneficiaries received 1,626,206 stock options to purchase Class A Shares at a per share exercise price equal to €0.0021. We have agreed to reimburse such employees for the amount of any exercise price paid in connection with the exercise of such options. Stock options granted under the Legacy Stock Option Program for employees generally vest in equal monthly installments on the last day of each calendar month over an 8 month period. Employees who terminate employment with we may retain any stock options vested as of the applicable termination date.

In accordance with the terms of the Legacy Stock Option Programs for employees, participants were entitled to execute their vested shares at the occurrence of an “Exit Event” and were not exercisable until an “Exit Event” occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consent of each individual award holder, this “Exit Event” requirement was waived and the stock options will instead become vested and exercisable based on the conditions applicable to such stock options as of immediately prior to the Business Combination without regard to the “Exit Event” condition.

Wallbox N.V. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan

We maintain the Incentive Plan (an omnibus equity incentive plan), as a means to attract, retain and incentivize service providers (including executive officers), consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of any of our subsidiaries, as well as such other persons designated as eligible for participation by the plan administrator in its discretion are eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Plan.

The number of shares initially available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan was 17,090,419. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 2.5% of the shares of Class A Shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by the Board.

Wallbox N.V. Amended and Restated 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with the Business Combination, the Board adopted an employee stock purchase plan (as amended by the Board on December 14, 2022 and approved by our shareholders on May 30, 2023, the “ESPP”) in order to facilitate employees of ours and our affiliates to purchase Class A Shares at a discount through payroll deductions and to benefit from share price appreciation, thus enhancing the alignment of employee and shareholder interests, which is essential to our long term success. The material terms of the ESPP are summarized below.

Summary of the ESPP

This section summarizes certain principal features of the ESPP. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the ESPP.

The ESPP is comprised of two distinct components in order to provide increased flexibility to grant the right to purchase shares of Class A Shares under the ESPP to U.S. and to non-U.S. employees. Specifically, the ESPP authorizes (1) the grant of the right to purchase shares of Class A Shares by U.S. employees that are intended to qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (the “Section 423 Component”), and (2) the grant of the right to purchase shares of Class A Shares that are not intended to qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code to facilitate participation for employees located outside of the U.S. who do not benefit from favorable U.S. federal tax treatment or who otherwise are not eligible or not intended to participate in the Section 423 Component and to provide flexibility to comply with non-U.S. law and other considerations (the “Non-Section 423 Component”). Where permitted under local law and custom, we expect that the Non-Section 423 Component will generally be operated and administered on terms and conditions similar to the Section 423 Component.

 

85


Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total of 8,545,209 shares were initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP, which was increased by 1,377,838 on January 1, 2022. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending on and including January 31, 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by the Board. The Board or the compensation committee of the Board will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. The compensation committee currently acts as the administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility

We expect that substantially all of our employees will be eligible to participate in the ESPP.

However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock and other securities of Wallbox, or a parent or subsidiary corporation of Wallbox. Directors who are not employees are not eligible to participate. Employees who choose not to participate, or are not eligible to participate at the start of an offering period but who become eligible thereafter, may enroll in any subsequent offering period. Additionally, the plan administrator may provide that an employee will not be eligible to participate in an offering period under the Section 423 Component if (i) such employee is a highly compensated employee under Section 414(q) of the Code, (ii) such employee has not met a service requirement designated by the plan administrator, (iii) such employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours per week or less, (iv) such employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year and/or (v) such employee is a citizen or resident of a non-U.S. jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase shares of Class A Shares under the ESPP to such employee would be prohibited under the laws of such non-U.S. jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase such shares under the ESPP to such employee in compliance with the laws of such non-U.S. jurisdiction would cause the ESPP to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

Grant of Rights

Stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty-seven months long. The plan administrator will establish one or more purchase periods within each offering period. The number of purchase periods within, and purchase dates during each offering period, will be established by the plan administrator prior to the commencement of each offering period. The length of the purchase periods will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty-seven months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day of the purchase period or such other date as determined by the plan administrator. Payroll deductions for each offering periods under the ESPP will commence for a participant on the first regular payday following the applicable enrollment date of an offering period and will end on the last such payday in the offering period to which such participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated or suspended by the participant or plan administrator under the ESPP. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods. In non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the ESPP through payroll deductions is prohibited, the plan administrator may provide that an eligible employee may elect to participate through contributions to the participant’s account under the ESPP in a form acceptable to the plan administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase Class A Shares through payroll deductions of a specified percentage or a fixed dollar amount of their eligible compensation, which, in either event, may not be less than 1% and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the plan administrator for the applicable offering period or purchase period. In the absence of a contrary designation, such maximum percentage will be 20%. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period or purchase period. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the Section 423 Component at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of Class A Shares as of the first day of the offering period).

 

86


On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will be granted the right to purchase shares of Class A Shares. The right will expire on the earlier of, the end of the applicable offering period, the last purchase date of the offering period, and the date on which the participant withdraws from the ESPP, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions (or contributions) accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, with respect to the Section 423 Component will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of Class A Shares on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions (and contributions, if applicable) that have not yet been used to purchase shares of Class A Shares. If a participant withdraws from the ESPP during an offering period, the participant cannot rejoin until the next offering period. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions

In the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions or events affecting Class A Shares, including, without limitation, any dividend or other distribution, change in control, reorganization, merger, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or sale or exchange of our shares of Class A Shares, or other similar corporate transaction or event, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of any events or transactions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or any unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment; Termination

The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, shareholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, in excess of the initial pool and annual increase as described above, or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP. The ESPP will continue until terminated by the Board.

 

9

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes, among other information, a description of related party transactions since January 1, 2023.

Private Placement Equity Offerings

In connection with the June 2023 private placement of Class A Shares, Enric Asuncion Escorsa purchased 387,597 Class A Shares, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. purchased 7,751,938 Class A Shares, AM Gestio, S.L. purchased 1,937,985 Class A Shares, Consilium, S.L. purchased 6,429,330 Class A Shares, Anangu Corp, S.L. purchased 387,597 Class A Shares and Black Label Equity I SCR, S.A. purchased 1,937,985 Class A Shares, in each case, at price of $2.58 per share, the same price as sold to other investors.

In connection with the December 2023 private placement of Class A Shares, Enric Asuncion Escorsa purchased 65,574 Class A Shares, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. purchased 327,869 Class A Shares and Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. purchased 98,361 Class A Shares, in each case, at price of $3.05 per share, the same price as sold to other investors.

Iberdrola

Iberdrola S.A. (together with its affiliates, “Iberdrola”) is the indirect owner of 100% of the interests in Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. (“Perseo”) a greater than 5% shareholder of Wallbox.

In June 2021, we entered into a lease with a subsidiary of Iberdrola for Company offices located in Barcelona. The lease agreement provides for a monthly payment to be annually updated. This lease agreement covers the period until August 2032. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company paid Iberdrola an aggregate of €616 thousand in rent and other expenses under the lease agreement. The cost in the year ended December 31, 2022 amounted to €609 thousand.

 

87


In July 2020, Iberdrola entered into Letter of Intent to purchase Supernova charging stations from Wallbox. The terms of this letter of intent, in which Iberdrola expressed its interest in purchasing 6,500 Supernova chargers and, in 2022, express an interest to increase the number of public use chargers it plans to purchase for a total of 10,000 chargers. During 2023, 99 public chargers were sold to Iberdrola under the letter of intent.

In the normal course of business, we enter into transactions and commercial arrangements with affiliates of Iberdrola, which, for the year ended December 31, 2023, involved sales of our chargers in an aggregate amount of €7 million which represent the same purchase price as is sold to unrelated third parties.

On September 27, 2021, we, as buyer, entered into a Power Purchase Agreement (“PPA”) with Iberdrola Clientes, S.A.U. (“Iberdrola Clientes”), a Spanish limited liability company and affiliate of Iberdrola, as seller, for the supply of renewable energy to meet the energy demands of our Zona Franca factory located in Poligono Industrial Zona Franca Calle D, 26-08040 Barcelona, Spain (the “Zona Franca Factory”). Pursuant to the PPA, Iberdrola Clientes, installed, commissioned and operates certain photovoltaic facilities (the “Facilities”). The Facilities are considered a “self-consumption” facility and as such, Iberdrola Clientes is entitled to market any excess energy generated by the Facilities that remain after our Zona Franca Factory’s energy needs have been met. The PPA has an initial term of ten (10) years and is renewable for an additional period of fifteen (15) years. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, we paid Iberdrola Clientes €56,500 under this agreement.

On October 5, 2021, Enric Asunción Escorsa furnished a letter to Perseo pursuant to which Mr. Asunción agreed to take best efforts to support the election of the director Perseo designates under the designation right Perseo has for so long as it owns shares representing 3% of our outstanding share capital. Cesar Ruiperez Cassinello currently serves as such director designee on the Board.

Generac

On December 13, 2023, in connection of the closing of the private placement of Class A Shares, Kariega Ventures, S.L., a major shareholder of the Company, which is controlled by Mr. Asunción, and the Company, entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which Kariega Ventures, S.L., and the Company agreed to take best efforts to support the election of the director nominee set forth by Generac pursuant to its director nomination rights, which director nomination rights Generac shall have for so long as it, together with its affiliates, collectively own at least 3% of the Company’s outstanding share capital. For additional information please refer to chapter 4.1.1 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — 4.1 Operating Results — Recent Transactions.”

Remuneration Agreements with Wallbox Board Members and Senior Management

For a description of our remuneration agreements with members of the Board and senior management, see chapter 8 “Compensation report.

Indemnification

Our Articles of Association provides for certain indemnification rights for our directors relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from his or her service to our Company or, at our request, service to other entities, as directors or officers to the maximum extent permitted by Dutch law.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written Related Parties Transaction Policy and Procedures to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related party transactions. This policy covers material transactions or loans reportable under this Item between the Company and a related party, including without limitation our directors and senior management as well as their family members, and certain shareholders, and provides that such transactions be reviewed and approved or ratified by the Audit Committee. Such review shall assess if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party, whether the transaction is inconsistent with the interest of the Company and its shareholders, the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction, and shall also take into account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our organizational documents.

 

88


In addition to the conflict of interest rules included in the Board Regulations, we adopted a Code of Ethics & Conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting, relating to, inter alia, conflicts of interest and transactions that may result in a conflict of interest with our Company, our Code of Ethics & Conduct is available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on its website to the extent required under applicable law, rules, regulations or stock exchange requirements.

 

10

PROTECTIVE MEASURES

Under Dutch law, various protective measures are possible and permissible within the boundaries set by Dutch law and Dutch case law, among which, in accordance with the DCGC, shareholders having the right to put an item on the agenda under the rules described above shall exercise such right only after consulting the Board in that respect. If one or more shareholders intend to request that an item be put on the agenda that may result in a change in our strategy (for example, the dismissal of Directors), the Board must be given the opportunity to invoke a reasonable period to respond to such intention. Such period shall not exceed 180 (hundred eighty) days (or such other period as may be stipulated for such purpose by Dutch law and/or the DCGC from time to time). If invoked, the Board must use such response period for further deliberation and constructive consultation, in any event with the shareholders(s) concerned, and must explore the alternatives. At the end of the response time, the Board must report on this consultation and the exploration of alternatives to the General Meeting. The response period may be invoked only once for any given General Meeting and shall not apply: (a) in respect of a matter for which a response period has been previously invoked; or (b) if a shareholder holds at least 75% of our issued share capital as a consequence of a successful public bid. The response period may also be invoked in response to shareholders or others with meeting rights under Dutch law requesting that a General Meeting be convened, as described above.

Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders and/or other persons with meeting rights under Dutch law who individually or jointly represent at least 10% of our issued share capital, may request the Board to convene a General Meeting setting out in detail the matters to be discussed. If the Board has not taken the steps necessary to ensure that such meeting can be held within 6 (six) weeks after the request, the requesting shareholder(s) and or other persons with meeting rights may at their request be authorized by the competent Dutch court in preliminary relief proceedings to convene a General Meeting. The court shall refuse the application if it does not appear that the applicant(s) has/have previously requested the Board to convene a General Meeting and the Board has not taken the necessary steps so that the General Meeting could be held within 6 (six) weeks after the request. Such a request to the Board is subject to certain additional requirements. Additionally, the applicant must have a reasonable interest in the meeting being held.

Further thereto, in May 2021, a bill came into force that introduces a statutory cooling-off period of up to 250 days during which the General Meeting would not be able to dismiss, suspend or appoint members of the Board (or amend the provisions in the Articles of Association governing these matters) unless these matters were proposed by the Board. This cooling-off period could be invoked by the Board in the event:

 

  a.

shareholders, using either their shareholder proposal right or their right to request a General Meeting, propose an agenda item for the General Meeting to dismiss, suspend or appoint a Director (or to amend any provision in the Articles of Association dealing with those matters); or

 

  b.

a public offer for has been announced or made without agreement having been reached with on such offer,

provided, in each case, that in the opinion of the Board such proposal or offer materially conflicts with the interests of and its business.

The cooling-off period, if invoked, ends upon the earliest of the following events:

 

  a.

the expiration of 250 days from:

 

  (i)

in case of shareholders using their shareholder proposal right, the day after the deadline for making such proposal for the next General Meeting has expired;

 

  (ii)

in case of Shareholders using their right to request a General Meeting, the day when they obtain court authorization to do so; or

 

  (iii)

in case of a public offer as described above being made without agreement having been reached with on such offer, the first following day;

 

  b.

the day after a public offer without agreement having been reached with us on such offer, having been declared unconditional; or

 

  c.

the Board deciding to end the cooling-off period earlier.

 

89


In addition, one or more shareholders that may (jointly) exercise the shareholder proposal right at the time that the cooling-off period is invoked, may request the Enterprise Chamber (Ondernemingskamer) of the Amsterdam Court of Appeals (Gerechtshof Amsterdam) for early termination of the cooling-off period. The Enterprise Chamber must rule in favor of the request if the shareholders can demonstrate that:

 

  a.

the Board, in light of the circumstances at hand when the cooling-off period was invoked, could not reasonably have come to the conclusion that the relevant shareholder proposal or hostile offer constituted a material conflict with the interests of and its business;

 

  b.

the Board cannot reasonably believe that a continuation of the cooling-off period would contribute to careful policy-making;

 

  c.

if other defensive measures, having the same purpose, nature and scope as the cooling-off period, have been activated during the cooling-off period and are not terminated or suspended at the relevant shareholders’ written request within a reasonable period following the request (i.e., no ‘stacking’ of defensive measures).

During the cooling-off period, if invoked, the Board must gather all relevant information necessary for a careful decision-making process. In this context, the Board must at least consult with shareholders representing at least 3% of our issued share capital at the time the cooling-off period was invoked and with the our works council, if applicable. Formal statements expressed by these stakeholders during such consultations must be published on our website to the extent these stakeholders have approved that publication.

Ultimately one week following the last day of the cooling-off period, the Board must publish a report in respect of its policy and conduct of affairs during the cooling-off period on our website. This report must also remain available for inspection by our shareholders and others with meeting rights under Dutch law at our office and must be tabled for discussion at the next General Meeting.

Finally, in this respect, certain provisions of the Articles of Association may also make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire control of our Company or effect a change in the composition of the Board, including that suspension or dismissal of directors other than at the proposal of the Board will require a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, representing more than one half of our issued capital.

 

90


Signature page to the Dutch statutory board report of Wallbox N.V. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Barcelona, 17, 2024

 

                         

Enric Asunción

(Executive director)

         
               

Anders Pettersson

(Non-executive director)

    

Beatriz González

(Non-executive director)

    

Francisco Riberas

(Non-executive director)

               

Donna J. Kinzel

(Non-executive director)

    

César Ruipérez Cassinello

(Non-executive director)

    

Pol Soler

(Non-executive director)

             

Dieter Zetsche

(Non-executive director)

    

Justin Mirro

(Non-executive director)

    

 

91


11

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

92


WALLBOX N.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

 

93


WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2023 AND 2022

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Notes     December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2022
 

Assets

      

Non-Current Assets

      

Property, plant and equipment

     8       76,183       57,878  

Right-of-use assets

     9       35,423       24,888  

Intangible assets

     10 a)       94,049       60,800  

Goodwill

     10 b) and 11       13,385       15,101  

Non-current financial assets

     13       1,521       1,133  

Tax credit receivables

     24       6,056       6,629  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Assets

       226,617       166,429  

Assets held for sale

     12       —        384  

Current Assets

      

Inventories

     14       92,478       106,569  

Trade and other financial receivables

     13       43,416       39,827  

Other receivables

     24       8,429       14,846  

Other current financial assets

     13       5,810       5,957  

Other current assets and deferred charges

       1,276       1,633  

Advance payments

     14       4,357       3,031  

Cash and cash equivalents

     15       101,158       83,308  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

       256,924       255,171  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

       483,541       421,984  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and Liabilities

      

Equity

      

Share capital

     16       50,352       45,769  

Share premium

     16       481,615       378,240  

Accumulated deficit

     16       (420,195     (306,696

Other equity components

     16       32,149       41,240  

Foreign currency translation reserve

     16       5,868       10,597  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity attributable to owners of the Company

       149,789       169,150  

Non-controlling interest

       22       —   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

       149,811       169,150  

Liabilities

      

Non-Current Liabilities

      

Loans and borrowings

     13       80,861       44,359  

Lease liabilities

     9 and 13       34,063       24,657  

Provisions

     17       13,836       1,439  

Government grants

     18       4,849       2,198  

Deferred tax liabilities

     24       9,347       1,388  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Liabilities

       142,956       74,041  

Current Liabilities

      

Loans and borrowings

     13       126,496       89,268  

Derivative warrants liabilities

     13       3,119       5,834  

Lease liabilities

     9 and 13       4,914       2,644  

Trade and other financial payables

     13       45,081       71,249  

Current income tax liabilities

     24       —        1,186  

Other payables

     24       6,209       5,819  

Provisions

     17       1,752       1,318  

Government grants

     18       551       708  

Contract liabilities

       2,652       767  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

       190,774       178,793  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

       333,730       252,834  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity and Liabilities

       483,541       421,984  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

94


WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021

 

(In thousand Euros except per share data)

   Notes      December 31, 2023     December 31, 2022     December 31, 2021  

Revenue

     19        143,769       144,185       71,579  

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

     20        (95,503     (85,605     (44,253

Employee benefits

     21        (81,236     (88,814     (29,666

Other operating expenses

     20        (59,788     (91,555     (43,405

Amortization and depreciation

     8, 9 and 10        (28,443     (18,890     (8,483

Net other income

     20        14,260       1,844       656  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Loss

        (106,941     (138,835     (53,572

Financial income

     22        1,472       2,307       155  

Financial expenses

     22        (15,247     (7,998     (32,068

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     13        6,476       80,748       (68,953

Share listing expense

        —        —        (72,172

Foreign exchange gains/(losses)

     22        1,466       (3,618     1,026  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial Results

        (5,833     71,439       (172,012

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees

     12        —        (330     —   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before Tax

        (112,774     (67,726     (225,584

Income tax credit

     24        703       4,926       1,807  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the Year

        (112,071     (62,800     (223,777

Attributable to:

         

Equity holders of the Company

        (112,068     (62,800     (223,777

Non-controlling interest

        (3     —        —   

Earnings per share

         

Basic and diluted losses per share (euros per share)

     23        (0.60     (0.38     (1.99
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the Year

        (112,071     (62,800     (223,777

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

         

Other comprehensive (loss)/income that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

         

Currency translation differences in foreign operations, net of tax

        (4,729     7,996       2,524  

Changes in the fair value of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

        —        (9     —   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive (loss)/income that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

        (4,729     7,987       2,524  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

        (4,729     7,987       2,524  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

        (116,800     (54,813     (221,253
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

95


WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021

 

            Attributable to owners of the Company              
(In thousand Euros)    Notes      Share
capital
     Share
premium
    Accumulated
deficit
    Other
equity
components
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Total     Non-
controlling
interest
    Total
Equity
 
Balance at January 1, 2021           196      28,725     (20,119)     3,353     77     12,232     —      12,232  

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

                    

Loss for the year

        —         —        (223,777     —        —        (223,777     —        (223,777

Other Comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

        —         —        —        —        2,524       2,524       —        2,524  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        —         —        (223,777     —        2,524       (221,253     —        (221,253

Transactions with owners of the Company

                    

Contributions of equity (PIPE financing)

     16        1,332        94,528       —        —        —        95,860       —        95,860  

Contributions of equity (Kensington Shareholders)

     16        2,383        169,313       —        —        —        171,696       —        171,696  

Contributions of equity (Wall Box Chargers Shareholders)

     16        40,445        (40,445     —        —        —        —        —        —   

Contributions of equity (Convertible bonds and others)

     16        124        87,667       —        —        —        87,791       —        87,791  

Issuance costs

     16        —         (17,397     —        —        —        (17,397     —        (17,397

Share based payments

     21        —         —        —        2,143       —        2,143       —        2,143  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contributions and distributions

        44,284        293,666       —        2,143       —        340,093       —        340,093  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total transactions with owners of the Company

        44,284        293,666       (223,777     2,143       2,524       118,840       —        118,840  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

        44,480        322,391       (243,896     5,496       2,601       131,072       —        131,072  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

                    

Loss for the year

        —         —        (62,800     —        —        (62,800     —        (62,800

Other Comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

        —         —        —        (9     7,996       7,987       —        7,987  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        —         —        (62,800     (9     7,996       (54,813     —        (54,813

Transactions with owners of the Company

                    

Contribution of equity (Private placement)

     16        981        40,745       —        —        —        41,726       —        41,726  

Contribution of equity (Ares acquisition)

     6        84        6,216       —        —        —        6,300       —        6,300  

Contribution of equity (Electromaps acquisition)

     13        20        1,480       —        —        —        1,500       —        1,500  

Contribution of equity (Execution of options and warrants)

     16        204        7,408       —        (1,291     —        6,321       —        6,321  

Share based payments

     21        —         —        —        34,837       —        34,837       —        34,837  

Business Combinations to be settled in equity instruments

     16        —         —        —        2,207       —        2,207       —        2,207  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contributions and distributions

        1,289        55,849       —        35,753       —        92,891       —        92,891  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total transactions with owners of the Company

        1,289        55,849       (62,800     35,744       7,996       38,078       —        38,078  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

        45,769        378,240       (306,696     41,240       10,597       169,150       —        169,150  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

                    

Loss for the year

        —         —        (112,068     —        —        (112,068     (3     (112,071

Other Comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

        —         —        —        —        (4,729     (4,729       (4,729
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        —         —        (112,068     —        (4,729     (116,797     (3     (116,800

Transactions with owners of the Company

                    

Contribution of equity (Private placement)

     16        3,503        70,739       —        —        —        74,242       —        74,242  

Contribution of equity (Coil acquisition)

     6        33        2,284       —        (2,317     —        —        —        —   

Contribution of equity (ATM)

     13        316        5,790       —        —        —        6,106       —        6,106  

Contribution of equity (Execution of options and warrants)

     16        731        24,562       —        (23,446     —        1,847       —        1,847  

Share based payments

     21        —         —        —        16,672       —        16,672       —        16,672  

Business Combinations to be settled in equity instruments

     16        —         —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

Non-controlling interest on acquisition of subsidiary

        —         —        —        —        —        —        25       25  

Other movements

        —         —        (1,431     —        —        (1,431     —        (1,431
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contributions and distributions

        4,583        103,375       (1,431     (9,091     —        97,436       25       97,461  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total transactions with owners of the Company

        4,583        103,375       (113,499     (9,091     (4,729     (19,361     22       (19,339
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

        50,352        481,615       (420,195     32,149       5,868       149,789       22       149,811  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

96


WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Notes      December 31, 2023     December 31, 2022     December 31, 2021  

Cash flows from Operating Activities

         

Loss for the Year

        (112,071     (62,800     (223,777

Adjustments for:

         

Amortization and depreciation

     8, 9 and 10        28,443       18,890       8,483  

Expected credit loss for trade and other receivables

    
13 and 20
B
 
 
     1,893       3,873       479  

Impairments of inventories

     20 A        999       1,575       311  

Impairments of financial assets

     22        —        1,411       —   

Fair value change of financial instruments

     13        —        —        (60

Change in provisions

     17        2,426       1,737       730  

Government grants

     18        (1,706     (718     (712

Financial income

     22        (1,472     (2,307     (155

Financial expenses

     22        15,247       6,743       32,067  

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     13        (6,476     (80,748     68,954  

Share listing expense

     16        —        —        72,172  

Exchange differences

        (1,466     3,618       (1,026

Income tax credit

     24        (703     (4,926     (1,807

Share based payments expense

     21        16,672       32,625       2,455  

Share of loss of equity accounted associates

     12        —        330       —   

Negative Goodwill

     20        (11,166     —        —   

Proceeds from government grants

        6,329       479       233  

Other paid

        —        —        (59

Changes in

         

- inventories

        23,553       (73,622     (20,556

- trade and other financial receivables

        2,703       (11,801     (25,513

- other assets

        1,227       7,297       (10,772

- trade and other financial payables

        (30,417     21,723       28,552  

- other non-current assets and liabilities

        —        —        131  

- contract liabilities

        1,885       329       239  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

        (64,100     (136,292     (69,631
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from Investing Activities

         

Investment in equity-accounted investees

     12        —        (714     —   

Loans granted to equity-accounted investees

     13        —        (140     (777

Acquisition of intangible assets

     10        (32,178     (27,384     (19,633

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

     8        (12,236     (37,795     (10,704

Acquisition of financial assets at amortized costs

     13        —        —        (247

Acquisition of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     13        —        (12,450     (57,344

Other financial assets, net

     13        —        —        (690

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

     10        —        —        58  

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     8        —        —        80  

Proceeds from sale of financial assets at amortized costs

     13        —        —        117  

Proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     13        248       64,994       813  

Proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     13        —        —        30  

Interest received

     22        —        —        —   

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

     6        (9,979     (470     —   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (54,145     (13,959     (88,297
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of thes e consolidated financial statements.

 

97


WALLBOX N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Notes      December 31, 2023     December 31, 2022     December 31, 2021  

Cash flows from Financing Activities

         

Proceeds from issuing equity instruments

     16        —        —        —   

Proceeds from issuing equity instruments (ATM)

     16        6,106       —        —   

Proceeds from issuing equity instruments (PIPE financing)

     16        74,242       41,726       95,860  

Proceeds from issuing equity instruments (Kensigton shares)

     16        —        —        114,015  

Issuance cost

        —        —        (17,397

Proceeds from issuing equity instruments (Warrants conversions and others)

     13 and 16        1,847       4,641       493  

Purchase of share-based payments plan

        —        —        (312

Proceeds from borrowings

     13        —        —        124  

Proceeds from loans

     13        419,471       291,204       204,677  

Proceeds from convertible bonds

     13        —        —        34,550  

Repayments of loans

     13        (337,977     (218,902     (176,323

Repayments of related parties loans

     13        —        (42     (87

Interest paid of convertible bonds

     13        —        (223     (997

Payment of principal portion of lease liabilities

     9        (2,809     (2,191     (828

Payment of interest on lease liabilities

     9        (1,341     (1,267     (631

Payment of put option liabilities

     6        —        —        (2,875

Interest and bank fees paid

     22        (18,908     (3,199     (3,047

Other payments

        —        —        (297
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

        140,631       111,747       246,925  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        22,386       (38,504     88,997  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

        83,308       113,865       22,338  

Exchange gains/(losses)

        (4,536     7,947       2,530  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

        101,158       83,308       113,865  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

98


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. REPORTING ENTITY

Wallbox N.V. (the “Company” or “Wallbox”) was incorporated as a Dutch private limited liability company under the name Wallbox B.V. on June 7, 2021 and was subsequently converted into a Dutch public limited liability company. Wallbox is registered in the Commercial Registry of the Netherlands Chamber of Commerce under ID number 83012559. Its statutory seat is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and the mailing and business address of its principal executive office is Carrer del Foc 68, 08038 Barcelona, Spain.

These consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”). The Group is primarily involved in the development, manufacturing, and sales of innovative solutions for charging electric vehicles. Further information about the Group’s business activities, reportable segments, and the related party relationships of the Group is included in Note 19 on Revenue, Note 7 on Segment reporting, and Note 25 on Group Information, respectively.

Wallbox is the Parent of the Group. The Group’s principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 are set out in Note 28. Unless otherwise stated, their share capital consists solely of ordinary shares which are held directly by the Group, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals the voting rights held by the Group.

Wallbox is listed on the New York Stock Exchange with the ticker WBX.

2. BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

These consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU-IFRS) and Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

These consolidated financial statements are approved and authorized for issuance on behalf of the Company’s board of directors on March 19, 2024.

Refer to Note 5 for details of the Group’s significant accounting policies.

Disclosures in respect of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are presented as have been previously reported. In addition, certain immaterial amounts have been reclassified in the current year with no impact on the net loss for the year.

Going concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The going concern basis of presentation assumes that Wallbox will continue in operation for a period of at least one year after the date these financial statements are issued and contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business.

Wallbox has incurred net losses and significant cash outflows from cash used in operating activities during past years, as it has been investing significantly in the development of its electric vehicle charging products. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Company incurred a consolidated net loss of Euros (112,071) thousand and net cash flows used in operations amounted to Euros (64,100) thousand. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had an accumulated deficit of Euros (420,195) thousand but a positive total equity balance of Euros 149,811 thousand. As of December 31, 2023, it had cash and cash equivalents of Euros 101,158 thousand.

In assessing the going concern basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements, Wallbox had to estimate the expected cash flows for the next 12 months, including the compliance with covenants, the exercise of warrants and availability of other financial funding from banks.

Based on these estimations, management has assessed that Wallbox will be able to fund the expected cash outflows in the next 12 months. Although the expectation for the coming year is that the Company will continue to have net losses and make additional investments, the cash and funding availability is sufficient for more than the next 12 months from the issuance of these consolidated financial statements.

 

99


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared primarily on a historical cost basis. The only exceptions to the application of the cost basis during their preparation have been the subsequent measurement of:

 

   

financial assets related to investment (see Note 13), which are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI);

 

   

financial investments related to investment funds with financial institutions (see Note 13), which are measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL); and

 

   

the derivative warrant liabilities (see Note 13) and the contingent consideration related to the business acquisitions (see Note 6), which are measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL).

Basis of consolidation

These consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2023. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and can affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically, the Group controls an investee if, and only if, the Group has the following:

 

   

Power over the investee (i.e., existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee).

 

   

Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee.

 

   

The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

 

   

Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights results in control. When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:

 

   

The contractual arrangement(s) with the other vote holders of the investee.

 

   

Rights arising from other contractual arrangements.

 

   

The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.

The Group re-assesses whether it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control. The consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the equity holders of the parent of the Group and the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies in line with the Group’s accounting policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses, and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in consolidation.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognizes the related assets (including goodwill), liabilities, non-controlling interest and other components of equity, while any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of profit or loss. Any investment retained when the group loses control is recognized at fair value.

Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Euros, which is also the Company’s functional currency. All amounts have been rounded to the nearest unit of thousand Euros, unless otherwise indicated.

Limitations on the distribution of dividends

Once the appropriations required by law or the by-laws of the Parent Company have been made, dividends may only be distributed with a charge to freely distributable reserves, provided that equity is not reduced to an amount below share capital. Profit recognized directly in equity cannot be distributed, either directly or indirectly. In the event of prior years’ losses causing the Company’s equity to be lower than share capital, profit will be used to offset these losses.

 

100


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

In accordance with Dutch law, the foreign currency translation reserve as shown on the face of the consolidated statement of financial position is not freely distributable. Furthermore, a free distribution is restricted for the amount of capitalized internal development costs as carried on the consolidated statement of financial position. As at December 31, 2023 the amount of capitalized development costs as carried on the consolidated statement of financial position amounts to Euros 66,408 thousand (2022: Euros 49,537 thousand) as further detailed in Note 10.

3. USE OF JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Critical judgement and estimates:

Below is a summary of the areas which involve a greater degree of judgement or complexity, and which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

 

   

Going concern

The Company’s management assesses the going concern of the company on an ongoing basis by estimating the future cash flows and anticipating cash outflows for the following 12 months. The Company’s management makes judgements about the future expected cash outflows and cash inflows based on the budget approved by the Board of Directors. This includes estimates about the expected growth rate, Wallbox’s market share, the gross margins, compliance with covenants, the exercise of warrants and availability of other financial funding from banks.

 

   

Impairment of non-current assets (including goodwill)

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the cash-generating unit level (“CGU”) on an annual basis, or if an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the recoverable amount of a CGU below its carrying amount. Potential events or circumstances of this nature would include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, or sale or disposal of a significant portion of a reporting unit.

The Company makes judgements about the allocation of goodwill to each cash generated unit, the process of determining the cash generating units and the recoverability of non-current assets with finite lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Recoverability of finite life assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is impaired, then the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount of the impaired asset. The assumptions and estimates about the future values and remaining useful lives of its non-current assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, as well as internal factors such as changes in business strategy and internal forecasts.

In order to determine the recoverable amount, the Company estimates expected future cash flows from the assets and applies an appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value of these cash flows. Future cash flows are dependent on whether the budgets and forecasts for the next five years are achieved, whereas the discount rates depend on the interest rate and risk premium associated with each of the companies.

There was no impairment of goodwill or non-current assets for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. (Refer to Note 11).

 

   

Capitalization of development costs and determination of the useful life of intangible assets

The Company’s management reviews expenditures, including wages and benefits for employees, incurred on development activities and, based on its judgements of the costs incurred, assesses whether the expenditure meets the capitalization criteria set out in IAS 38 and the intangible assets accounting policy disclosed in Note 5. The Company’s management considers whether additional expenditures on projects relate to maintenance or new development projects. Only qualifying expenditures for new development projects will be capitalized.

The useful life of capitalized development costs is determined by management at the time the newly developed charger is brought into use and is regularly reviewed for appropriateness. For unique charger products controlled and developed by the Company, the useful life is based on historical experience with similar products as well as anticipation of future events, such as changes in technology, which may impact their useful economic life. (See Note 5).

 

101


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

   

Measurement of convertible bonds

At December 31, 2020, compound financial instruments issued by Wall Box Chargers, S.L. comprised the convertible bonds issued during 2020 for an amount of Euros 25,880 thousand with a nominal interest rate of 8%. In addition, in the first half of 2021, convertible bonds were issued for an amount of Euros 7,000 thousand with the same conditions as the bond issued in 2020. Also during the first six months of 2021 Wall Box Chargers, S.L. issued a new convertible financial instrument for an amount of Euros 27,550 thousand with a nominal interest rate of 5%.

These convertible bonds were denominated in Euros and could be converted to ordinary shares at the discretion of the holder.

The liability component of the first two convertible bonds was initially recognized at the fair value of a similar liability that did not have an equity conversion option. The determination of this fair value was based on an estimated incremental rate which reflected the risk of the country where the company was located, the currency of payments, the specific risk of the sector and the Company’s particular situation, in order to determine the discount factor estimates needed to be made in respect of the risk-free rate, the country risk premium and the credit spread are considered.

The equity component was initially recognized as the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. The equity component at issue date was estimated to be nil as the fair value of the liability component was calculated to be close to the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole.

Based on the analysis performed, Wall Box Chargers, S.L. concluded that the third convertible bond was a hybrid instrument that contained a non-derivative financial instrument which comprised an obligation for the issuer to settle in cash or by a way of delivering a variable amount of its own equity instruments and embedded derivatives with different probabilities of contingent events occurring.

Therefore, Wall Box Chargers, S.L. chose to measure the hybrid contract at fair value through profit or loss since its inception. The fair value at issue date was equal to the par value. Subsequently, the convertible bond was valued at fair value through profit or loss. The fair value implies judgement in relation to whether the bond will convert or be paid in cash, the conversion price and the number of shares to be issued in exchange for the bonds. It was also estimated that a conversion would take place. The share price was estimated based on the company value included in the Business Combination Agreement with Kensington Capital Acquisition II which was signed on June 6, 2021.

The first two convertible bonds (Euros 25,880 thousand and Euros 7,000 thousand) were recognized at amortized cost after the initial recognition.

The third convertible bond (Euros 27,550 thousand) was recognized at fair value until September 16, 2021, the date of conversion. The conversion of the convertible bonds lead to the issue of 147,443 Class A ordinary shares by Wallbox Chargers, S.L. with a par value of Euros 0.50 each and share premium.

 

   

Business combinations (including put options liabilities)

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Company. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Company assesses whether the set of assets and activities acquired includes, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process and whether the acquired set has the ability to produce outputs.

The Company determines and allocates the purchase price of an acquired business to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the business combination date. The purchase price allocation process requires the Company to use significant estimates and assumptions with respect to the identification of assets previously not recognized, such as customer relationships, brand name and intangible assets, and the determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

 

   

Share-Based Payments

The Company’s management measures equity settled share-based payments at fair value at the grant date and expenses the cost over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. The expense is based upon management’s estimate of the percentage of equity instruments which will eventually vest. At each statement of financial position date, management revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognized in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

 

102


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Prior to the completion of the Business Combination on October 1, 2021, as the ordinary shares of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. were not listed on a public marketplace, the calculation of the fair value of its ordinary shares was subject to a greater degree of estimation in determining the basis for share-based options that it issued. Given the absence of a public market during the first months of the year, management was required to estimate the fair value of the ordinary shares at each grant date.

The Company’s management determined the estimated fair value of its awards based on the estimated market price of the Parent’s stock on the date of grant, in practice the share price of Wallbox NV at grant date, and by applying methodologies generally accepted for this kind of valuation (see Note 21).

The date at which the fair value of the equity instruments granted is measured for the purposes of IFRS 2 for transactions with employees and others providing similar services is the grant date. Grant date is the date at which the entity and the employee agree to a share-based payment arrangement, at which point the entity and the counterparty have a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement. At grant date, the entity confers on the counterparty the right to cash, other assets, or equity instruments of the entity, provided the specified vesting conditions, if any, are met. If that agreement is subject to an approval process (for example, by shareholders), the grant date is the date when that approval is obtained.

The assumptions underlying the valuations represent the Company’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgement. (See Note 21).

 

   

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized or whether there are taxable temporary differences that can support any DTAs. In order to determine the amount of the deferred tax assets to be recognized, the directors consider the amounts and dates on which future taxable profits will be obtained and the reversal period for taxable temporary differences. The Company has not recognized deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022. The key area of judgement is therefore an assessment of whether it is probable that there will be suitable taxable profits against which any deferred tax assets can be utilized. The Company operates in a number of international tax jurisdictions. Further details of the Company’s accounting policy in relation to deferred tax assets are discussed in Note 5.

Research and development tax credits are recognized as an asset once it is considered that there is sufficient assurance that any amount claimable will be received. The key judgement therefore arises in respect of the likelihood of a claim being successful when a claim has been quantified but has not yet been received. In making this judgement, the Company considers the nature of the claim and the track record of success of previous claims.

The Company is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions and there are transactions for which the ultimate tax determination cannot be assessed with certainty in the ordinary course of business. An uncertain tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be made on examination. For tax positions not meeting this “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Penalties and interest incurred related to underpayment of income tax are classified as income tax expense in the period incurred. (See Note 24).

 

   

Critical judgements derived from the Business Combination Agreement and the Transaction

On October 1, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), Wallbox closed a business combination (the “Business Combination”) pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, dated June 9, 2021, (the “Business Combination Agreement”), entered by and between Wallbox, Orion Merger Sub Corp., Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp. II, (hereinafter Kensington), and Wallbox Chargers.

The Group considered the following significant estimations and judgements associated with the Transaction:

Wallbox Chargers acquisition

From an accounting perspective, the contribution in kind of Wallbox Chargers and subsidiaries qualifies as a ‘business combination involving entities or businesses under common control”, which is not in the scope of IFRS 3. IFRS has currently no guidance yet on how to account for these kind of transactions.

After analyzing all the factors involving the Transaction, and considering interpretations applied by other issuers in similar scenarios, management concluded that Wallbox N.V. could not be considered as a separate entity acting as an acquirer in a business combination (as it acts on behalf of the same shareholders of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U.). Additionally, the economic substance of its incorporation and the holding of the shares of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. was intended only for a reorganization of the group with the sole purpose of realizing an IPO and attracting new investors.

 

103


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Consequently, management decided that Wallbox N.V. would recognize in its consolidated financial statements the net assets of Wallbox Chargers and its subsidiaries as per their previous carrying amounts (book value/pooling of interests (carry-over basis) method of accounting) and will apply this accounting treatment to similar transactions in the future.

In addition, Kensington was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes and its net assets were recognized at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

Acquisition of Kensington Acquisition Corp._II

The contribution in kind of Kensington was not within the scope of IFRS 3 as Kensington did not meet the definition of a business in accordance with IFRS 3.

Therefore, Wallbox did not acquire a business through the contribution in kind but accounted for the Kensington shares in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based payments. Kensington was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes and its net assets were recognized at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

As a result of this Transaction Kensington shareholders became shareholders of Wallbox,

Based on IFRS 2, and from an analysis of the transaction, it was considered that the excess of fair value of Wallbox shares issued over the fair value of Kensington’s identifiable net assets acquired represents compensation for the service of stock exchange listing for its shares and was expensed as incurred.

In this regard, Kensington’s net assets at the closing date amounted to USD 115,244 thousand or Euros 99,524 thousand plus the cash proceeds to be received from PIPE Investors amounting USD 111,000 thousand or Euros 95,860 thousand totaling Euros 195,384 thousand.

The fair value of the Wallbox Chargers business agreed between the independent parties involved in the Transaction amounted to USD 1,400,000 thousand (Euros 1,209,040 thousand) in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement. Therefore, based on an 18.1% equity interest in Wallbox issued to Kensington shareholders, the fair value of the Wallbox shares provided to the Kensington shareholders was estimated at Euros 267,556 thousand.

Consequently, the difference between the fair value of the Wallbox shares provided (Euros 267,556 thousand) and Kensington’s net assets (Euros 195,384 thousand), amounted to Euros 72,172 thousand, and was considered as a finance expense in the statement of profit or loss of Wallbox at closing date, representing the value of the stock exchange listing services rendered by Kensington and its shareholders.

Following the guidance of IAS 8, when a transaction is not regulated by a standard, entities shall develop an accounting policy that results in relevant and reliable information. In this regard, the company has used the book value/pooling of interests (carry-over basis) method of accounting on the basis that the investment has simply been moved from one part of the group to another (i.e., a reorganization or capital reorganization). The chosen accounting policy must be applied consistently to all similar common control transactions. If the transaction does not have economic substance, then it must be recognized at book value.

Treatment of transaction costs

In accordance with IAS 32, Wallbox has analyzed the total costs incurred in the Transaction to determine which were incremental and directly attributable to the issue of new shares, and hence are to be deducted from equity directly rather than being expenses through profit or loss.

Some costs have been considered 100% attributable to the issuance of the new shares in exchange for cash, while other costs incurred related to a combination of the issuance of new shares and obtaining the listing. For this latter group of costs, only the part that could be attributed to the issuance of new shares in exchange for cash are deducted from equity, which percentage was determined as the ratio of the number of new shares issued in exchange for cash compared to the total number of outstanding shares after the Transaction.

A total amount of Euros 17,397 thousand of incremental and directly attributable costs for the issuance of new shares has been deducted from share premium directly. Non-incremental and not directly attributable costs for the issuance of shares in the amount of Euros 8,046 thousand are expensed in profit or loss.

 

   

Warrants

Public and Private Warrants originally issued by Kensington to its public shareholders and its sponsors were converted on the closing date of the Business Combination Agreement, into a right to acquire one Class A ordinary share of Wallbox N.V. (a “Wallbox Warrant”) on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the closing date. These warrants were considered part of the net assets of Kensington at the time of the Transaction.

 

104


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

On the closing date of the Business Combination Agreement, Wallbox N.V. issued Warrants to registered holders of Kensington’s Public and Private Warrants in exchange for the originally issued Warrants. The terms of the replacement Warrants issued by Wallbox N.V. were for the same terms as the original Warrants (to the extent applicable), and the exchange was treated as the assumption of the original Warrants.

In addition, in 2023, Wallbox has issued new warrants as part of the new facility agreement with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (“BBVA”) entered into in February 2023.

According to management’s assessment, the Public and Private Warrants and BBVA Warrants fall within the scope of IAS 32 and have been classified as derivative financial liabilities as they fail the fixed for fixed criterion, amongst others because of their exercise price in a foreign currency (USD) and because of certain redemption clauses in place. Additionally, the Private Warrants can be exercised on a cashless basis in return for a variable number of shares as further detailed in Note 13. In accordance with IFRS 9 guidance, derivatives that are classified as financial liabilities shall be measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value to be recognized in profit or loss (refer to Note 13).

Although these estimates made by the Company’s directors were based on the best information available on December 31, 2023, it is possible that events which might take place in the future would result in adjustments being necessary in future years.

 

4.

NEW IFRS AND IFRIC NOT YET EFFECTIVE

Standards and interpretations effective during 2023 and those issued but not yet in force are detailed below:

 

  1.

Standard and interpretation effective as of January 1, 2023

 

   

Insurance Contracts (IFRS 17)

 

   

Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2)

 

   

Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8)

 

   

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12)

 

   

International tax reform – Pillar II Model rules (Amendment to IAS 12). The Group has applied the mandatory exception, but it is out of scope of Pillar Two as the Group revenue is less than Euro 750 million per year.

After an analysis of the standards and interpretations effective during 2023, we have concluded that we don’t expect any significant impacts on the current consolidated financial statements.

b) New standards, amendments and interpretations effective and endorsed as of January 1, 2024

 

   

Classification of liabilities as current or non-current and Non-current liabilities with Covenants (Amendments to IAS 1)

 

   

Lease liability in a Sale and Leaseback (Amendment to IFRS 16)

 

   

Supplier Finance Arrangements—Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7

We do not expect that these standards will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.

 

5.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Group has consistently applied the following significant accounting policies to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

A. Basis of consolidation

i. Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities acquired includes, at a minimum, an input and substantive process and whether the acquired set has the ability to produce outputs.

 

105


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment (see (M)(ii)). Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognized in profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred.

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are generally recognized in profit or loss.

Any contingent consideration is measured at fair value as of the date of acquisition. If an obligation to pay contingent consideration that meets the definition of a financial instrument is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured, and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, other contingent consideration is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date and subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in profit or loss.

When the contingent consideration to be paid to the sellers of the acquired business combination that are currently employed by the group and the payment will be automatically forfeited if employment terminates, the contingent consideration is considered as remuneration for post combination services.

When business combinations involve the granting of put options to non-controlling entities to be settled in cash, the Group recognizes at acquisition date a financial liability for the present value of the exercise price of the option, and it is remeasured at fair value until it is paid.

ii. Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group ‘controls’ an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

iii. Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests (NCI) are measured initially at their proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition.

Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

For business combinations that include a put option liability to acquire the remaining non-controlling interests of that business, the Group will make use of the policy choice to recognize the interest of the acquired business in full without the recognition of any non-controlling interests. The fair value of the put option liability on transaction date is then accounted for as part of the consideration paid for the business and will be remeasured at each reporting date.

v. Interests in equity-accounted investees

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. A joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations for its liabilities.

Interests in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. They are initially recognized at cost, which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income (OCI) of equity-accounted investees, until the date on which significant influence or joint control ceases.

During 2023 the Company has sold its investment in FAWSN (Note 12) so, as of December 31, 2023 the Group has not any interests in equity-accounted investees.

vi. Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

 

106


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

B. Foreign currency

i. Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the respective functional currencies of Group companies at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency differences are generally recognized in profit or loss and presented within finance costs.

ii. Foreign currency operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated into Euros using the exchange rates as of the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into Euros using the exchange rates on the dates of the transactions.

Foreign currency differences are recognized in OCI and accumulated in the translation reserve, except to the extent that the translation difference is allocated to NCI.

When a foreign operation is disposed of in its entirety or partially such that control, significant influence, or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to that foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. If the Group disposes of part of its interest in a subsidiary but retains control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reattributed to NCI. When the Group disposes of only part of an associate or joint venture while retaining significant influence or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified profit or loss.

C. Revenue from contracts with customers

The Company develops, manufactures, and retails charging solutions for EVs, which includes electronic chargers and other services.

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when control of the goods or services is transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

Sale of chargers, Printed Circuit Boards (“PCBs”) and other products

Revenue from the sale of chargers, PCBs and other products are recognized at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer.

In case of the bill-and-hold agreements, the control of the asset is transferred to the client as soon as the chargers are ready to be picked up by the client, even though the chargers remain in the warehouse of Wallbox. Revenue recognized under bill-and-hold agreements is only recorded if the customer has the ability to direct the use of the products. This means that these products are identified separately as belonging to the customer in the Wallbox ’s warehouse, that the products are ready for physical transfer to the customer upon their request, and that the Group has no ability to use the products or to direct the products to another customer.

The Group considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g., warranties, warehousing). In determining the transaction price for the sale of chargers, PCBs and other products, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration (if any). In addition, the major part of these transactions are performed under a sole purchase order and the price is not variable.

Contracts with customers do not include variable payments or significant financing components. There are no obligations for returns, refunds, or similar, other than regular warranty liabilities for products that are working unproperly based on warranty laws and regulations in each country in which Wallbox operates. These warranties are not considered a separate performance obligation under the contract. In addition, there are certain contracts with clients which include rebates for sales volumes which are accounted for as a reduction in revenue.

Sale of services

Revenue related to the rendering of services mainly consists of revenue from installation services and services related to managing solutions of charging point operators using software developed internally.

 

107


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Revenue from contracts with customers for installation services is recognized when control of the services is transferred to the customer (at a point in time given the short period over which the service is rendered). Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those services. For installation contracts, where the time required to complete execution is longer, revenue recognized for each period is calculated taking into account the percentage of completion at the end of each financial period, considering the work in progress and the costs incurred until this date compared to the budgeted costs.

The sale of installation services is always made in combination with the sale of a charger, although they are considered distinct performance obligations. Delivery of the charger and the installation services do not always happen at the same time, leading, in some cases, to chargers being delivered to customers with the installation pending. In this scenario, a contract liability is recognized when invoicing both services prior to rendering the installation services.

A contract liability is recognized if a payment is received or if a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer before the Group transfers the related goods or services. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when the Group performs its obligation under the contract (i.e., transfers control of the related goods or services to the customer).

D. Employee benefits

i. Short – term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and if the obligation can be estimated reliably. For the post-acquisition remuneration see Business combinations (see 5. A.i.).

ii. Share-based payment arrangements

The grant-date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment arrangements granted to employees is generally recognized as an expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the vesting period of the awards. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-market performance conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognized is based on the number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For the post-acquisition remuneration see Business combinations (see 5. A.i.).

iii. Termination benefits

Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits or when the Group recognizes costs for a restructuring process. If benefits are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the reporting date, are discounted.

E. Finance income and finance costs

The Group´s finance income and finance costs include:

 

   

interest income;

 

   

interest expense;

 

   

the foreign currency gain or loss on financial assets and financial liabilities;

 

   

Changes in fair value of contingent liabilities;

 

   

valuation of convertible bonds and derivatives warrant liabilities at FVTPL;

 

   

the net gain or loss on the disposal of investments in debt securities measured at FVTOCI;

 

   

impairment losses (and reversals) on investments in debt securities carried at amortized cost or FVTOCI.

Interest income or expense is recognized using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date on which the Group’s right to receive payment is established.

 

108


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The ‘effective interest rate’ is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to exactly:

 

   

the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or

 

   

the amortized cost of the financial liability.

In calculating interest income and expense, the effective interest rate is applied to the gross carrying amount of the asset (when the asset is not credit-impaired) or to the amortized cost of the liability. However, for financial assets that have become credit-impaired subsequent to initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset. If the asset is no longer credit-impaired, then the calculation of interest income reverts the gross basis.

F. Income tax

Income tax expense consists of current and deferred tax. It is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in OCI.

i. Current tax

Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. The current tax payable or receivable amount is the best estimate of the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects any uncertainty related to income taxes. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. The current tax also includes any tax arising from dividends.

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.

ii. Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized as the result of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for:

 

   

temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss; however if the asset (deductible) and the liability (taxable) arisen in a single transaction are equal, the initial recognition exception shall not apply, and the Company recognize the corresponding deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

   

temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly-controlled entities to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 

   

taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Future taxable profits are determined based on the reversal of relevant taxable temporary differences. If the amount of taxable temporary differences is insufficient to recognize a deferred tax asset in full, then future taxable profits, adjusted for reversals of existing temporary differences, are considered, based on the business plans for individual subsidiaries in the Group. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized; such reductions are reversed when the probability of future taxable profits improves.

Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used.

Deferred tax is measured using the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and reflects any uncertainty related to income taxes, if any.

iii. Tax credit receivables

As per the accounting policy choice, tax credit receivables derived from government incentive schemes delivered through the tax system are accounted for using IAS 12 by analogy, as it has been concluded that it better reflects the economic substance of the incentive (tax allowance for R&D investments) rather than applying IAS 20 Government Grants. Consequently, these incentives are presented in profit or loss as a deduction from the current tax expense to the extent that the entity is entitled to claim the credit in the current reporting period, and as tax credit receivables in the statement of financial position.

 

109


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

G. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for, as follows:

 

   

Raw materials: purchase cost on a first-in/first-out basis;

 

   

Finished goods and work in progress: cost of direct materials and labor and a proportion of manufacturing overheads based on the normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

H. Property, plant and equipment

i. Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, which includes capitalized borrowing costs when their construction or manufacture takes more than a year, less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Assets under construction are also measured at cost plus capitalized borrowing costs when their construction or manufacture takes more than one year and are not depreciated until they are ready for use.

If significant parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, then they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in profit or loss.

ii. Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only if it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to the Group.

iii. Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment, less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Property, plant and equipment will be depreciated from the moment they are ready for use. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

     Useful life (years)  

Buildings

     50 years  

Technical installations

     33 years  

Machinery

     8 years  

Equipment

     4-8 years  

Furniture

     10 years  

IT equipment

     4 years  

Motor vehicles

     10 years  

Leasehold improvements

     ( *) 

Other property, plant and equipment

     10 years  
  

 

 

 

(*) The shorter of the lease term or useful life of the asset.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

I. Intangible assets and goodwill

i. Recognition and measurement

Goodwill: Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

 

110


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Research and development: Expenses related to research activities are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development expenditure is capitalized only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. Otherwise, it is recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

Software: Expenses capitalized as software are those incurred in the ongoing development of a centralized system that will streamline the Group’s business structure by integrating various underlying software platforms and adding new specific functionalities for the Group.

Other intangible assets: Other intangible assets, including customer relationships, patents, and trademarks, that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

ii. Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

iii. Amortization

Amortization is calculated to write off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill is not amortized.

The estimated useful lives for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

     Useful life (years)  

Patents

     ( *) 

Customer relationships

     5 years  

Trademarks

     10 years  

Computer software

     4-6 years  

Development

     5 years  
  

 

 

 

(*) the shorter of legal or useful life of the asset.

Amortization methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

J. Financial instruments

i. Recognition and initial measurement

Trade receivables and debt securities issued are initially recognized when they are originated. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognized when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

A financial asset (unless it is a trade receivable without a significant financing component) or financial liability is initially measured at fair value plus or minus, for an item not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or issue. A trade receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price.

ii. Classification and subsequent measurement

Financial assets

On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at: amortized cost; FVTOCI – debt investment; FVTOCI – equity investment; or FVTPL.

Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing financial assets, in which case all affected financial assets are reclassified on the first day of the first reporting period following the change in the business model.

 

111


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as measured at FVTPL:

 

   

it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and

 

   

its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

A hedge fund investment is measured at FVTOCI if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as measured at FVTPL:

 

   

it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and

 

   

its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis.

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortized cost or FVTOCI as described above are measured at FVTPL. On initial recognition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset that otherwise meets the requirements to be measured at amortized cost or at FVTOCI as measured at FVTPL, if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise.

Financial assets – Business model assessment

The Group assesses the objective of the business model in which a financial asset is held at a portfolio level because this best reflects the way the business is managed and how information is provided to management. The information considered includes:

 

   

the stated policies and objectives for the portfolio and the operation of those policies in practice. These include whether management’s strategy focuses on earning contractual interest income, maintaining a particular interest rate profile, matching the duration of the financial assets to the duration of any related liabilities or expected cash outflows or realizing cash flows through the sale of the assets;

 

   

how the performance of the portfolio is evaluated and reported to the Group’s management;

 

   

the risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held within that business model) and how those risks are managed;

 

   

how managers of the business are compensated – e.g., whether compensation is based on the fair value of the assets managed or the contractual cash flows collected; and

 

   

the frequency, volume and timing of sales of financial assets in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and expectations about future sales activity.

Transfers of financial assets to third parties in transactions that do not qualify for derecognition are not considered sales for this purpose, consistent with the Group’s continuing recognition of the assets.

Financial assets that are held for trading or are managed, and whose performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, are measured at FVTPL.

Financial assets – Assessment whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest

For the purposes of this assessment, ‘principal’ is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial recognition. ‘Interest’ is defined as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and for other basic lending risks and costs (e.g., liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as a profit margin.

In assessing whether the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, the Group considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition. In making this assessment, the Group considers:

 

   

contingent events that would change the amount or timing of cash flows;

 

112


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

   

terms that may adjust the contractual coupon rate, including variable-rate features;

 

   

prepayment and extension features; and

 

   

terms that limit the Group’s claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g., non-recourse features).

A prepayment feature is consistent with the solely payments of principal and interest criterion if the prepayment amount substantially represents unpaid amounts of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, which may include reasonable compensation for early termination of the contract. Additionally, for a financial asset acquired at a discount or premium relative to its contractual par amount, a feature that permits or requires prepayment at an amount that substantially represents the contractual par amount plus accrued (but unpaid) contractual interest (which may also include reasonable compensation for early termination) is treated as consistent with this criterion if the fair value of the prepayment feature is insignificant at initial recognition.

Financial assets at FVTPL: These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss.

Financial assets at amortized cost: These assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The amortized cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognized in profit or loss.

Debt investments at FVTOCI: These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest income calculated using the effective interest method, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI. On derecognition, gains and losses accumulated in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss.

Equity investments at FVTOCI: These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognized as income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of the investment. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI and are never reclassified to profit or loss.

Financial liabilities – Classification, subsequent measurement and gains and losses

Financial liabilities are classified as measured at amortized cost or at FVTPL. A financial liability is classified as measured at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading, it is a derivative, or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and any corresponding net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognized in profit or loss. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Interest expense and foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is also recognized in profit or loss.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other financial payables, other payables, loans and borrowings, convertible bonds, put option liabilities and warrants.

Changes in the carrying amount of the put option liability recognized in a business combination (refer to Note 5.A.i for background on policy election) are recognized in profit or loss. Any potential dividends paid to the other shareholders are recognized as an expense in the consolidated financial statements. If the put option liability is exercised, then the financial liability is extinguished by the payment of the exercise price.

If warrants meet the definition of a derivative, they are accounted for as derivative financial instruments and are recorded as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, as commented in Note 13. Such derivative financial instruments were initially recognized at fair value and subsequently remeasured at fair value through profit or loss.

iii. Derecognition

Financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when:

 

   

the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire; or

 

   

it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which either:

 

   

substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred; or

 

113


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

   

the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Group periodically enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

Financial liabilities

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss. The cash flows associated with financial liabilities are presented gross in the statement of cash flows regardless of their maturity date.

iv. Offsetting

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

K. Share capital

i. Ordinary shares

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity. Income tax relating to transaction costs of an equity transaction is accounted for in accordance with IAS 12.

ii. Repurchase and reissue of ordinary shares (treasury shares)

When shares recognized as equity are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes directly attributable costs, is recognized as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as treasury shares and are presented in the treasury share reserve. When treasury shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is presented within share premium.

L. Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments issued by the Group comprise convertible bonds denominated in Euros that can be converted to ordinary shares at the option of the holder, where the number of shares to be issued is fixed and does not vary with changes in fair value.

For the convertible bonds issued in March 2020 and January 2021, their liability components were initially recognized at the fair value of a similar liability that did not have an equity conversion option. The determination of this fair value was based on an estimated incremental rate which reflected the risk of the country where the company is located, the currency of payments, the specific risk of the sector and the company’s particular situation. In order to determine the discount factor, estimates needed to be made in respect of the risk-free rate, the country risk premium, and the credit spread.

The equity component was initially recognized as the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. The equity component at issue date was estimated to be nil as the fair value of the liability component was calculated to be close to the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of the compound financial instrument was measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The equity component was not remeasured in the following periods. (See Note 13).

Regarding the convertible bond issued in April 2021, the Company concluded that it was a hybrid instrument that contained a non-derivative financial instrument which comprised an obligation for the issuer to settle in cash or by way of delivering a variable amount of its own equity instruments and embedded derivatives with different probabilities of contingent events occurring. The Company elected to measure the hybrid contract at fair value through profit or loss.

The convertible bonds issued in 2020 and 2021 were already converted into equity the prior year and no new bonds were issued during 2022. Hence, no convertible bonds are outstanding as at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

114


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

M. Impairment

i. Non-derivative financial assets

Financial instruments and contract assets

The Group recognizes loss allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs) on:

 

   

financial assets measured at amortized cost;

 

   

debt investments measured at FVTOCI; and

 

   

contract assets.

The Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs, except for the following, which are measured at 12-month ECLs:

 

   

debt securities that are determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date; and

 

   

other debt securities and bank balances for which credit risk (the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial instrument) has not increased significantly since initial recognition.

Loss allowances for trade receivables (including lease receivables) and contract assets are always measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.

When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECLs, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis based on the Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment, as well as forward-looking information.

The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly if it is more than 30 days past due.

The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when the debtor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realizing security (if any is held).

Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.

12-month ECLs are the portion of ECLs that result from default events that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date (or a shorter period if the expected life of the instrument is less than 12 months). The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk.

Measurement of ECLs

ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e., the difference between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive).

ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset.

Credit-impaired financial assets

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortized cost and debt securities at FVTOCI are credit-impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred.

Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes the following observable data:

 

   

significant financial difficulty of the debtor;

 

   

a breach of contract such as a default or being more than 90 days past due;

 

115


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

   

the restructuring of a loan or advance by the Group on terms that the Group would not consider otherwise;

 

   

it is probable that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization; or

 

   

the disappearance of an active market for a security because of financial difficulties.

Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of financial position

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortized cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

Write-offs

The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectation of recovering a financial asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. For individual customers, the Group has a policy of writing off the gross carrying amount when the financial asset is 180 days past due based on historical experience with recoveries of similar assets. For corporate customers, the Group individually makes an assessment with respect to the timing and amount of the write-off based on whether there is a reasonable expectation of recovery. The Group expects no significant recovery from the amount written off. However, financial assets that are written off could still be subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Group’s procedures for recovery of amounts due.

 

116


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

ii. Non-financial assets

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its non-financial assets (other than inventories, contract assets and deferred tax assets) to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment.

For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets, or Cash Generating Units (CGUs). Goodwill arising from a business combination is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. Value in use is based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. They are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. For other assets, an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

N. Provisions

Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as a finance cost.

Warranties: A provision for warranties is recognized when the underlying products or services are sold and is based on historical warranty data and a weighting of possible outcomes against their associated probabilities.

Indemnities: A provision for indemnities to the employees is recognized when the Company has communicated to the employee their intention to finalize the work relation, but the out of the employee is not executed at year end.

O. Grants

Government grants are recognized where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and that all attached conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income on a systematic basis over the periods that the related costs it is intended to compensate are expensed. When the grant relates to an asset, it is recognized as income in equal amounts over the expected useful life of the related asset.

When the Group receives grants of non-monetary assets, the asset and the grant are recorded at nominal amounts and released to profit or loss over the expected useful life of the asset, based on the pattern of consumption of the benefits of the underlying asset by equal annual instalments.

P. Leases (the Group as a lessee)

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

At commencement, or on modification of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of its relative stand-alone price. However, for the leases of property, the Group has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components and to account for them as a single lease component.

The Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.

 

117


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that case, the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same basis as that of property, plant and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

The Group determines its incremental borrowing rate by obtaining interest rates from various external financing sources and makes certain adjustments to reflect the terms of the lease and type of the asset leased.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:

 

   

fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;

 

   

variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;

 

   

amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and

 

   

the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

The lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option, or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets (less than Euros 5,000) and short-term leases, including IT equipment. The Group recognizes the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Q. Fair value measurement

‘Fair value’ is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date in the principal market or, in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Group has access at that date. The fair value of a liability reflects its non-performance risk.

Several of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities.

The Group measures the fair value of an instrument using the quoted price in an active market for that instrument, if that price is available. A market is regarded as ‘active’ if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

If there is no quoted price in an active market, then the Group uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of relevant observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The chosen valuation technique incorporates all of the factors that market participants would take into account when pricing a transaction.

 

118


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

If an asset or a liability measured at fair value has a bid price and an ask price, then the Group measures assets and long positions at a bid price and liabilities and short positions at an ask price.

The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price – i.e., the fair value of the consideration given or received. If the Group determines that the fair value on initial recognition differs from the transaction price and the fair value is evidenced neither by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset or liability nor based on a valuation technique for which any unobservable inputs are judged to be insignificant in relation to the measurement, then the financial instrument is initially measured at fair value, adjusted to defer the difference between the fair value on initial recognition and the transaction price. Subsequently, that difference is recognized in profit or loss on an appropriate basis over the life of the instrument but no later than when the valuation is wholly supported by observable market data or the transaction is closed out.

The Group uses observable market data to the extent possible. Fair values are categorized into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows.

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

The Group recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred.

Further information about the assumptions made in measuring fair values is included in the following notes:

Note 21 – Employee benefits (share-based payment arrangements);

Note 13 – Financial assets and financial liabilities; and

Note 6 – Business combinations.

R. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits with an original maturity of three months or less, both for the statement of financial position and for the statement of cash flows.

We maintain cash and cash equivalents with major Financial institutions. Our cash and cash equivalents of bank deposits held with banks that, at the time, exceed federally or locally insured limits.

S. Assets held for sale

An entity shall be classified as a non-current asset (or disposal group) as held for sale if its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use.

For this to be the case, the asset (or disposal group) must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets (or disposal groups) and its sale must be highly probable.

For the sale to be highly probable, the appropriate level of management must be committed to a plan to sell the asset (or disposal group), and an active process to locate a buyer and complete the plan must have been initiated. Further, the asset (or disposal group) must be actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value. In addition, the sale should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification and actions required to complete the plan should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. The probability of shareholders’ approval (if required in the jurisdiction) should be considered as part of the assessment of whether the sale is highly probable.

 

119


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

An entity that is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary shall classify all the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary as held for sale, regardless of whether the entity will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale. An entity shall measure a non-current asset (or disposal group) classified as held for sale at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

6. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND CAPITAL REORGANIZATION

A- ABL Gmbh

On November 2, 2023, the Group acquired the operations, personnel and assets (which constitute a business) of ABL (Albert Buettner GmbH), incorporated in Germany, a pioneer in EV charging solutions in Germany, the largest EV market in Europe with more than two million EVs on the road. The total consideration for this transaction was Euros 24,972 thousand, and consisted of Euros 10,102 thousand of a cash payment in 2023, a fair value of the deferred payments for an amount of Euros 4,465 thousand, of which Euros 3,898 thousand remains outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and a put option liability of Euros 10,405 thousand. Under this transaction, on December 15, 2023, Wall Box Chargers entered into an investment and shareholders’ agreement with Greenmobility invest 2 GmbH (a German limited liability company (“GI2”), the majority indirect shareholders of ABL), pursuant to which GI2 acquired a 25.1% interest in the share capital of ABL. The Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement provides for a put and call option for GI2 and WBX SLU, respectively, that would provide the right to sell its shares to WBX SLU for cash and/or shares in the Company under the terms detailed in the Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement. The fair value of the put option liability has been estimated at Euros 10,405 thousand. These put and call rights may be exercised after ABL’s financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2024 are authorized for issuance.

Based on forecasted sales, Wallbox assumes that both parties will exercise their call and put rights under the agreement. Therefore, Wallbox has elected to apply a policy choice that allows it to recognize the acquisition of 100% of the interests in the subsidiary against the consideration paid, reflected by the financial liability derived from the put option. As a result, the Group does not recognize non-controlling interests.

The transaction accelerates Wallbox’s commercial business plan by enhancing the product and certification portfolio, including the German EV charging calibration-law (Eichrecht). Leveraging ABLs relationships, reputation, and experienced team, Wallbox can deliver a comprehensive suite of residential, commercial, and public charging hardware and energy management software in this attractive market. As well, Wallbox will benefit from reduced operational risk through reduced Capex and R&D spend, in addition to leveraging ABL’s in-house component manufacturing. These combined efforts will enable Wallbox to bring new products to market more quickly and efficiently, including Supernova and Hypernova DC fast chargers.

Details of the purchase consideration are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

      

Purchase consideration:

  

Amount paid (in cash)

     10,102  

Deferred consideration (in cash)

     4,465  

Put option liability

     10,405  
  

 

 

 

Total

     24,972  
  

 

 

 

 

120


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Assets and liabilities recognized at fair value as a result of the acquisition were as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

      

Property, plant and equipment

     18,322  

Intangible assets

     16,244  

Right of use

     13,014  

Inventories

     8,403  

Trade and other financial receivables

     679  

Other assets

     765  

Cash and cash equivalents

     690  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     58,117  
  

 

 

 

Lease liabilities

     (13,014

Deferred tax liabilities

     (8,378

Trade and other financial payables

     (562

Other liabilities

     (25

Total Liabilities

     (21,979
  

 

 

 

Identifiable net assets acquired

     36,138  
  

 

 

 

Purchase consideration

     24,972  
  

 

 

 

Negative Goodwill arising on acquisition (Note 20)

     (11,166
  

 

 

 

As a consequence of the purchase consideration being lower than the fair value of the net assets acquired in this transaction, the Group has recognized a gain for an amount of Euros 11,166 thousand (Note 20).

The contribution in 2023 of the acquired business to the consolidated revenue was Euros 5,995 thousand, and the contribution to the consolidated net result for the year 2023 was a loss of Euros 2,888 thousand. If the business combination had taken place on January 1, 2023, the contribution to consolidated revenue and to the consolidated net result (losses) of the year 2023 would have amounted to Euros 9,605 thousand and Euros (2,370) thousand, respectively.

The costs related to the Business Combination during 2023 amounted to Euros 290 thousand.

B – AR Electronic Solutions, S.L.

On July 29, 2022, Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. acquired 100% of shares of AR Electronics Solutions, S.L.U., incorporated in Spain, a provider of innovative printed circuit boards (PCBs). The total consideration for this transaction was Euros 10,035 thousand and consisted of a cash payment of Euros 4,200 thousand at the date of acquisition and the issuance of 700,777 Class A shares of Wallbox N.V., whose fair value is Euros 8.99 per share. In addition, there are three earn-out payments (contingent consideration) which total a maximum of Euros 1,000 thousand each, to be paid in 2023, 2024 and 2025 if certain conditions established in the acquisition contract are met. The earn-outs will be paid 50% in cash and the remaining 50% by Class A shares of Wallbox NV based on the actual share price at settlement date. Considering that contingent consideration will be paid to the sellers of AR Electronic Solutions S.L.U. that are currently employed by the group and the payment will be automatically forfeited if employment terminates, the contingent consideration was considered as remuneration for post combination services and was accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 and IAS 19. The total amount of expenses recognized in the 2023 profit and loss in relation to this contingent consideration was Euro 1,293 thousand (2022: Euro 539 thousand). Additionally, the group granted 111,236 RSUs to the sellers as post-acquisition remuneration (See Note 21). Initially, the Company considered that the underlying required conditions will be completely achieved, as these conditions are aligned with the Group objectives.

The acquisition of AR Electronics Solutions, S.L.U. was expected to bring unique capabilities that further differentiate the Group’s technology while also improving the vertical integration of the Group. In a time where continued supply chain uncertainty persists, bringing this critical component in-house is a key differentiator for the transaction.

The goodwill recognized upon this acquisition was mainly made up of expected synergies from the combining operations, resulting in an overall improvement of the Group’s gross margin on the sales of chargers.

 

121


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Details of the purchase consideration are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

      

Purchase consideration:

  

Amount paid (in cash)

     4,200  

Deferred consideration (in shares)

     6,300  

Settlement of pre-existing trade receivables with the Group

     (1,463

Settlement of pre-existing trade payables with the Group

     998  
  

 

 

 

Total

     10,035  
  

 

 

 

Assets and liabilities recognized at fair value as a result of the acquisition were as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

      

Property, plant and equipment

     1,567  

Intangible assets

     1,919  

Right of use

     1,224  

Non-current financial assets

     59  

Inventories

     6,891  

Trade and other financial receivables

     2,670  

Cash and cash equivalents

     5,078  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     19,408  
  

 

 

 

Non-current loans and borrowings

     (4,383

Lease liabilities

     (988

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1,086

Trade and other financial payables

     (5,697

Current loans and borrowings

     (2,790

Total Liabilities

     (14,944
  

 

 

 

Identifiable net assets acquired

     4,464  
  

 

 

 

Purchase consideration

     10,035  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill arising on acquisition

     5,571  
  

 

 

 

The contribution in 2022 of the acquired business to the consolidated revenue was Euros 5,273 thousand, and the contribution to the consolidated net result for the year 2022 was a profit of Euros 850 thousand. If the business combination had taken place on January 1, 2022, the contribution to consolidated revenue and to the consolidated net result of the year 2022 would have amounted to Euros 9,561 thousand and Euros 3,350 thousand, respectively.

The costs related to the Business Combination during 2022 amounted to Euros 69 thousand and were recognized as operating expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss.

C – Coil, Inc.

On August 4, 2022, Wallbox USA, Inc. acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Coil, Inc., incorporated in the United States of America, which is a provider of electrical installation services for EV charging, battery storage and electrical infrastructure in North America. The total consideration for this transaction was Euro 3,572 thousand and consisted of a cash payment of Euro 1,155 thousand at the date of acquisition and the issuance of 272,826 Class A shares of Wallbox N.V. in January 2023, whose fair value was Euros 8.09 per share. In addition, there is an earn-out payment (contingent consideration) of up to 304,350 Class A Shares if certain conditions established in the acquisition contract are met. This earn-out will be paid with Class A shares of Wallbox NV based on the share price at acquisition date. Considering that contingent consideration will be paid to current employees of the group and the payment will be automatically forfeited if employment terminates, the contingent consideration was considered as remuneration for post combination services and was accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2. Initially, the Company considered that the underlying required conditions will be completely achieved, as these conditions are aligned with the Group objectives. Additionally, the group granted 384,783 RSUs to the sellers as post-acquisition remuneration (See Note 21). The total amount of expenses recognized in the 2022 profit and loss is Euro 1,769 thousand. A convertible loan of USD 1,000 thousand was settled with the related noteholder and recognized at fair value in the Net assets at acquisition date for USD 2,000 thousand.

After one year of the transaction date, Coil has not achieved the required conditions for paying the contingent consideration, so the Group has reversed the earn out resulting in an income for an amount of Euros 744 thousand in the profit and loss of the year 2023.

The acquisition of Coil, Inc. will allow the Group to further enhance its service offerings to customers in residential and commercial settings, while also expanding into the rapidly growing DC Fast Charging installation market. The goodwill recognized upon this acquisition is mainly made up of expected synergies from the combining operations, resulting in an increase of the Group’s sale of (public) chargers in the US market.

 

122


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Details of the purchase consideration are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

      

Purchase consideration:

  

Amount paid (in cash)

     1,155  

To be paid in shares (Note 16)

     2,417  
  

 

 

 

Total

     3,572  
  

 

 

 

Assets and liabilities recognized at fair value as a result of the acquisition were as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

      

Intangible assets

     2,057  

Inventories

     142  

Trade and other financial receivables

     817  

Cash and cash equivalents

     97  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     3,113  
  

 

 

 

Non-current Loans and borrowings

     (2,195

Current Loans and borrowings

     (71

Deferred tax liabilities

     (438

Trade and other financial payables

     (452

Total Liabilities

     (3,156
  

 

 

 

Identifiable net assets acquired

     (43
  

 

 

 

Purchase consideration

     3,572  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill arising on acquisition

     3,615  
  

 

 

 

The contribution in 2022 of the acquired business to the consolidated revenue was Euros 3,590 thousand, and contribution to the consolidated net result for the year was a loss of Euros 1,340 thousand. If the business combination had taken place at the January 1, 2022, the contribution to consolidated revenue and to the consolidated net loss of the year 2022 would have amounted to Euros 5,888 thousand and Euros 1,832 thousand, respectively.

The costs related to the Business Combination during 2022 amounted to Euros 84 thousand and were recognized as operating expenses in the Consolidated Statement of profit or loss.

D -Transaction with Wallbox Chargers and Kensington

The Business Combination Agreement was executed with the sole aim of performing an Initial Public Offering (IPO) to list on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and integrating new investors and does not qualify as business combination under IFRS 3, as explained below. The execution of the following steps, as agreed between the parties, was involved in the Transaction:

 

  a)

Incorporating up Wallbox B.V. in the Netherlands on June 7, 2021;

 

  b)

Converting Wallbox Chargers convertible bonds into shares of Wallbox Chargers on September 16, 2021;

 

  c)

Converting Wallbox B.V. into Wallbox N.V.;

 

  d)

Reverse subsidiary merger between Orion Merger Sub Corp. with Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp. II (Kensington);

 

  e)

Share-for-share exchange of Wallbox Chargers shares into Wallbox N.V.;

 

  f)

Share-for-share exchange of Kensington shares into Wallbox N.V.;

 

  g)

PIPE investment;

 

  h)

Listing;

 

123


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Steps c to g took place at the same time at the Closing date of October 1, 2021. Listing on the NYSE started on October 4, 2021. Regarding steps e to g, on the Closing Date of October 1, 2021:

 

  i.

Each outstanding Class A ordinary share of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. (including each such share resulting from the conversion of convertible bonds of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. prior to the Closing Date by the noteholders thereof), and each outstanding Class B ordinary share was exchanged by means of a contribution in kind in exchange for the issuance of a number of Class A Shares or Wallbox Class B Shares by Wallbox N.V., as applicable, determined in each case by reference to an “Exchange Ratio,” calculated in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement (240.990795184659). All Wallbox shareholders, other than Enric Asunción Escorsa and Eduard Castañeda, received Wallbox Class A Shares in the exchange. Both Enric Asunción Escorsa and Eduard Castañeda received Class B Shares in the share capital of Wallbox;

 

  ii.

each share of Kensington Class A Common Stock and Kensington Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger with Orion Merger Sub Corp. (the “Merger Effective Time”) was converted into and become one share of new Kensington common stock, and each such share of new Kensington common stock was immediately thereafter exchanged by means of a contribution in kind in exchange for the issuance of Class A Shares of Wallbox N.V., whereby Wallbox N.V. issued one Class A Share for each share of new Kensington common stock exchanged;

 

  iii.

In connection with the foregoing and concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement on September 29, 2021, Kensington and Wallbox N.V. entered into Subscription Agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe to, and Wallbox N.V. agreed to issue to such PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 11,100,000 Wallbox Class A Shares at USD 10.00 per share for gross proceeds of thousand USD 111,000 (the “PIPE Financing”) on the Closing Date.

Wallbox N.V. was incorporated on June 7, 2021 with ten shares, Euros 0.12 par value, with the sole aim of reorganizing the previous group headed by Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. and executing the Business Combination Agreement to implement the IPO of shares (new and old shares) to be listed on the NYSE. Consequently, all the steps were designed as a single transaction with a single aim (listing Wallbox Chargers’ business on the NYSE and integrating new investors), and this purpose has been considered as the basis of the accounting treatment applied in order to present an accurate account of the transaction in Wallbox’s consolidated financial statements. In this regard, Wallbox N.V. became the parent of the group as per the contribution in kind of the shares of Wallbox Chargers and Kensington shares on October 1, 2021.

Wallbox Chargers acquisition

As per the Business Combination Agreement, Wallbox N.V. became the new parent of the Group as per a contribution in kind of the shares of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. on October 1, 2021.

From an accounting perspective, the contribution in kind of Wallbox Chargers and subsidiaries qualified as a ‘business combination involving entities or businesses under common control’ which are not in the scope of IFRS 3. IFRS currently has no guidance on how to account for transactions of this nature.

After analyzing all the factors involving the Transaction, management concluded that Wallbox N.V. could not be considered as a separate entity acting in its own right as an acquirer in a business combination (as it acts on the behalf of the same shareholders of Wallbox Chargers) and the economic substance of its incorporation and the holding of the shares of Wallbox Chargers was considered to be intended only for a reorganization of the group for the sole purpose of the IPO and the integration of new investors.

Consequently, management decided that Wallbox N.V. would recognize in its consolidated financial statements the net assets of Wallbox Chargers and its subsidiaries as per their previous carrying amounts (book value/pooling of interests (carry-over basis) method of accounting) and will apply this accounting treatment to similar transactions in the future.

Acquisition of Kensington Acquisition Corp. II

The contribution in kind of Kensington was not within the scope of IFRS 3 as Kensington did not meet the definition of a business in accordance with IFRS 3.

Therefore, Wallbox did not acquire a business through the contribution in kind and accounted for the Kensington shares within the scope of IFRS 2 Share-based payments. Kensington was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes and its net assets were recognized at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

As a result of the Transaction, Kensington shareholders became shareholders of Wallbox.

In accordance with IFRS 2, the excess of fair value of Wallbox shares issued over the fair value of Kensington’s identifiable net assets acquired represented compensation for the service of a stock exchange listing for its shares and was expensed as incurred.

 

124


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

In this regard, the fair value of Kensington’s net assets at the closing date amounted to USD 115,244 thousand or Euros 99,524 thousand (comprised of cash and cash equivalents of Euros 114,015 thousand and derivative warrant liabilities of Euros 14,491 thousand) plus the cash proceeds received from PIPE Investors amounting to USD 111,000 thousand or Euros 95,860 thousand, totaling Euros 195,384 thousand.

The fair value of the Wallbox Chargers business agreed between the independent parties involved in the Transaction amounted to USD 1,400,000 thousand (Euros 1,209,040 thousand) in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement. Therefore, based on an 18.1% equity interest in Wallbox issued to Kensington shareholders, the fair value of the Wallbox shares exchanged in the transaction was estimated at Euros 267,556 thousand.

Consequently, the difference between the fair value of the Wallbox shares provided (Euros 267,556 thousand) and Kensington’s net assets (Euros 195,384 thousand), amounting to Euros 72,172 thousand, was recorded as a finance expense in the statement of profit or loss of Wallbox at the closing date, representing the value of the stock exchange listing services rendered by Kensington and its shareholders.

Comparative information

There is no approved guidance in IFRS regarding the presentation of comparatives when applying the pooling of interests method for business combinations between entities under common control.

Considering this lack of guidance and IAS 8, Management determined that Wallbox would restate its comparatives and adjust its current reporting period before the date of the transaction as if the combination has occurred at the start of the earliest period presented.

Wallbox has decided to present comparatives, as the consolidated financial statements of Wallbox are considered to be a continuation of those of Wallbox Chargers.

Consequently, Wallbox N.V. is considered the parent of the Group at January 1, 2019 and has included comparatives for the year ended December 31, 2020. From this date, Wallbox’s consolidated financial statements will be the continuation of those issued by Wallbox Chargers, recognizing the incorporation of Kensington as of October 1, 2021.

From January 1, 2020 and until October 1, 2021, the structure of Wallbox’s equity and net assets remained the same as that of Wallbox Chargers. On October 1, 2021, as a result of the share capital increases in Wallbox N.V. due to the legal contribution in kind of Wallbox Chargers and Kensington, certain adjustments were made to estimate the net equity and to present the share capital of Wallbox, considering that the Group’s losses for the period until September 30, 2021 include those for Wallbox N.V. as of its date of incorporation (June 7, 2021) and those for the WallBox Chargers Group from January 1, 2021 to September 30, 2021:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   October 1, 2021  

Share capital

     44,430  

Share premium

     321,789  

Loss for the period

     (154,680

Other equity components

     4,371  

Foreign currency translation reserve

     118  
  

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to owners of the company

     216,028  
  

 

 

 

Treatment of transaction costs

In accordance with IAS 32, Wallbox analyzed the total costs incurred in the Transaction to determine which were incremental and directly attributable to the issuance of new shares, which would qualify to be deducted from equity directly rather than expensed through profit or loss.

Some costs were 100% attributable to the issuance of the new shares in exchange for cash, while other costs incurred were related to a combination of the issuance of new shares and obtaining the listing. For this latter group of costs, only the part that could be attributed to the issuance of new shares in exchange for cash was deducted from equity. The percentage for this allocation was determined as the ratio of the number of new shares issued in exchange for cash compared to the total number of outstanding shares after the Transaction.

A total amount of Euros 17,397 thousand (Note 16) of incremental and directly attributable costs for the issuance of new shares was deducted from share premium directly. Costs which are not incremental and directly attributable to the issuance of shares totaled Euros 8,046 thousand (Note 20) and were expensed in profit or loss.

 

125


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Impact of the Transaction on earnings-per-share (the EPS)

The contribution in kind of the shares of Wallbox Chargers did not impact the number of ordinary shares and had no change in resources. Since Wallbox N.V. would be considered the parent of the Group at January 1, 2019 for comparison purposes, it was considered reasonable to apply the same Exchange Ratio of 240.990795184659 used at October 1, 2021.

The contribution in kind of Kensington shares modified the number of ordinary shares with a corresponding change in resources (the net assets of Kensington were new in the Group and were considered a change in resources). Therefore, such new shares would impact the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding from October 1, 2021.

Consequently, the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for basic and diluted EPS for the prior periods was as of December 31, 2020 as follows:

 

     December 31, 2020  
Shares    Outstanding shares  

Class A

     280,737  

Class B

     111,381  
  

 

 

 

Total

     392,118  
  

 

 

 

Shares for Basic EPS Wallbox Chargers

     392,118  

Exchange ratio

     240.99  
  

 

 

 

Adjusted number of shares

     94,496,837  
  

 

 

 

7. OPERATING SEGMENTS

Basis for segmentation

The Group’s business segment information included in this note is presented in accordance with the disclosure requirements set forth in IFRS 8. Segment reporting is a basic tool used for monitoring and managing the Group’s different activities. Segment reporting is prepared based on the lowest level units, which are then aggregated in line with the structure established by Group management to set up higher level units and, finally, the actual business segments.

The Group has consistently aligned the information from this item with the information used internally for top management reports (Group top management consists of all Chief Officers acting as decision makers). The Group’s operating segments reflect its organizational and management structures. Group management reviews the Group’s internal reports and uses these segments to assess performance and allocate resources.

The segments are differentiated by geographical areas from which revenue is or will be generated. The financial information for each segment is prepared by aggregating figures from the different geographical areas and business units existing in the Group. This information links both the accounting data from the units included in each segment and that provided by the management reporting systems. In all cases, the same general principles are applied as those used in the Group.

For management purposes, the Group is organized into business units based on geographical areas and therefore has three reportable business segments. The business segments are as follows:

 

   

EMEA: Europe-Middle East Asia

 

   

NORAM: North America

 

   

APAC: Asia-Pacific

Transfer prices between operating segments are on an arm’s-length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.

Revenue from sales of goods reported in the EMEA segment also include sales from Wallbox Chargers, S.L. to Latin America region.

Information on reportable segments

Information related to each reportable segment is set out below. Segment operating profit (loss) is used to measure performance, as management believes that this information is the most relevant when evaluating the results of the respective segments relative to other entities operating in the same industries.

 

126


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

     Year ended December 31, 2023  

(In Thousand Euros)

   EMEA     NORAM     APAC     Total
segments
    Consolidated
adjustments
and
eliminations
    Consolidated  

Revenue from sales of goods

     115,071       17,042       1,020       133,133       (3,717     129,416  

Revenue from sales of services

     6,787       8,728       693       16,208       (1,855     14,353  

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

     (81,453     (17,197     (615     (99,265     3,762       (95,503

Employee benefits

     (61,103     (19,393     (740     (81,236     —        (81,236

Other operating expenses

     (50,717     (10,318     (543     (61,578     1,790       (59,788

Amortization and depreciation

     (25,478     (2,755     (210     (28,443     —        (28,443

Other income

     14,176       119       (1     14,294       (34     14,260  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Loss

     (82,717     (23,774     (396     (106,887     (54     (106,941

Total Assets

     599,950       157,919       375       758,244       (274,703     483,541  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     301,341       38,024       183       339,548       (5,818     333,730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31, 2022  

(In Thousand Euros)

   EMEA     NORAM     APAC     Total
segments
    Consolidated
adjustments
and
eliminations
    Consolidated  

Revenue from sales of goods

     134,156       19,936       17       154,109       (17,737     136,372  

Revenue from sales of services

     5,989       3,616       397       10,002       (2,189     7,813  

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

     (88,104     (15,787     (16     (103,907     18,302       (85,605

Employee benefits

     (74,895     (13,533     (386     (88,814     —        (88,814

Other operating expenses

     (72,844     (21,026     (113     (93,983     2,428       (91,555

Amortization and depreciation

     (17,058     (1,830     (2     (18,890     —        (18,890

Other income

     1,508       335       1       1,844       —        1,844  

Operating Loss

     (111,248     (28,289     (102     (139,639     804       (138,835

Total Assets

     515,796       155,529       60       671,385       (249,401     421,984  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     336,356       32,001       47       368,404       (115,570     252,834  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31, 2021  

(In thousand Euros)

   EMEA     NORAM     APAC     Total
segments
    Consolidated
adjustments
and
eliminations
    Consolidated  

Revenue from sales of goods

     71,378       4,687       —        76,065       (6,960     69,105  

Revenue from sales of services

     2,902       —        298       3,200       (726     2,474  

Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

     (47,056     (3,345     (19     (50,420     6,167       (44,253

Employee benefits

     (27,130     (2,309     (227     (29,666     —        (29,666

Other operating expenses

     (42,273     (1,778     (63     (44,114     709       (43,405

Amortization and depreciation

     (8,214     (268     (1     (8,483     —        (8,483

Other income/(expense)

     962       (306     —        656       —        656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Loss

     (49,431     (3,319     (12     (52,762     (810     (53,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

     343,320       128,312       84       471,716       (129,103     342,613  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     210,418       15,622       16       226,056       (14,515     211,541  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Eliminations and unallocated items

There have been no significant transactions between segments for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, except for inter-segment revenues which are eliminated in the column ‘Consolidated adjustments and eliminations’. The elimination of revenue and changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used mainly relates to eliminating the intercompany sales of EMEA to NORAM and APAC. The impact of this elimination on consolidated operating loss relates to the elimination of profit on stock of inventories held by the NORAM segment.

 

127


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Certain financial assets and liabilities are not allocated to these segments, as they are managed on a Group basis. These are reflected in the ‘Consolidated adjustments and eliminations’ column. All finance income and expenses are considered to be part of the Corporate segment and hence not further allocated to the operating segments EMEA, NORAM and APAC.

External revenue by location

The countries where the Group has sold more then 10% of the annual revenue are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
(In thousand Euros)    2023     2022     2021  
     Revenue      %     Revenue      %     Revenue      %  

Country

       

Spain

     29,590        21     20,076        14     6,910        10

United States

     22,268        15     19,412        13     4,713        7

Italy

     14,686        10     14,927        10     7,338        10

Germany

     9,111        6     7,944        6     12,034        17

Other countries

     68,114        47     81,826        57     40,584        57
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     143,769        100     144,185        100     71,579        100

8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Buildings and
Leasehold
improvements
    Fixtures
and
fittings
    Plant and
equipment
    Assets under
construction
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2022

     12,623       2,646       9,167       838       25,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     7,105       1,542       27,443       172       36,262  

Disposals

     —        —        —        —        —   

Business Combination

     —        126       1,441       —        1,567  

Transfers

     640       18       180       (838     —   

Depreciation for the year

     (1,693     (525     (2,781     —        (4,999

Translation differences

     —        2       (228     —        (226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

     18,675       3,809       35,222       172       57,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     807       220       6,887       1,192       9,106  

Disposals

     —        —        —        —        —   

Business Combination

     1,234       —        17,088       —        18,322  

Transfers

     363       (26     929       (1,266     —   

Depreciation for the year

     (1,984     (705     (5,765       (8,454

Translation differences

     (31     (24     (614     —        (669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     19,064       3,274       53,747       98       76,183  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost

          

At December 31, 2021

     13,084       3,061       9,871       838       26,854  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2022

     20,829       4,749       38,707       172       64,457  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2023

     23,202       4,919       62,997       98       91,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

          

At December 31, 2021

     (460     (416     (704     —        (1,580
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2022

     (2,153     (941     (3,485     —        (6,579
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2023

     (4,137     (1,646     (9,250     —        (15,033
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment for 2023 totaling Euros 9,106 thousand mainly due to the acquisition of machinery and tools for manufacturing plants. Additions of property, plant and equipment for 2022 totaling Euros 36,262 thousand mainly due to leasehold improvements at the headquarters located in Barcelona and the investment in the new factory in Arlington, Texas, USA.

At December 31, 2023, additions to property, plant and equipment for which payment was still pending totaled Euros 5,849 thousand (Euros 8,979 thousand at December 31, 2022).

The Group has items in use that were fully depreciated as of December 31, 2023 for an amount of Euros 85 thousand (Euros 0 thousand as of December 31, 2022).

 

128


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Other information

The Group has obtained insurance policies that cover the carrying amount of its property, plant and equipment.

The commitments amount to Euros 775 thousand (Euros 3,318 thousand at December 31, 2022). These commitments mainly correspond to the acquisition of tools and machinery.

There are no other significant contractual obligations to purchase, construct or develop property, plant and equipment assets.

The Group had no restrictions on the sale of its property, plant and equipment and no pledge exists on these assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022, except for the leasehold improvement which cannot be realized and which totals Euros 23,202 thousand at December 31, 2023 (Euros 20,829 thousand at December 31, 2022).

9. ASSETS FOR RIGHTS OF USE AND LEASE LIABILITIES

Group as a lessee

The Group has lease contracts for various items of plant, machinery, vehicles and other equipment used in its operations. Leases of plant and machinery generally have lease terms between 3 and 20 years, while motor vehicles and other equipment generally have lease terms between 3 and 5 years. The Group’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Generally, the Group is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets.

a) Set out below are the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets recognized and the movements during the periods:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Buildings      Vehicles      Other assets      Total  

Balance at January 1, 2022

     16,819        966        719        18,504  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additions

     7,877        758        64        8,699  

Business combinations (Note 6)

     402        —         822        1,224  

Depreciation for the year

     (2,560      (527      (310      (3,397

Others

     (553      —         —         (553

Translation differences

     413        (2      —         411  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

     22,398        1,195        1,295        24,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additions

     272        522        592        1,386  

Business combinations (Note 6)

     9,387        547        3,080        13,014  

Depreciation for the year

     (2,561      (657      (590      (3,808

Others

     245        —         —         245  

Translation differences

     (246      (56      —         (302
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     29,495        1,551        4,377        35,423  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Main variation in 2023 is explained by the additions of ABL’s Group leases. These mainly refer to a couple of production and storage facilities and some production machinery. Additions in 2022 primarily related to the facility in Arlington, Texas (USA) with a lease term of 10 years.

b) Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the periods:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Buildings      Vehicles      Other assets      Total  

Balance at January 1, 2022

     18,115        968        626        19,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additions to liabilities

     7,783        663        71        8,517  

Business combinations (Note 6)

     402        —         586        988  

Interest on lease liabilities

     1,210        40        17        1,267  

Lease payments

     (2,322      (492      (315      (3,129

Others

     (340      —         —         (340

Translation differences

     289        —         —         289  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

     25,137        1,179        985        27,301  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additions to liabilities

     272        522        592        1,386  

Business combinations (Note 6)

     9,387        547        3,080        13,014  

Interest on lease liabilities

     1,230        41        70        1,341  

Lease payments

     (2,742      (681      (727      (4,150

Others

     245        —         —         245  

Translation differences

     (66      (94      —         (160
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     33,463        1,514        4,000        38,977  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

129


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

An analysis of the contractual maturity of lease liabilities, including future interest payable, is as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

6 months or less

     3,491        1,892        1,189  

6 months to 1 year

     3,339        1,952        1,223  

From 1 to 2 years

     5,760        3,879        2,371  

From 2 to 5 years

     13,925        9,844        6,713  

More than 5 years

     25,020        17,820        15,320  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     51,535        35,387        26,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in profit or loss derived from lease liabilities and expenses on short-term and low value leases (IFRS 16 exemption applied) are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Interest on lease liabilities (see note 22)

     1,341        1,267        631  

Expenses relating to short-term and low value leases (see note 20)

     2,314        3,454        567  

Of the leasing contracts, those related to vehicle rental do not have extension options, whereas leasing contracts for plants and office buildings may include extension options that have been considered from the inception of the lease.

 

130


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

10.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

a) Intangible assets

Details of and movement in items comprising intangible assets are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Software     Trademarks,
industrial
property and
customer
relationships
    Development
costs
    Other     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2022

     4,843       831       31,514       122       37,310  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     2,409       4       26,807       845       30,065  

Disposals

     —        —        —        —         —    

Business Combination (Note 6)

     350       3,613       —        —         3,963  

Transfers

     —        —        123       (123     —    

Amortization for the year

     (1,223     (363     (8,908     —         (10,494

Translation differences

     (2     (43     1       —         (44

Balance at December 31, 2022

     6,377       4,042       49,537       844       60,800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     3,413       68       28,478       1,327       33,285  

Disposals

     —        —        —        —         —    

Business Combination (Note 6)

     —        16,144       100       —         16,244  

Transfers

     —        —        2,171       (2,171     —    

Amortization for the year

     (1,538     (807     (13,848     —         (16,194

Translation differences

     (1     (57     (29     —         (87
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     8,251       19,390       66,408       —         94,049  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost

          

At December 31, 2021

     6,020       1,004       37,646       122       44,792  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2022

     8,777       4,578       64,577       844       78,776  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2023

     12,189       20,733       95,297       —         128,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

          

At December 31, 2021

     (1,177     (173     (6,132     —         (7,482
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2022

     (2,400     (536     (15,040     —         (17,976
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2023

     (3,938     (1,343     (28,888     —         (34,170
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2023, the Group made investments in several development projects, consisting of payroll expenses and other costs totaling Euros 28,478 thousand (Euros 26,807 thousand in 2022), for which the associated development expenditures met the requirements for capitalization.

Trademarks, industrial property and customer relationships includes trademarks for an amount of Euros 13,205 thousand (Euros 816 thousand in 2022), customer relationships totalling Euros 2,754 thousand (Euros 3,226 thousand in 2022) and industrial properties for an amount of Euros 3,431 thousand (Euros 0 thousand in 2022).

The total additions of internally developed intangibles (Development Costs and Software) were Euros 26,182 thousand (Euros 20,204 thousand in 2022) corresponds to the capitalization carried out by the Group in relation to the product development process, specially for the DC product under the names of Quasar and Supernova, AC product under the names of Pulsar, Cooper and Commander and MyWallbox software.

The average remaining amortization term for these assets is between 3 and 5 years.

Additions of patents, licenses and similar, and computer software totaled Euros 3,481 thousand (Euros 2,413 thousand in 2022) due primarily to the implementation of new software applications. The patents and customer relationships category also include the registration of brands, logos, and design patents for different chargers.

The Group has items in use that were fully depreciated as of December 31, 2023 for an amount of Euros 880 thousand, as compared to Euros 0 thousand as of December 31, 2022.

 

131


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

At December 31, 2023, additions of intangible assets for which payment was still pending totaled Euros 1,952 thousand (Euros 845 thousand at December 31, 2022). The Group has no restrictions on the realizability of its intangible assets and no pledge exists on these assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

At December 31, 2023, there are commitments for the acquisition of intangible assets for Euros 1,127 thousand (Euros 1,728 thousand at December 31, 2022).

b) Goodwill

The Goodwill breakdown by CGU as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 is as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   ARES      Coil      Nordics      Electromaps/
Software
     Total  

2023

     4,424        3,101        2,403        3,457        13,385  

2022

     5,571        3,503        2,570        3,457        15,101  

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill corresponds to the exchange differences from the Nordics and Coil business combination.

 

11.

IMPAIRMENT TESTING OF GOODWILL

For impairment testing purposes, goodwill acquired through business combinations is allocated to the following CGUs: Nordics, Electromaps/Software, AR Electronic Solutions, S.L.U. and Coil, Inc.

The Group performed its annual impairment testing as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Nordics

Nordics is the cash-generating unit focused on the development of the electric charger market for the Group in Scandinavia, capitalizing on the existing customer base and institutional experience obtained as the installation provider of Intelligent Solutions. The recoverable amount of the Nordics CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilized cash flow projections covering a five-year period, based on 2024 financial budget approved by senior management.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect the increasing demand for EV chargers and associated services in this region. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 15.07% (2022: 14.87%), and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 1.5% (2022: 1.5%) growth rate. As a result of this analysis, no impairment has been recognized. The recoverable amount is largely depending on the future growth of the company in 2024 and the terminal growth value resulting from it.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation, and a corresponding sensitivity analysis to demonstrate the impact of changes in assumptions for this unit, are as follows:

 

   

Revenue and EBITDA:

In the Nordics countries, we have considered an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group or in line with the CAGR of the sector (from 2024-2028 period). Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA levels achieved through the improvements in the gross margin due to the mix of products and a reduction cost plan started in 2023 impacting in the operational expenses and the employee benefits.

 

  i.

Discount rates:

Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks specific to each CGU and take into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying assets that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates.

The discount rate calculation is based on the specific circumstances of the Group and its CGUs and is derived from the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC). The WACC takes into account costs associated with both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Group’s investors. The cost of debt is based on the interest-bearing borrowings the Group is obliged to service.

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

 

132


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Alpha factor adjustments to the discount rate are made to consider unit specific factors such as the size, liquidity, and market (in addition to other factors) in order to reflect a pre-tax discount rate.

A rise in the unit’s pre-tax discount rate to 17.07% (i.e., +2%) would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

☐ Growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the forecast period:

A reduction of this rate to 0.75% would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

Electromaps/Software

Electromaps/Software is the cash-generating unit focused on the development and sale of software for the Group’s electric chargers. The recoverable amount of the Electromaps/Software CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a five-year period, based on 2024 financial budget approved by senior management.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect increased demand for the software and services associated with EV sales. The pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is 17.1% (2022: 19.60%). and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 2% (2022: 1.5%) growth rate. As a result of this analysis, no impairment has been recognized. The recoverable amount is largely depending on the future growth of the company and the terminal value calculated.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation, and a corresponding sensitivity analysis to demonstrate the impact of changes in assumptions for this unit, are as follows:

 

   

Number of future users and market share during the forecast period:

The number of future users in this CGUs is rapidly increasing and the unit has high market share in the Spanish market. Even a slight reduction of the market share would be counteracted by the increase in the aggregate number of users anticipated to enter the market.

 

   

Gross margins:

Gross margins are based on average values achieved in the most recent quarters preceding the beginning of the budget period and based on peers in the software business. The gross margins for this CGU are currently around 32% and are forecasted to increase in the future to reach approximately 55% due to a change in the revenue mix.

 

   

Discount rates:

Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks specific to each CGU, taking into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying assets that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates.

The discount rate calculation is based on the specific circumstances of the Group and its CGUs and is derived from the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC). The WACC takes into account costs associated with both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Group’s investors. The cost of debt is based on the interest-bearing borrowings the Group is obliged to service.

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated based on publicly available market data.

Alpha factor adjustments to the discount rate are made to consider unit specific factors such as the size, liquidity, and market (in addition to other factors) in order to reflect a pre-tax discount rate.

Based on the impairment test performed no impairment is needed.

A rise in the unit’s pre-tax discount rate to 19.10% (i.e., +2%) would not result in an impairment, given the existing significant headroom.

 

133


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

   

Growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the forecast period:

A reduction of this rate to 1% would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

Ares

Ares is the cash-generating unit focused on providing to Wallbox innovative printed circuit boards (PCBs). The recoverable amount of the Ares CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a five-year period, based on 2024 financial budget approved by senior management. In a time where continued supply chain uncertainty persists, bringing this critical component in-house is a key differentiator.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect the increasing demand for EV chargers and associated services around the world. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 11.9% (2022: 11.22%), and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 2% growth rate (2022: 1.5%). As a result of this analysis, no impairment has been recognized.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation, and a corresponding sensitivity analysis to demonstrate the impact of changes in assumptions for this unit, are as follows:

 

   

Revenue and EBITDA:

In the ARES business, we have considered an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group. Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA achieved through the improvements in the gross margin due to the mix of revenue between intercompany transactions and third party transactions and aligned with the level of activity forecasted.

 

   

Discount rates:

Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks specific to each CGU and take into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying assets that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates.

The discount rate calculation is based on the specific circumstances of the Group and its CGUs and is derived from the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC). The WACC takes into account costs associated with both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Group’s investors. The cost of debt is based on the interest-bearing borrowings the Group is obliged to service.

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

Alpha factor adjustments to the discount rate are made to consider unit specific factors such as the size, liquidity, and market (in addition to other factors) in order to reflect a pre-tax discount rate.

A rise in the unit’s pre-tax discount rate to 13.9% (i.e., +2%) would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

 

   

Growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the forecast period:

A reduction of this rate to 0.75% would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

Coil

Coil is the cash-generating unit focused on providing electrical installation services for EV charging, battery storage and electrical infrastructure in North America. The recoverable amount of the COIL CGU has been determined based on a value in use calculation, which utilizes cash flow projections covering a five-year period, based on 2024 financial budget approved by senior management.

The projected cash flows have been built to reflect the increasing demand for EV chargers and associated services in the USA. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 16.84% (2022:24.50%), and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 1.5% growth rate. As a result of this analysis, no impairment has been recognized.

Key assumptions utilized in the value in use calculation, and a corresponding sensitivity analysis to demonstrate the impact of changes in assumptions for this unit, are as follows:

 

134


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

   

Revenue and EBITDA:

In the Coil business, we have considered an increase in revenue aligned with increase in revenue for the overall Wallbox Group. Also, in terms of EBITDA we have considered increases of EBITDA aligned with the level of activity forecasted.

 

   

Discount rates:

Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks specific to each CGU and take into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying assets that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates.

The discount rate calculation is based on the specific circumstances of the Group and its CGUs and is derived from the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC). The WACC takes into account costs associated with both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Group’s investors. The cost of debt is based on the interest-bearing borrowings the Group is obliged to service.

Business-specific risk is incorporated by applying individual beta factors. The beta factors have been evaluated annually based on publicly available market data.

Alpha factor adjustments to the discount rate are made to consider unit specific factors such as the size, liquidity, and market (in addition to other factors) in order to reflect a pre-tax discount rate.

A rise in the unit’s pre-tax discount rate to 18.84% (i.e., +2%) would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

 

   

Growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the forecast period:

A reduction of this rate to 0.75% would not result in impairment, given the existing headroom.

 

12.

EQUITY-ACCOUNTED INVESTEES

Joint venture

Wallbox-Fawsn New Energy Vehicle Charging Technology (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. was a joint venture incorporated on June 15, 2019, over which the Group had joint control and a 50% interest. On May 24, 2023, the Group sold its 50% interest in the joint venture for a consideration of Euros 390 thousand, of which, an amount of Euros 94 thousand is expected to be collected within the next twelve months, with the remainder being a non-current receivable. As of December 31, 2022, this investment was classified as an asset held for sale for an amount of Euros 384 thousand.

 

135


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

13.

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy.

Financial assets

A breakdown of financial assets at December 31, is as follows:

A. Current and non-current financial assets

 

     December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

(In thousand Euros)

   Non-current      Current      Non-current      Current  

Customer sales and services

     —         43,258        —         39,797  

Other receivables

     —         140        —         16  

Loans to employees

     180        18        —         14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other financial receivables

     180        43,416        —         39,827  

Loans granted to Joint Venture

        —         —   

Guarantee deposit

     1,341        —         1,133        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current financial assets

     1,341        —         1,133        —   

Guarantee deposit

     —         82        —         560  

Financial investments

     —         5,728        —         5,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current financial assets

     —         5,810        —         5,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,521        49,226        1,133        45,784  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other financial receivables are mainly amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are due for settlement in the short term (less than 1 year) and therefore are classified as current. Trade and other financial receivables are recognized initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognized at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

The carrying amounts of the customer sales and services include receivables which are subject to a factoring arrangement. Under this arrangement, the Group has transferred the relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash and is prevented from selling or pledging the receivables. However, the Group has retained late payment and credit risk. The Group therefore continues to recognize the transferred assets in their entirety in its statement of financial position, except as mentioned in Note 13C.

The amount repayable under the factoring agreement is presented as secured borrowing. The Group considers that the held to collect business model remains appropriate for these receivables and hence continues to measure them at amortized cost.

At December 31, 2023, other current financial assets include financial investments, such as investment funds in financial institutions, totaling Euros 5,728 thousand (Euros 5,397 thousand at December 31, 2022).

These financial investments are deposits managed by financial institutions in investment funds to obtain profitability. The Group has considered their classification as current assets because it expects to liquidate these investments in the following 12 months.

B. Expected credit loss assessment for corporate customers at December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and aging. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade receivables for similar types of contracts.

The impairment of trade receivables is recognized under “Expected credit loss for trade and other receivables” in other operating expenses.

 

136


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The total expense recognized in profit or loss 2023 was Euros 1,893 thousand and Euros 3,873 thousand during 2022. This amount includes Euros 581 thousand corresponding mainly due to the impact of final uncollectible balances (2022: Euros 0 thousand). The allowance for doubtful debts provision as of December 31, 2023 estimated based on the expected credit loss, was Euros 1,536 thousand, as compared to Euros 1,656 thousand as of December 31, 2022, for amounts outstanding less than 180 days as at reporting date. Additionally, the Company has recognized as of December 31, 2023, a bad debt provision for amounts outstanding 180 days or longer for Euros 4,836 thousand, as compared to Euros 3,404 thousand as at December 31, 2022, which has been calculated taking into account specific accounts receivable considered doubtful.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses.

C. Financial assets by class and category

 

     December 31, 2023  

(In thousand Euros)

   Financial
assets
measured at
amortized cost
     Financial
assets
measured at
FTVPL
     Financial
assets
measured at
FVTOCI
     Total  

Customer sales and services

     43,258        —         —         43,258  

Other receivables

     140        —         —         140  

Loans to employees

     198        —         —         198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other financial receivables

     43,596        —         —         43,596  

Guarantee deposit

     1,341        —         —         1,341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current financial assets

     1,341        —         —         1,341  

Guarantee deposit

     82        —         —         82  

Financial investments

     302        5,187        239        5,728  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current financial assets

     384        5,187        239        5,810  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     45,321        5,187        239        50,747  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2022  

(In thousand Euros)

   Financial
assets
measured at
amortized cost
     Financial
assets
measured at
FTVPL
     Financial
assets
measured at
FVTOCI
     Total  

Customer sales and services

     39,797        —         —         39,797  

Other receivables

     16        —         —         16  

Loans to employees

     14        —         —         14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other financial receivables

     39,827        —         —         39,827  

Guarantee deposit

     1,133        —         —         1,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current financial assets

     1,133        —         —         1,133  

Guarantee deposit

     560        —         —         560  

Financial investments

     128        5,030        239        5,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current financial assets

     688        5,030        239        5,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     41,648        5,030        239        46,917  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial assets measured at FVTOCI correspond to investments in hedge funds whose quotation is considered level 1 for fair value purposes.

The financial investments valued at FVTPL relate to investment funds held at financial institutions. These financial assets are considered level 3 for fair value purposes.

The rest of the financial assets (both current and non-current) are measured at their amortized cost, which does not materially differ from their fair value.

 

137


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Financial liabilities

Loans and borrowings

 

     December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

(In thousand Euros)

   Non-current      Current      Non-current      Current  

Loans

     80,861        32,037        44,359        5,853  

Working capital lines of credit and others

     —         94,459        —         83,415  

Loans and borrowings

     80,861        126,496        44,359        89,268  

Derivative warrant liabilities

     —         3,119        —         5,834  

Lease liabilities (see note 9)

     34,063        4,914        24,657        2,644  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     114,924        134,529        69,016        97,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities are measured at their amortized cost, which does not differ from their fair value (it is considered that the applicable interest rates still represent market spreads), except for the derivative warrant liabilities which is measured at FVTPL.

The working capital lines of credit are a type of short-term financing used to cover ongoing business’s operations. These small-business loans are not used to fund large investments and are renewed every 90 days.

Bank loans

At December 31, 2023, the Group had credit lines and other financing products of Euros 130,670 thousand (Euros 120,220 thousand at December 31, 2022), of which a total of Euros 94,442 thousand has been drawn down (Euros 81,920 thousand at December 31, 2022). In addition to the aforementioned financing products, the company engages in non-recourse factoring with a limit of Euro 12,000 thousand at December 31, 2023, of which Euro 1,630 thousand have been disposed.

Interest expense on bank loans was Euros 13,791 thousand at December 31, 2023 (Euros 3,711 thousand at December 31, 2022) (See Note 22). At December 31, 2023, accrued interest payable was Euros 204 thousand (Euros 128 thousand at December 31, 2022).

The group has loans which require compliance with certain financial covenants. On December 31, 2023, the Group achieved these financial covenants or has obtained the corresponding waiver issued by the bank, except for 2 loans totalling Euros 9.783 thousand which have been classified as a short term loan. However at 16 February 2024 the Group has received a waiver from the bank, confirming that they will not execute this clause of early payment for these loans.

Details of the maturities, by year, of the principal and interest of the loans and borrowings as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

2023

     —         92,581  

2024

     136,179        14,851  

2025

     31,317        12,741  

2026

     26,379        9,460  

2027

     17,699        7,780  

2028

     12,831        3,725  

More than five years

     4,784        3,713  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     229,189        144,851  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

138


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Details of loans and borrowings at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023  

Company

   Currency      Less than 1
year
     1 to 3 years      Over 3 years      Total  

Bank loans

     

Fixed rate loan

     EUR        19,927        4,914        429        25,270  

Floating rate loan

     EUR        98,149        6,201        10,274        114,624  

Covenant Loan

     EUR        8,270        36,818        19,719        64,807  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        126,346        47,933        30,422        204,701  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings

     

Fixed rate loan

     EUR        150        459        2,047        2,656  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        150        459        2,047        2,656  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        126,496        48,392        32,469        207,357  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2022  

Company

   Currency      Less than 1
year
     1 to 3 years      Over 3 years      Total  

Bank loans

     

Fixed rate loan

     EUR        13,135        11,694        5,376        30,205  

Floating rate loan

     EUR        75,353        4,240        9,478        89,071  

Covenant Loan

     EUR        609        6,197        5,625        12,431  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        89,097        22,131        20,479        131,707  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings

     

Fixed rate loan

     EUR        171        384        1,365        1,920  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        171        384        1,365        1,920  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        89,268        22,515        21,844        133,627  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2023, the Group had loans at variable interest rates referenced to Euribor plus a differential between 3% and 8% and at fixed interest rates that range between 0% and 5.67%, respectively, compared to variable rates referenced to Euribor plus a differential between 3% and 6.79% and fixed rates between 0% and 6.32%, respectively, during fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

Borrowings

At December 31, 2023, loans from a Government entity (CDTI) was outstanding for Euros 2,656 thousand (Euros 1,920 thousand at December 31, 2022).

B. Derivative warrant liabilities

As mentioned in Note 6, as part of the Transaction, 5,750,000 Public Warrants and 8,933,333 Private Warrants issued by Kensington were assumed by Wallbox.

Public Warrants entitle the holder to convert each warrant into one Class A ordinary share of Wallbox, Euros 0.12 par value, at an exercise price of USD 11.50.

Private Warrants, on a cash-less basis, entitle their holder to convert the warrants into a number of Wallbox Class A ordinary shares, Euros 0.12 par value, equal to the product of the number of warrants to convert multiplied by the quotient obtained by dividing the excess of ‘Sponsor’s Fair Market Value’ over the exercise price of USD 11.50 by the Sponsor’s Fair Market Value’.

The Sponsor Fair Market Value shall mean the average last reported sale price of the ordinary shares for the ten (10) trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of exercise of the Private Warrant is provided.

 

139


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Until warrant holders acquire the ordinary shares upon exercise of such warrants, they will have no voting or economic rights. The warrants will expire on October 1, 2026, five years after the Transaction, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation, in accordance with their terms.

In addition, during 2023, Wallbox issued new warrants as part of the facility agreement with Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. (“BBVA”) entered into in February 2023. On February 9, 2023 the Company signed an agreement with BBVA granting BBVA an aggregate of 1,007,894 warrants exercisable for 1,007,894 Class A Shares for exercise price of 5.32 USD per share (the “BBVA Warrants”). The BBVA Warrants are exercisable until February 9, 2033 unless earlier redeemed by the Company pursuant to the warrant agreement.

As there are no elements in the warrant agreements that give Wallbox the option to prevent the warrant owners from converting their warrants within 12 months, Wallbox has classified the derivative warrant liabilities as a current liability.

Movement in the derivative warrant liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 is summarized as follows:

 

     Public Warrant     Private Warrant     BBVA Warrant     Total  
     Number of
warrants
    Thousand
Euros
    Number of
warrants
    Thousand
Euros
    Number of
warrants
     Thousand
Euros
    Number of
warrants
    Thousand
Euros
 

At December 31, 2021

     5,705,972       24,887       8,933,333       58,365       —         —        14,639,305       83,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Public and Private Warrants exercised on January 11, 2022

     (141,808     (472     (50,000     (276     —         —        (191,808     (748

Public Warrants exercised on February 1, 2022

     (304,635     (933     —        —        —         —        (304,635     (933

Public Warrants exercised on March 23, 2022

     (22     (1     —        —        —         —        (22     (1

Public Warrants exercised on October 10, 2022

     (1     —        —        —        —         —        (1     —     

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     —        (22,730     —        (58,018     —         —        —        (80,748

Exchange differences

     —        1,419       —        3,593       —         —        —        5,012  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2022

     5,259,506       2,170       8,883,333       3,664       —           —          14,142,839       5,834  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warrants issuance

     —        —        —        —        1,007,894        3,893       1,007,894       3,893  

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     —        (1,440     —        (2,433     —         (2,603     —        (6,476

Exchange differences

     —        (17     —        (29     —         (86     —        (132
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2023

     5,259,506       713       8,883,333       1,202       1,007,894        1,204       15,150,733       3,119  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value measurements

The financial liability for the derivative warrants is accounted for at fair value through profit or loss. The Private Warrants have been measured at fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation (Level 3). The Public Warrants are listed and have been measured at fair value using the quoted price (Level 1).

Public Warrants are listed and have been measured at fair value using the quoted price (Level 1). As of December 31, 2023, the fair value of the Public and Private Warrants was USD 0.15 (2022: USD 0.44) based on the public quote of Public Warrants. The fair value of the BBVA Warrants was USD 1.32 based on a Black-Scholes valuation methodology for options and warrants.

 

140


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Loans and
borrowings
     Derivative
warrant
liabilities
     Lease
liabilities
     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2023

     133,627        5,834        27,301        166,762  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds from loans

     419,471        —         —         419,471  

Principal paid on lease liabilities

     —         —         (2,809      (2,809

Interest paid on lease liabilities

     —         —         (1,341      (1,341

Repayments of loans

     (337,977      —         —         (337,977

Interest and bank fees paid

     (18,908      —         —         (18,908
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total changes from financing cash flows

     62,586        —         (4,150      58,436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     (149      (132      (160      (441
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     —         (6,476      —         (6,476

New leases

     —         —         1,386        1,386  

Business combinations

     —         —         13,014        13,014  

Transfers

     (3,893      3,893        —         —   

Interest and bank fees expenses

     13,906        —         1,341        15,247  

Other

     1,280        —         245        1,525  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liability-related other changes

     11,293        (2,583      15,986        24,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     207,357        3,119        38,977        249,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Loans and
borrowings
     Derivative
warrant
liabilities
     Lease
liabilities
     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2022

     51,345        83,252        19,710        154,307  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds from loans

     291,204        —         —         291,204  

Proceeds from warrants (Public and Private)

     —         4,625        —         4,625  

Principal paid on lease liabilities

     —         —         (2,191      (2,191

Interest paid on lease liabilities

     —         —         (1,267      (1,267

Repayments of loans

     (218,902      —         —         (218,902

Repayments of borrowings

     (42      —         —         (42

Interest and bank fees paid

     (3,199      —         —         (3,199

Interest paid on convertible bonds

     (223      —         —         (223
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total changes from financing cash flows

     68,838        4,625        (3,458      70,005  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     46        5,011        278        5,335  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     —         (80,748      —         (80,748

New leases

     —         —         8,517        8,517  

Governmental loan receivable

     248        —         —         248  

Public Warrants exercised

     —         (6,306      —         (6,306

Business combinations

     9,439        —         988        10,427  

Interest and bank fees expenses

     3,711        —         1,266        4,977  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liability-related other changes

     13,398        (87,054      10,771        (62,885
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

     133,627        5,834        27,301        166,762  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

141


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Loans and
borrowings
    Derivative
warrant
liabilities
    Lease
liabilities
    Convertible
bonds
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2021

     22,372       —        4,117       26,146       52,635  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from loans

     204,677       —        —        —        204,677  

Proceeds from borrowings

     124       —        —        —        124  

Proceeds from warrants (Public and Private)

     —        —        —        —        —   

Proceeds from convertible bonds

     —        —        —        34,550       34,550  

Principal paid on lease liabilities

     —        —        (828     —        (828

Interest paid on lease liabilities

     —        —        (631     —        (631

Repayments of loans

     (176,324     —        —        —        (176,324

Repayments of borrowings

     (87     —        —        —        (87

Interest and bank fees paid

     (3,047     —        —        —        (3,047

Interest paid on convertible bonds

     —        —        —        (997     (997

Other payments

     (297     —        —        —        (297
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes from financing cash flows

     25,046       —        (1,459     33,553       57,140  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

     —        —        (2     —        (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Public and Private Warrants on Transaction date

     —        14,491       —        —        14,491  

Public Warrants exercised

     —        (193     —        —        (193

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     —        68,954       —        —        68,954  

Valuation of convertible bonds

     —        —        —        25,491       25,491  

Redemption of convertible bonds and convertible note

     —        —        —        (87,105     (87,105

New leases

     —        —        16,423       —        16,423  

Interest accrual

     470       —        —        (470     —   

Governmental loan receivable

     365       —        —        —        365  

Interest and bank fees expenses

     3,092       —        631       2,385       6,108  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liability-related other changes

     3,927       83,252       17,054       (59,699     44,534  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

     51,345       83,252       19,710       —        154,307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

Details of trade and other payables at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

Suppliers

     36,538        65,830  

Personnel (salaries payable)

     5,843        5,351  

Customer advances

     2,700        68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     45,081        71,249  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables are unsecured and are typically paid in less than 12 months upon recognition. The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are considered equal to their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

 

14.

INVENTORIES

Details of inventories at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

Raw materials

     41,066        47,668  

Semi-finished goods

     31,623        31,195  

Finished goods

     19,789        27,706  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     92,478        106,569  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group has insurance policies in place to cover all inventories, with specific global insurances coverage for each of the Group’s warehouses.

There were no commitments for the acquisition of inventories at the end of 2023 and 2022. Advance payments for the acquisition of inventories at December 31, 2023 were Euros 4,357 thousand (Euros 3,031 thousand at December 31, 2022).

Based on current information, the group has booked an inventory provision of Euros 2,885 thousand at December 31, 2023 to cover the impact of slow-moving and obsolete inventories (Euros 1,886 thousand at December 31, 2022). (See Note 20).

 

142


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

15.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Detail of cash and equivalents at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

Cash

     17        3  

Banks and other credit institutions

     28,786        18,873  

Banks and other credit institutions, foreign currency

     35,441        63,623  

Other cash equivalents

     36,914        809  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     101,158        83,308  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We maintain cash and cash equivalents with major Financial institutions. The Other cash equivalents corresponds to bank deposits which due date is lower than three months. Our cash and cash equivalents of bank deposits held with banks that, at the time, exceed federally or locally insured limits.

The current accounts earn interest at applicable market rates and this interest is not significant.

Details of banks and other credit institutions with balances held in foreign currency are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

USD

     30,686        63,109  

GBP

     3,356        237  

NOK

     29        44  

SEK

     1,024        125  

DKK

     346        108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     35,441        63,623  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant non-cash transactions from investing and financing activities are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

Fair value changes in derivative warrant liabilities (Note 13)

     (6,476      (80,748

Addition of lease liabilities (Note 9)

     1,386        8,517  

Issuance of shares for the acquisition of a significant non-cash investing activity (ARES)

     —         6,300  

Issuance of shares for the acquisition of a significant non-cash investing activity (Electromaps)

     —         1,500  

Issuance of shares for the acquisition of a significant non-cash investing activity (Coil)

     2,317        —   

 

16.

CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Share capital and share premium

As of December 31, issued share capital is as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Total shares      Share Capital  

December 31, 2023

     

Class A shares of euro 0.12 nominal value each

     187,890,468        22,549  

Class B shares of euro 1.20 nominal value each

     22,250,793        26,701  

Class C shares of euro 1.08 nominal value each

     1,020,000        1,102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     211,161,261        50,352  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Total Shares      Share capital  

December 31, 2022

  

Class A shares of euro 0.12 nominal value each

     148,900,355        17,868  

Class B shares of euro 1.20 nominal value each

     23,250,793        27,901  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     172,151,148        45,769  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

All the shares issued were fully paid as of the date of the capital increases. Wallbox’s Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Conversion Shares (“Class C Shares”) provide their holders with same economic rights; however, Class B Shares provide holders with ten (10) votes per share, Class C Shares provide holders with nine (9) votes per share and Class A Shares provide holders with one (1) vote per share.

 

143


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Wallbox Class A Shares began trading on the NYSE under the “WBX” symbol on October 4, 2021.

As at December 31, authorized share capital is as follows:

 

December 31, 2023

   Shares
(number)
     Nominal
(Euros)
     Share Capital (in
thousand Euros)
 

Class A

     401,020,000        0.12        48,122  

Class B

     48,980,000        1.20        58,776  

Conversion shares

     1,020,002        1.08        1,102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     451,020,002           108,000  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

   Shares
(number)
     Nominal
(Euros)
     Share Capital (in
thousand Euros)
 

Class A

     400,000,000        0.12        48,000  

Class B

     50,000,000        1.20        60,000  

Conversion shares

     2        1.08        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     450,000,002           108,000  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Movement of share capital and share premium are as follows:

 

     Shares (number)      Price per Share
(Euros)
     Share Capital
(In thousand
Euros)
     Share Premium
(In thousand
Euros)
 

At December 31, 2022

     172,151,148           45,769        378,240  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

January 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A shares)

     140,594        0.12        17        622  

January 2023: Payment in shares Coil acquisition (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A shares)

     272,826        0.12        33        2,284  

February 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A shares)

     168,085        0.12        20        113  

March 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)

     141,071        0.12        17        437  

March 2023: Founder warrants execution (Class B shares)

     20,000        1.20        24        173  

March 2023: Change Cass B shares into Class A shares and Class C shares

     20,000        —         —         —   

April 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)

     569,745        0.12        69        6,313  

April 2023: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)

     175,586        0.12        21        390  

May 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A shares)

     181,144        0.12        22        648  

May 2023: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)

     2,312,313        0.12        278        5,465  

June 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU/ESPP) (Class A shares)

     660,045        0.12        79        2,068  

June 2023: Capital Increase (Private placement) (Class A shares)

     18,832,432        0.12        2,260        42,689  

June 2023: Change Cass B shares into Class A shares and Class C shares

     1,000,000           

June 2023: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)

     71,015        0.12        9        55  

July 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/RSU) (Class A shares)

     78,345        0.12        9        1,075  

July 2023: Capital increase (ATM) (Class A shares)

     71,162        0.12        9        213  

August 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)

     1,021,037        0.12        123        5,541  

September 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)

     825,502        0.12        99        3,776  

October 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/RSU) (Class A shares)

     405,965        0.12        49        1,051  

November 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A shares)

     955,130        0.12        115        1,332  

December 2023: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU/ESPP) (Class A shares)

     727,459        0.12        87        1,081  

December 2023: Capital Increase (Private placement) (Class A shares)

     10,360,657        0.12        1,243        28,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2023

     211,161,261           50,352        481,615  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

144


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

(In thousand Euros)    Shares      Price per Share
(Euros)
     Share Capital      Share Premium  

At December 31, 2021

     161,409,576           44,480        322,391  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

January 2022: Kensington Warrant conversion (Class A Shares)

     156,699        0.12        18.80        2,205  

February 2022: Kensington Warrant conversion (Class A Shares)

     304,635        0.12        36.56        4,032  

March 2022: Kensington Warrant conversion (Class A Shares)

     22        0.12        —         14  

April 2022: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A Shares)

     17,208        0.12        2.06        12  

May 2022: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A Shares)

     401,598        0.12        48.00        234  

June 2022: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A Shares)

     380,176        0.12        45.62        203  

July 2022: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A Shares)

     40,930        0.12        4.91        27  

July 2022: Payment in share Electromaps Acquisition

     163,861        0.12        19.66        1,480  

July 2022: Payment in share Ares Acquisition

     700,777        0.12        84.09        6,216  

September 2022: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A Shares)

     129,336        0.12        15.52        377  

October 2022: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A Shares)

     73,460        0.12        8.82        48  

October 2022: Kensington Warrant conversion (Class A Shares)

     1        0.12        —         —   

November 2022: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP) (Class A Shares)

     56,992        0.12        6.84        40  

December 2022: Stock option plan execution (MSOP/ESOP/RSU) (Class A Shares)

     139,183        0.12        16.70        216  

December 5, 2022 Capital Increase (Private placement) (Class A Shares)

     8,176,694        0.12        981.00        40,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2022

     172,151,148           45,769        378,240  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

On December 31, 2020, share capital of Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. totaled Euros 196 thousand and consisted of 392,118 shares with a par value of Euro 0.50 each (at December 31, 2019, share capital amounted to thousand Euros 169 and consisted of 337,300 shares with a par value of Euros 0.50 each).

On September 16, 2021, convertible bonds and a convertible note were converted, resulting in a capital issuance of 147,443 Class A ordinary shares of Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. with a par value of Euros 0.50 each, with a corresponding increase in share capital and share premium totaling Euros 74 thousand and Euros 87,032 thousand, respectively (see Note 13).

As indicated in Note 6, on October 1, 2021, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, each holder of Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. ordinary shares exchanged by means of a contribution in kind its Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. ordinary shares to Wallbox N.V. in exchange for the issuance of shares in accordance with the Exchange Ratio. As a result, Wallbox Chargers became a wholly owned subsidiary of Wallbox N.V. The contribution consisted of 539,561 Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. ordinary shares, Euros 0.50 par value, being exchanged for 106,778,437 Class A ordinary shares of Wallbox N.V., Euros 0.12 par value, and 23,250,793 Class B ordinary shares, Euros 1.20 par value. Share capital increased by Euros 40,445 thousand and the share premium decreased by the same amount.

Furthermore, on October 1, 2021, each share of Kensington’s common stock was exchanged by means of a contribution in kind in exchange for the issuance of Class A Shares, whereby Wallbox issued one Class A Share for each share of new Kensington common stock exchanged, resulting in the issuance of 19,861,318 Wallbox Class A ordinary shares, Euros 0.12 par value. Consequently, share capital increased by Euros 2,383 thousand and share premium by Euros 151,915 thousand, which includes the impact of the IFRS 2 share listing expense totaling thousand Euros 72,172 (see Note 6) and the deduction of the net balance of transaction costs totaling Euros 17,397 thousand (see Note 6).

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, Kensington and Wallbox entered into Subscription Agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”), dated June 9, 2021 and September 29, 2021, with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe to and purchase, and Wallbox agreed to issue and sell, an aggregate of 11,100,000 Class A Shares (the “PIPE Shares”) at a price of USD 10.00 per share for an aggregate of USD 111,000 thousand in proceeds (the “PIPE Financing”) on the Closing Date. Such 11,100,000 Class A Shares resulted in increases to share capital and share premium totaling Euros 1,332 thousand and Euros 94,528 thousand, respectively.

In September 2021, Wallbox NV issued 375,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value Euro 0.12, increasing share capital by Euros 45 thousand.

Finally, as indicated in Note 13, on November 23, 2021 and December 21, 2021, 43,028 and 1,000 Public Warrants, respectively, were converted into 43,028 and 1,000 Wallbox Class A ordinary shares, par value Euros 0.12, increasing share capital by thousand Euros 5 and raising share premium by Euros 636 thousand.

The capital increase that took place during fiscal year 2022 corresponded mainly due to the Private placement, execution of the Stock Plan (see Note 21), the Kensington warrant conversion (refer to Note 13) and payment with shares of the Ares acquisition (See Note 6) and Electromaps acquisition.

 

145


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Capital increases in fiscal year 2023 correspond mainly to the Private placement, execution of the Stock Plan (see Note 21), the equity-settled consideration for the Coil acquisition (See Note 6), and at-the-market program.

Additionally, during the six months ended June 30, 2023, the Company has exchanged 1,020,000 Class B ordinary shares with a nominal value of Euro 1.20 per share (“Class B Shares”) for 1,020,000 Class A Shares with a nominal value of Euro 0.12 per share and 1,020,000 Class C Shares with a nominal value of Euro 1.08 per share.

The share premium is freely distributable, provided that equity is not lower than the aggregate of share capital as a result of such distributions and the legal reserves.

Nature and purpose of reserves

Consolidated prior years’ accumulated deficit

At December 31, 2023, total consolidated accumulated deficit was Euros (420,195) thousand (Euros (306,696) thousand at December 31, 2022).

A free distribution is restricted for the amount of capitalized internal development costs as carried on the consolidated statement of financial position. As at December 31, 2023 the amount of capitalized development costs as carried on the consolidated statement of financial position amounts to Euros 66,408 thousand (2022: Euros 49,537 thousand) as further detailed in Note 10, for which a legal reserve has been formed in the Company Financial Statements of Wallbox N.V. as required under Dutch Law.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations. This legal reserve is not freely distributable. This reserve was Euros 5,868 thousand at December 31, 2023 (Euros 10,597 thousand at December 31, 2022).

Other equity components

Share-based payments

The share-based payments reserve is used to recognize the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration. This reserve was Euros 31,223 thousand at December 31, 2023 (Euros 39,002 thousand at December 31, 2022). Refer to Note 21 for further details of these plans.

Equity-settled earn-out

In addition, this caption includes Euros 921 thousand corresponding to the amount to be paid in shares for to the acquisition of Ares (2022: Euros 2,207 thousand corresponding to the amount to be paid in shares for the acquisition of Ares and Coil (see Note 6).

Measurement adjustments to financial assets through OCI

Investments in hedge funds referred to in Note 13 are measured at fair value at year end. The change in their valuation is recognized as other equity components through other comprehensive income.

17. PROVISIONS

Details of the provisions are as follows:

 

At December 31, 2023    Non-current           Current        

(In thousand Euros)

   Other     Service
warranties
    Total Non-
current
    Service
warranties
    Total
Current
 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year

     120       1,319       1,439       1,318       1,318  

Business combinations (Note 6)

     10,405       —        10,405       —        —   

Charge / (Credit) to results:

     1,127       865       1,992       434       434  

(+) additional provisions recognized (net)

     1,245       3,060       4,305       —        —   

(+/-) Short-term transferred

     —        (1,752     (1,752     1,752       1,752  

(-) Amounts used during the year

     (118     (443     (561     (1,318     (1,318
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount at year end

     11,652       2,184       13,836       1,752       1,752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

146


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

At December 31, 2022    Non-current           Current        

(In thousand Euros)

   Other     Service
warranties
    Total
Non-
current
    Service
warranties
    Total
Current
 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year

     4       358       362       541       541  

Charge / (Credit) to results:

     116       961       1,077       777       777  

(+) additional provisions recognized (net)

     117       2,935       3,052       —        —   

(+/-) Short-term transferred

     —        (1,416     (1,416     1,415       1,415  

(-) Amounts used during the year

     (1     (558     (559     (638     (638
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount at year end

     120       1,319       1,439       1,318       1,318  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Service warranties

Products developed and sold by the Group are under warranty for a period of three years and, therefore, a provision is made annually to cover the estimated costs that could be incurred in relation to projects and products under warranty at year end. This provision is calculated based on an estimate of warranty costs incurred and their relation to the volume of sales under warranty.

Other provisions

As of December 31, 2023, “Other” provisions caption includes mainly the contingent consideration (earn-out) related to Ares and put option liability related to ABL acquisition (Note 6) amounting to Euros 11,341 thousand and a provision for indemnities or an amount of Euros 311 thousand.

18. GOVERNMENT GRANTS

Details of Government grants at December 31, are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

        December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

Grants

  

Government Entity

   Non-current
liability
     Current
liability
     Non-current
liability
     Current
liability
 

Movilidad 2030

   Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)      701        88        591        287  

Flexener

   Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)      118        31        228        57  

Magnetor

   Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)      13        7        —         28  

Zeus Ptas

   Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)      475        7        404        102  

Alt impacte

   Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)      389        49        392        98  

Coldpost

   Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)      —         —         —         12  

Cupons Industria

   Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)      —         —         —         —   

Minichargers

   Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)      62        9        63        16  

Electrolinera

   Instituto para la Diversificación y Ahorro de la Energía (IDAE)      421        —         337        83  

Accio—  creació lloc treballs

   Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)      110        37        183        —   

Hermes Estudios

   Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo      692        223        —         —   

Hermes Viabilidad

   Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo      1,505        51        —         —   

Hermes Formación

   Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo      233        49        —         —   

Top Gun

   Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)      47        —         —         —   

Torres Quevedo

   Agencia Estatal de Investigación      83        —         —         —   

V2BUILD

   Innovate UK—  UKRI      —         —         —         25  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        4,849        551        2,198        708  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2023 government grants include the grants assigned to the Group by the “Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)” and “Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)” and “Instituto para la

 

147


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Diversificación y Ahorro de la Energía (IDAE)” and “Agencia Estatal de Investigación” and “Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo” for an amount of Euros 1,558 thousand, Euros 585 thousand and Euros 421 thousand and Euros 83 thousand and Euros 2,753 thousand, respectively, to develop new technologies and promote smart mobility solutions.

As of December 31, 2022 government grants include the grants assigned to the Group by the “Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial, E.P.E. (CDTI)” and “Agencia para la Competitividad de la Empresa de la Generalitat de Cataluña (ACCIÓ)” and “Instituto para la Diversificación y Ahorro de la Energía (IDAE)” and “Innovate UK—  URI” for an amount of Euros 1,776 thousand, Euros 685 thousand and Euros 420 thousand and Euros 25 thousand, respectively, to develop new technologies and promote smart mobility solutions.

As of December 31, 2023 Euros 3,200 thousand are pending to be received from government entities, as compared to Euros 4,049 thousand as of December 31, 2022.

The impact in the statement of profit or loss (recognized in the “Other income” caption) for 2023 amounts to Euros 1,706 thousand, as a result of the established conditions agreed with the aforementioned entities (Euros 680 thousand for 2022).

19. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers set out below is the disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Lines:

  

Sales of goods

     129,416        136,372        69,105  

Sales of services

     14,353        7,813        2,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     143,769        144,185        71,579  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographical markets (*):

  

EMEA

     116,929        120,619        66,872  

NORAM

     25,701        23,552        4,687  

APAC

     1,139        14        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     143,769        144,185        71,579  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(*) The differences between geographical markets information and the segment disclosures in the Note 7 comes from the intercompany eliminations.

There is no individual customer exceeding 10% of total revenues during 2023, 2022 or 2021.

Service revenue includes mainly installations services, software operation and maintenance.

The sale of installation services is always made in combination with the sale of a charger, although they are considered distinct performance obligations. Delivery of the charger and the installation services do not always happen at the same time, leading, in some cases, to chargers being delivered to customers with the installation pending. In this scenario, a contract liability is recognized when invoicing both services prior to rendering the installation services.

A contract liability is recognized if a payment is received or if a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer before the Group transfers the related goods or services. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when the Group performs under the contract (i.e., transfers control of the related goods or services to the customer).

 

20.

EXPENSES AND NET OTHER INCOME

A. Changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used

Details of changes in inventories and raw materials and consumables used are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Consumption of finished goods, raw materials and other consumables

     87,933        81,002        42,224  

Scrap stock, slow moving & obsolete accrual

     999        864        311  

Work carried out by other companies

     6,571        3,739        1,718  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     95,503        85,605        44,253  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

148


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Changes to inventories are recorded within the consumption of finished goods, raw materials and other consumables caption.

B. Operating expenses

Operating expenses are primarily as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Professional services

     11,591        14,129        15,484  

Marketing expenses

     10,387        23,934        7,329  

Delivery

     4,580        10,291        3,650  

External temporary workers

     2,599        4,994        3,582  

Office expense

     7,970        7,296        3,427  

Insurance premium

     2,330        3,350        1,594  

Utilities and similar expenses

     3,310        4,471        1,560  

Online platforms fees

     1,212        3,381        1,410  

Customs duty tax

     577        887        1,134  

Travel expenses

     2,581        4,139        1,000  

Short-term and low value leases

     2,314        3,454        567  

Bank Services

     738        880        509  

Expected credit loss for trade and other receivables (Note 13)

     (120      1,003        478  

Repairs

     1,362        509        232  

Other impairment and losses (see Note 13)

     2,013        2,870        —   

Warranty provision (see Note 17)

     1,299        1,738        674  

Other

     5,045        4,229        775  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     59,788        91,555        43,405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2021, professional services included thousand Euros 8,046 corresponding to costs which were not incremental and directly attributable to the issuance of shares for the Transaction as mentioned in Note 6.

C. Net other income

Details of Net other income are primarily as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Negative Goodwill (Note 6)

     11,166        —         —   

Subsidies (Note 18)

     1,706        680        712  

Other

     1,388        1,164        (56
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     14,260        1,844        656  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

21. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Details of employee benefits for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Wages and salaries

     49,228        43,106        20,438  

Share-based payments

     13,307        32,625        2,455  

Social Security

     18,701        13,083        6,773  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     81,236        88,814        29,666  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The notable rise in personnel expenses in 2022 was primarily the result of the significant growth of the Group, which required the hiring of additional personnel. Furthermore, this increase was also explained by the new share-based payment plan for employees, founders, and management as described below, and the accelerated vesting of the management stock options plan for certain managers. The Group has not entered into any defined contribution or defined benefit plans for which pensions costs are incurred. The majority of employees are working in Spain and are participating in a state pension plan for which the expenses are included in social security. During 2023 the Group has reduced the cost of Employee benefits mainly due to the impact in the valuation of share based payments plans which has been reduced in comparison of previous periods.

 

149


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Details of the personnel expense recognized for share-based payment transactions are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Management stock option plan

     2,915        14,377        2,382  

Employee stock option plan

     —         —         73  

Founder Stock options plan

     —         8,195        —   

RSU Employees

     11,289        6,862        —   

Performance based earn out in shares and RSU’s management Ares

     647        531        —   

Performance based earn out in shares and RSU’s management COIL

     (744      1,769        —   

RSU Management

     1,508        3,103        —   

ESPP

     265        

Capitalization of share-based payment transactions in intangible assets

     (2,573      (2,212      —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13,307        32,625        2,455  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management Stock Option Plan

At a meeting held on July 25, 2018, the shareholders voted to implement a share-based plan (the “Management stock option plan” or “MSOP”) link with Wallbox Chargers and to provide a more direct incentive structure.

This arrangement was an equity-settled plan. Consequently, the Group recognizes a personnel expense against an increase in equity based on the fair value of the options at grant date, i.e., the day on which the Management Stock Option Plan contract is signed by the Company and the member of management.

Each of the tranches had vesting conditions linked to the employment of the beneficiaries and to their performance.

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transaction, these options will be available to be executed in exchange for Wallbox NV shares, Euros 0.12 par value (previously Euros 0.50 par value) in a period of 10 years from the Closing date, and each outstanding option was converted into 240.990795184659 options based on the “Exchange Ratio”.

The Management Stock Option Plan grants management stock options to purchase Class A Shares at a per share exercise price equal to Euro 0.0021.

The Company records this share-based payments plan based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss over the requisite service period. The estimated fair value of the award was based on the closest financial round of share capital issued for the firsts grants and the latest ones are based on the estimated market price of the Parent’s stock on the date of the grant, in practice the share price of Wallbox NV at the grant date is used during this reporting period.

Employee Stock Option Plan

During the COVID-19 pandemic, shareholders agreed to offer all employees of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. (the “Beneficiaries” or, individually, the “Beneficiary”) the possibility of participating in a share-based payment plan (the “Employees Stock Options Plan” or “ESOP”) to receive stock options (the “Options”) to purchase a certain number of ordinary shares (the “Shares”) of Wallbox Chargers. Participation in this Plan was voluntary, and it was created as a cash saving measure, as it was offered in exchange for a reduction in the salaries of the Beneficiaries, which has resulted in strategic cash maintenance during the uncertain period caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The exercise price of the options is Euros 0.50. Furthermore, because of these savings, the Company has been able to continue with its strategic plans and continues to hire the best professionals from the industry to exit the COVID-19 period with a strong position relative to its competitors.

This arrangement was an equity-settled plan. Consequently, the Group recognized a personnel expense against an increase in equity based on the fair value of the options at grant date, which in this case was May 1, 2020.

The Employee Stock Option Plan vesting period finished at the end of 2020 and all of the options granted were available for execution when one of the liquidity events defined in this Plan took place. In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transaction, these options will be available for execution in exchange for Wallbox NV shares, Euros 0.12 par value (previously Euros 0.50 par value), in a period of 10 years from the Closing date, and each outstanding option was converted into 240.990795184659 options based on the “Exchange Ratio”.

 

150


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

During January 2021, there was an agreement with some employees to settle their options held in exchange for cash (1,254 options were settled at fair value on the settlement date). Additionally, it was agreed with the same employees to pay an additional benefit of Euros 73 thousand for the sale of the options. As a consequence, the Group has recognized this effect as a reduction of Euros 239 thousand in equity, and recognized personnel expenses of Euros 73 thousand, for a total cash payment of Euros 313 thousand.

The Company recorded this share-based payments plan based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and recognizes an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss over the requisite service period. The estimated fair value of the award was based on the closest financial round of share capital issued for the firsts grants and the latest ones are based on the estimated market price of the Parent’s stock on the date of the grant, in practice the share price of Wallbox NV at the grant date is used during this reporting period.

Founders Stock Option Plan

At a meeting held on June 30, 2021, the shareholders of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. agreed to implement a share-based payment plan (Legacy Stock Option Program) to strengthen the bond with the founders of Wallbox and in order to align the interests of the founders with the creation of additional value for the Company. This would be accomplished via Options with a strike price at a valuation equal to or higher than current market value and by allowing the founders to benefit from more liquid Options which are fully vested and transferable from their date of concession.

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan, these options will be available to be executed in exchange for Wallbox NV shares, Euros 0.12 par value (previously Euros 0.50 par value), and the exercise price of the options will be equivalent to Euros 1.93 per share after applying the “Exchange Ratio” of 240.990795184659 (previously Euros 466.24 per share).

The maximum number of Shares that shall underlie all of the Options included in this plan shall be, at the Effective Date, the equivalent of 4,289 shares of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. (1,033,610 Class A shares of Wallbox NV after applying the Exchange Ratio). Options under this plan shall be granted on Class B ordinary shares of the Company.

The Board of Directors of the Company shall deliver a personal notice to each Beneficiary, with an invitation to participate in the Plan, which shall contain, among others, the number of Options granted to each Beneficiary; and, where appropriate, the individual conditions governing the participation of the Beneficiary in the Plan. For the purposes of this Plan, the date of concession shall be that date indicated in the Invitation Notice.

These invitations were sent in 2022, so the Group recognized the expense accordingly to the valuation of these options in 2022 as they vested following their grant. The Group valued each option at USD 8.66. To determine the fair value at grant date of these options the Group used American option chain, where each option has a maturity of 5 years.

Each beneficiary must comply with the following conditions in order to exercise the options:

 

  i.

A lock-up period of three years, during which time they will be able to exercise the options proportionally on a monthly basis; however this lock up period has been cancelled in December 2023.

 

  ii.

The Company has not initiated a Temporary Suspension of exercise; and

 

  iii.

Any other specific conditions included in the Beneficiary’s Invitation Notice have been fulfilled.

RSU for Employees

At a meeting held on April 6, 2022, the compensation committee approved the implementation of an Incentive Award Plan pursuant to which Awards of Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”) were granted to employees. Each RSU granted represents a right to receive one listed share of Wallbox NV at the end of each vesting period, subject to the grantee’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

The RSUs vest according to the below schedule, subject to the grantee’s continued service through each applicable vesting date:

 

  i.

33% will vest on the 1st anniversary date as from the date of grant,

 

  ii.

33% will vest on the 2nd anniversary date as from the date of grant.

 

  iii.

34% will vest on the 3rd anniversary date as from the date of grant.

In addition, the Company granted RSUs to the employees of the subsidiaries acquired in the second half of 2022. These RSUs are subject to certain performance-based vesting conditions, which have been considered 100% covered when valuing these RSUs.

 

151


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The Company records this share-based payments plan based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and recognized an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss over the requisite service period. Considering that there is no exercise price applicable, the estimated fair value of the award is based on the listed share price of Wallbox, NV on the date of grant.

RSUs for Management

At a meeting held on April 6, 2022, the compensation committee approved to grant an Incentive Award Plan pursuant to which awards of RSUs were granted to management. Each RSU granted represents a right to receive one listed share of Wallbox N.V. at the end of each vesting period, subject to continued service.

The RSUs are subject to service-based and performance-based vesting conditions and vest as follows:

 

  i.

Serviced-based Condition: one third of the RSUs are subject to the service -based condition and will vest as follows:

 

   

50% of this 33% will vest on the 1st anniversary date as from the date of grant,

 

   

50% of this 33% will vest on the 2nd anniversary date as from the date of grant.

 

  ii.

Performance-based Condition: two-thirds of the RSUs are subject to the performance-based condition and will vest as follows:

 

   

Period 1: 50% will vest:

 

   

If between April 8, 2025 and April 8, 2029 (both dates included), at any time, the closing stock price (the last price at which the Company stock trades during the regular trading session) equals or exceeds $25 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading days period.

 

   

Accelerator event: If the Company announces results for Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2024 reporting (i) revenue of at least Euro 1 billion , (ii) the Company’s auditor confirms that the cash flows corresponding to 2024 is positive, and (iii) if from December 1, 2024, at any time, the closing stock price (the last price at which the Company stock trades during the regular trading session) equals or exceeds $25 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading days period.

 

   

Period 2: 50% will vest:

 

   

If between April 8, 2027 and April 8, 2029 (both dates included), at any time, the closing stock price (the last price at which the Company stock trades during the regular trading session) equals or exceeds $30 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading days period.

Also on November 11, 2022 the Compensation committee has approved granting new RSUs to certain management personnel of the group. These RSUs will vest according only to performance conditions which are aligned with the performance conditions disclosed above.

The Group has valued each RSU, under such plan as follows:

Service-based Condition: This fair value has been determined by discounting the forward price of Wallbox NV stock at each vesting date. The price in this tranche has been based on the spot price at grant date.

Performance-based Condition: This fair value has been based on Wallbox’s price developments according to the Black-Scholes model. Prices for each averaging window are obtained via Monte Carlo simulation.

For Performance based earn out in shares and RSU’s management of Ares and COIL see note 6.

In addition, during 2023, the Company has granted new RSUs to members of the Board of Directors. These RSUs have fully vested in 2023.

ESPP

In January 2023, the Group launched an offering period under the Amended and Restated 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) for a length of one year, with the purpose of increasing employee engagement and motivation. The offering has been designed in accordance with the share-based payments plan approved by the Company upon listing in October 2021. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan consists of an offer to buy a maximum of 20,000 shares by each of the Company’s employees who participates in the ESPP with a discount of up to 15%, with a limit of 1% to 10% of annual salary per year.

 

152


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Movements during the year

The following table illustrates the movements in stock options at December 31, excluding earn out payments in shares for the business combinations in 2022 (see note 6):

 

Number of warrants

   ESOP     MSOP     Founders     RSU
Employees
    RSU
Management
    RSU Coil
& Ares
    Total  

At December 31, 2022

     1,285,619       6,238,316       1,033,609       2,027,765       2,000,000       496,019       13,081,328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     —        38,610       —        2,425,280       —        —        2,463,890  

Exercised

     (375,237     (3,271,405     (20,000     (944,298     (249,999     (145,404     (5,006,343

Cancelled

     —        (1,654     —        (523,945     (291,667     —        (817,266
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2023

     910,382       3,003,867       1,013,609       2,984,802       1,458,334       350,615       9,721,609  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Number of warrants

   ESOP     MSOP     Founders      RSU
Employees
    RSU
Management
     RSU Coil
& Ares
     Total  

At December 31, 2021

     1,584,192       7,253,823       —         —        —         —         8,838,015  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     —        33,000       1,033,609        2,198,289       2,000,000        496,019        5,760,917  

Exercised

     (298,573     (927,410     —         (12,800     —         —         (1,238,783

Cancelled

     —        (121,097     —         (157,724     —         —         (278,821
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2022

     1,285,619       6,238,316       1,033,609        2,027,765       2,000,000        496,019        13,081,328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Number of warrants

   ESOP      MSOP  

At December 31, 2020

     1,999,660        3,052,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     —         4,201,352  

Exercised

     —         —   

Cancelled

     (415,468      —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2021

     1,584,192        7,253,823  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of exercisable options at December, 31:

 

Number of exercisable options

   2023      2022      2021  

ESOP

     910,382        1,285,619        1,584,192  

MSOP

     2,729,650        4,873,644        3,463,263  

Founders

     1,013,609        258,402        —   

RSU

     —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,653,641        6,417,665        5,047,455  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The ESOPs and MSOP’s weren’t exercisable until an “Exit event” occurred. As the company was listed as from October 2021, the vested options became exercisable. As a listing on a stock market qualifies as an “Exit event”.

The weighted average fair value and exercise price for each plan is calculated as follows, excluding earn out payments in shares for the business combinations in 2022 (see note 6):

 

     Units      Exercise price      Average fair value      Remaining
     2023      2022      2021      2023      2022      2021      2023      2022      2021     

contractual life

Management stock option plan

     3,003,867        6,238,316        7,253,823        0.0021        0.0021        0.0021        2.91        3.10        0.57      2024

Employee stock option plan

     910,382        1,285,619        1,584,192        —         —         —         0.88        0.85        0.85      All options are vested

Founder Stock options plan

     1,013,609        1,033,609        —         1.93        1.93        —         7.93        7.93        —       All options are vested

RSU Employees

     2,984,802        2,027,765        —         —         —         —         1.55        9.32        —       All options are vested

RSU Coil & Ares

     350,615        496,019        —         —         —         —         9.43        9.43        —       2024

RSU Management

     1,458,334        2,000,000        —         —         —         —         2.81        2.81        —       2024-2029
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     9,721,609        13,081,328        8,838,015        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

                      

 

153


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

22.

FINANCIAL INCOME AND EXPENSES

Details of financial income and expenses are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Note      December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Financial income

           

Fair value adjustment of the put option

        —         2,002        —   

Fair value gain on financial investments

        1,127        280        11  

Interest on shareholder and other loans

        —         —         61  

Fair Value of derivative

        191        15        —   

Other finance income

        154        10        83  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial income

        1,472        2,307        155  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial expenses

           

Fair value adjustment of convertible bonds

        —         —         25,491  

Interest and fees on bank loans

     13        13,791        3,711        3,222  

Interest on leases

     9        1,341        1,267        631  

Interest on shareholder and other borrowings

        —         —         3  

Interest on convertible bonds

        —         —         2,385  

Accretion of discount on put option liabilities

        —         —         313  

Fair value loss on financial investments

        —         1,343        —   

Impairment of financial investments

        —         1,411        —   

Other finance costs

        115        266        23  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial expenses

        15,247        7,998        32,068  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Exchange differences

     1,466        (3,618      1,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,466        (3,618      1,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

On July 27, 2022, Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. acquired the remaining 49% of share capital of Electromaps, S.L.U., resulting in ownership of 100% of its share capital as of that date, for purchase consideration of Euros 1,799 thousand. The transaction resulted in recognition of a gain on the settlement of the associated financial liability totaling Euros 2,002 thousand, which was recorded as financial income in the statement of profit or loss. The payment of the consideration was made through a cash payment of Euros 150 thousand on July 29, 2022 and Euros 150 thousand on August 30, 2022. The remaining amount was paid through the issuance of 163,861 Class A shares of Wallbox NV whose nominal value is Euros 0.12 per share.

 

23.

LOSS PER SHARE

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

As the Company has losses in all three periods, potential ordinary shares from Management Stock Options, Employee Stock Options, RSU plans and Warrants are not dilutive (losses per share would be less and anti-dilution would exist). Hence, these shares are not considered in the calculation of losses per diluted share.

Details of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings/loss per share are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Loss for the year

     (112,071      (62,800      (223,777

Dilutive effects on earnings per share

     —         —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loss for basic and diluted earnings per share

     (112,071      (62,800      (223,777
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        

Number of shares

   December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic and diluted earnings per share (thousand shares)

     187,679        163,367        112,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(In Euros)

   December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Basic and diluted losses per share

     (0.60      (0.38      (1.99
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

154


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

24.

TAX CREDIT AND OTHER RECEIVABLES/OTHER PAYABLES

A. Tax credit and other receivables/Other payables

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

VAT receivable

     3,800        10,091  

Government grants receivable

     3,200        4,049  

Income tax credit receivable (short term)

     1,258        706  

Income tax credit receivable (long term)

     6,056        6,629  

Other tax receivable

     171        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax credit and other receivables

     14,485        21,475  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

VAT payable

     2,741        2,585  

Current income tax liability

     —         1,186  

Social Security payable

     1,372        1,328  

Personal Income Tax payable

     2,096        1,906  

Deferred tax liabilities

     9,347        1,388  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities and other payables

     15,556        8,393  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

B. Amounts recognized in profit or loss

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(In thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Loss before Tax / Profit

     (112,774      (67,726      (225,584
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax income (at 25%)

     28,150        16,932        56,396  

Unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses and temporary differences

     (28,150      (16,932      (56,396

R&D tax credits

     (685      (5,468      (1,666

Amortization of intangible assets identified

     —         —         (10

Tax expense/(credit)

     (18      542        (131
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax credit

     (703      (4,926      (1,807
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As Wallbox N.V. is a Spanish tax resident, is the corporate tax rate of Spain used, which is a nominal tax rate of 25%.

Deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax assets have been recognized totaled Euros 5,106 thousand at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2022 deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset were recognized in the statement of financial position amounted to Euros 37,584 thousand.

The amount of Euros 5,106 thousand (Euros 37,584 thousand at 2022) was related to deductible temporary differences primarily associated with the share-based payment plan provision, obsolescence provision and part of the financial expenses, and for the year 2023 we have also considered the impact of the Amendments to IAS 12 (Note 4).

At December 31, details of unrecognized tax losses to be offset in the future are as follows the tax losses:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

2015

     47        47  

2016

     439        439  

2017

     56        56  

2018

     1,579        1,579  

2019

     3,318        3,318  

2020

     9,025        9,025  

2021

     122,456        122,456  

2022

     3,167        3,167  

2023

     42,480        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     182,567        140,087  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The tax losses detailed above correspond to the Spanish tax consolidated headed by Wallbox NV. There is no time limit to apply this tax losses. Additionally, the unrecognized tax losses of Wallbox USA Inc amount to Euros 54,533 thousand as of December 31, 2023.

 

155


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Tax losses may be offset indefinitely in the future. The existence of unused tax losses, as well as the lack of track record of generating tax profits, evidences that future taxable profit may not be available to the Group, at least for the near and medium term, as the Company is early stage. Having considered all evidence available and the current investment phase, management determined that there was insufficient positive evidence to support the fact that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which to offset the tax losses. Accordingly, no deferred tax asset is recognized in the financial statements.

 

25.

GROUP INFORMATION

A. Related parties

Details of transactions and balances with related parties are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2023  

(In Thousand Euros)

   Shareholders      Joint Venture      Key
management
     Total  

Statement of profit or loss

        

Revenue

     328        —         —         328  

Statement of financial position

        

Accounts receivables and accounts payables

     369        —         —         369  

 

     Year ended December 31, 2022  

(In Thousand Euros)

   Shareholders      Joint Venture      Key
management
     Total  

Statement of profit or loss

  

Revenue

     67        —         —         67  

Interest

     —         47        —         47  

Impairment of financial assets

     —         (1,945      —         (1,945

Statement of financial position

  

Loans granted to Joint Venture (see note 13)

     —         1,411        —         1,411  

Receivables from Joint Venture (see note 13)

     —         534        —         534  

Impairment of financial assets

     —         (1,945      —         (1,945

 

     Year ended December 31, 2021  

(In Thousand Euros)

   Shareholders      Joint Venture      Key
management
     Total  

Statement of profit or loss

        

Interest on shareholder and other loans

     3        61        —         64  

Only revenues to shareholders holding a minimal interest in the Group of 50% has been disclosed as a related party transaction in accordance with IAS 24 definitions.

In connection with the June 2023 private placement of Class A Shares, Enric Asuncion Escorsa purchased 387,597 Class A Shares, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. purchased 7,751,938 Class A Shares, AM Gestio, S.L. purchased 1,937,985 Class A Shares, Consilium, S.L. purchased 6,429,330 Class A Shares, Anangu Corp, S.L. purchased 387,597 Class A Shares and Black Label Equity I SCR, S.A. purchased 1,937,985 Class A Shares, in each case, at price of $2.58 per share.

In connection with the December 2023 private placement of Class A Shares, Enric Asuncion Escorsa purchased 65,574 Class A Shares, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. purchased 327,869 Class A Shares and Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. purchased 98,361 Class A Shares, in each case, at price of $3.05 per share.

In connection with the December 2022 private placement a Class A shares, Enric Asunción Escorsa purchased 921,053 Class A shares, Orilla Asset Management, S.L. purchased 3,759,399 Class A shares, AM Gestió, S.L. purchased 751,880 Class A shares and each of Infisol 3000, S.L., Inversiones Financieras Perseo, S.L. and Anangu Grup, S.L. purchased 375,940 Class A shares, in each case, at price of $5.32 per share, the same terms of other investors.

 

156


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

B. Remuneration of Directors and Key Management

The remuneration expenses recorded for the members of the Board of Directors in 2023, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Short-term benefits

     436        774        770  

Cost of non-executive directors

     424        303        71  

Share-based payment plan expenses

     1,078        6,146        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,938        7,223        841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Details of the remuneration expenses recorded for the Company’s senior management (excluding the executive members of the Board of Directors) are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(thousand Euros)

   2023      2022      2021  

Short-term benefits

     1,724        1,908        2,151  

Termination benefits

     14        206        —   

Share-based payment plan expenses

     2,863        13,842        1,756  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,601        15,956        3,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No expenses for post-employment benefits were incurred during 2023, 2022 and 2021.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022 the group had no pension or life insurance obligations with members of senior management.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022 no advances or loans had been granted to members of senior management, nor had the Company extended any guarantees on their behalf.

During 2023, public liability insurance premiums of Euros 996 thousand (Euros 1,580 thousand in 2022) had been incurred to be covered for damages or losses that may be incurred by directors in the performance of their duties. These insurance premiums do however not form part of the remuneration of the Directors and has therefore not be included in the table above.

 

26.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk management policies are established by management, having previously been approved by the Company’s directors. Based on these policies, the Finance department has established a number of procedures and controls to identify, measure and manage risks associated with the use of financial instruments. These policies, inter alia, prohibit the Company from speculating with derivatives.

 

157


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Any activity involving financial instruments exposes the Company to credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk.

a) Credit risk

Credit risk arises from possible losses deriving from failure to comply with contractual obligations on the part of the Group’s counterparties, i.e., the possibility of not recovering financial assets at the amount recognized and within the established term.

The maximum credit risk exposure is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

(In thousand Euros)

   Non-current      Current      Non-current      Current  

Customer sales and services

     —         43,258        —         39,797  

Other receivables

     —         140        —         16  

Loans to employees

     180        18        —         14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other financial receivables

     180        43,416        —         39,827  

Loans granted to Joint Venture

     

Guarantee deposit

     1,341        —         1,133        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current financial assets

     1,521        —         1,133        —   

Guarantee deposit

        82           560  

Financial investments

     —         5,728        —         5,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current financial assets

     —         5,810        —         5,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,521        49,226        1,133        45,784  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Sales and Finance departments establish credit limits for each customer based on information received from an entity specializing in commercial solvency analysis. Refer to Note 13B for further disclosure on the expected credit loss of customer sales and services.

b) Market risk

Market risk arises from possible losses deriving from fluctuations in the fair value or in future cash flows of financial instruments because of changes in market prices. Market risk includes interest rate, currency and other price risks.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises from possible losses due to changes in the fair value or the future cash flows of a financial instrument because of fluctuations in market interest rates.

 

(In thousand Euros)

   Currency      December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2022
 

Fixed rate Loan

     EUR        27,926        32,125  

Floating rate loan

     EUR        179,431        101,502  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        207,357        133,627  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

A 100 basis point change in interest rates would mean an increase (decrease) in profit or loss at December 31, 2023 of Euros 1,951 thousand (Euros (1,317) thousand at December 31, 2022). This calculation assumes that the change occurred on the date of the report applied to the risk exposures existing on that date. This analysis assumes that all other variables are held constant and considers the effect of interest rates.

 

     2023      2022      2021  

(In thousand Euros)

   Profit or loss      Profit or loss      Profit or loss  
     100 bp
increase
    100 bp
decrease
     100 bp
increase
    100 bp
decrease
     100 bp
increase
    100 bp
decrease
 

Floating rate loan

     (1,951     1,951        (1,317     1,317        (691     691  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Currency risk

Currency risk is the risk of possible losses due to changes in the fair value of and future cash flows from financial instruments as a result of exchange rate fluctuations.

Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other financial receivables and other current assets / deferred charges are primarily the items included within the Group’s assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency.

 

158


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

The following table shows the sensitivity of monetary assets and liabilities to a reasonably possible strengthening (weakening) of the Euro in each of the foreign currencies as of December 31. This analysis assumes that all other variables, particularly interest rates, remain constant and ignores any impact from anticipated sales and purchases. The Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange for all other currencies is not significant.

 

     2023      2022      2021  
     Profit or loss      Profit or loss      Profit or loss  

(In thousand Euros)

   Strengthening     Weakening      Strengthening     Weakening      Strengthening     Weakening  

USD (10% movement)

     (1,270     1,552        (565     691        (8,819     10,779  

Other market price risk

The Group has derivative warrant liabilities (see Note 13) measured at FVTPL.

The derivative warrant liabilities of Euros 3,119 thousand at December 31, 2023 (Euros 5,834 thousand at December 31, 2022) included a fair value adjustment of Euros 6,476 thousand compared to December 31, 2022.

A change of the warrant price by 1% would result in an increase/decrease of the underlying warrant liabilities of Euros 31 thousand (2022: Euros 58 thousand).

c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk arises where the Group might not hold, or have access to, sufficient liquid funds at an appropriate cost to settle its payment obligations at any given time.

Details of working capital are as follows:

 

(In thousand Euros)

   December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022  

Current assets

     256,924        255,171  

Current liabilities

     190,774        178,793  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     66,150        76,378  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The working capital presented by the Group is sufficient to cover the various commitments arising from its activity.

Details of the maturities, by year, of the principal of the loans and borrowings at December 31, are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2023  

(In Euros)

   Capital      Interest      Total  

2024

     126,496        9,682        136,179  

2025

     25,533        5,784        31,317  

2026

     22,859        3,520        26,379  

2027

     15,831        1,868        17,699  

2028

     12,017        815        12,831  

More than five years

     4,621        163        4,784  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     207,357        21,832        229,189  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2022  

(In Euros)

   Capital      Interest      Total  

2023

     89,268        3,428        92,696  

2024

     12,063        2,785        14,848  

2025

     10,688        2,014        12,702  

2026

     8,024        1,398        9,422  

2027

     6,907        838        7,745  

More than five years

     6,677        759        7,436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     133,627        11,222        144,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

159


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

d) Capital management

For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital, share premium and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the Parent. The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to maximize shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to compensate for changes in economic conditions or its financial requirements in order to execute its business plans. The Group may also issue new shares or issue/repay debt financial instruments to maintain or adjust the capital structure. The Group monitors capital management to ensure that it meets its financial needs to achieve its business objectives while maintaining its solvency.

No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

 

27.

EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

After the reporting date of December 31, 2023, the following significant events have occurred:

In the first quarter of 2024, certain employees converted 454,865 options, as part of their stock option plan, into 454,865 Class A ordinary shares of Euros 0.12 of par value, resulting in an increase of share capital of Euros 55 thousand.

On January 2024, a holder of Private Warrants, have converted 387 warrants on 387 Class A ordinary shares of Euros 0.12 of par value, resulting in an increase of share capital of Euros 46.44.

 

28.

OTHER INFORMATION

A. Audit fees

Our auditors charged the following fees for professional services rendered for the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022:

 

(In Euros thousand)

   2023      2022  

Audit services

     1,435        1,289  

Other assurance related services

     —         10  

Tax services

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,435        1,299  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total fees above include Euros 150 thousand charged by Ernst & Young Accountants LLP for the audit of the statutory annual report (2022: Euros 170 thousand charged by BDO Audit & Assurance B.V. for the audit of the statutory annual report). The remainder part is charged by other EY network companies, amongst others for the audit of various reports as filed with the SEC (BDO network in 2022).

B. Employees

Wallbox NV has 1 employee in both 2023 and 2022.

Wallbox Netherlands B.V. (a subsidiary company domiciled in the Netherlands) had 8 employees in 2022 (8 employees also in 2022 and one employee in 2021), the rest are all employees outside the Netherlands. The average number of employees working for the Group during the financial year, classified in a manner appropriate to the organization of the business, are the following:

 

(Average number of employees)

   2023      2022      2021  

Directives

     69        41        22  

Administrative

     387        445        261  

Commercials

     189        194        117  

Operators

     212        38        23  

Engineers

     408        464        177  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,265        1,182        600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

160


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

28.

DETAILS OF WALLBOX GROUP SUBSIDIARIES

 

                  % Equity interest      

Company name

  

Registered office

  

Activity

 

Company
holding
investment

  December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2022
    Consolidation
method

Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.

   Paseo de la Castellana, 95. Planta 28, 28046, Madrid, Spain    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wallbox NV     100     100     *     Fully consolidated

Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp II

   1400 Old Country Road, Suite 301, Westbury, NY 11590    Special purpose acquisition company   Wallbox NV     100     100     *     Fully consolidated

Wallbox Energy, S.L.U.

   Calle Foc 68, 08038, Barcelona, Spain    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox UK Limited

   378-380 Deansgate, Manchester, United Kingdom M3 4LY    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

SAS Wallbox France

   Avenue des Champs Elysées 102, 75008, Paris, France    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

WBC Wallbox Chargers Deutschland GmbH

   Leopoldstraße 23, Floor, Munich, 80802    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox Italy, S.R.L.

   Piazza Tre Torri 2, 20145 CAP, Milano, Italy    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox Netherlands B.V.

   Kingsfordweg 151,1042 GR Amsterdam, The Netherlands    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox USA Inc.

   800 W. El Camino Real Suite 180, Mountain View CA 94040, United States    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox Shanghai Ldt.

   Unit 05-129 Level 5, No. 482, 488, 492, 518 Xinjiang Road, Jingan District, Shanghai Municipality, China    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox AS

   Professor Olav Hanssens vei 7A, 4021 Stavanger, Norway    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox ApS

   Rådhuspladsen 16, 1550 København, Denmark    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wallbox Norway AS     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox AB

   Kistagången 12, 164 40 Kista, Sweden    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wallbox Norway AS     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox Oy

   PL 747, 00101 Helsinki, Finland    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wallbox Norway AS     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Electromaps, S.L.U.

   Calle Foc 68, 08038, Barcelona, Spain    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Coil, Inc.

   1307 Hayes Street Suite 5 San Francisco, CA 94117 US    EV Charge installer   Wallbox USA, Inc.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

AR Electronics Solutions, S.L.U.

   Calle Foc 68, 08038, Barcelona, Spain    Manufacture of Electronical components   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox Australia PTY, Ltd

   152 Elizabeth Street— Level 4—Melbourne VIC 3000    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

WBX Chargers Portugal, Unipessoal Lda

   Edifício Scala, Rua de Vilar, 235, 2.o andar Porto Concelho: Porto Freguesia: Lordelo do Ouro e Massarelos 4050 626 Porto    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     100     —      Fully consolidated

Wallbox Belgium BV

   1831 Diegem, Pegasuslaan 5, Belgium    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     —        —      Fully consolidated

ABL Gmbh

   Albert-Büttner-Straße 11, 91207 Lauf / Pegnitz, Deutschland    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   Wall Box Chargers, S.L.U.     100     —        —      Fully consolidated

ABL Morocco S.A.

   Lot 2, Ilot 72 Tanger 90100, Morocco    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   ABL Gmbh     99     —        —      Fully consolidated

ABL Nederland B.V.

   Meander 251 6825 MC Arnhem, Netherlands    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   ABL Gmbh     100     —        —      Fully consolidated

ABL (Shangai) Co. Ltd

   Yuandong Building, No. 1101 Pudong South Road,200120 Shanghai, China    Retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles   ABL Gmbh     100     —        —      Fully consolidated

 

(*)

direct ownership

(-)

indirect ownership

 

161


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Barcelona, 17, 2024

 

           

Enric Asunción

(Executive director)

         
               

Anders Pettersson

(Non-executive director)

    

Beatriz González

(Non-executive director)

    

Francisco Riberas

(Non-executive director)

               

Donna J. Kinzel

(Non-executive director)

    

César Ruipérez Cassinello

(Non-executive director)

    

Pol Soler

(Non-executive director)

             

Dieter Zetsche

(Non-executive director)

    

Justin Mirro

(Non-executive director)

    

 

162


12

COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

163


WALLBOX N.V.

Company Financial Statements

31 December 2023 and 2022

 

 

164


WALLBOX N.V.

 

Company Statement of Financial Position for the periods ended

31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022

Before appropriation of result

(In Euros thousand)

 

     Notes      31 December 2023     31 December 2022  

Assets

       

Non-Current Assets

       

Investment in subsidiaries

     5        122,306       200,416  

Other non-current assets

        180       —   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Assets

        122,486       200,416  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current Assets

       

Receivables from subsidiaries

     6        91,223       45,757  

Other current assets

        555       121  

Prepaid expenses

        —        832  

Cash and cash equivalents

     7        43,799       10,904  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

        135,577       57,614  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

        258,063       258,030  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and Liabilities

       

Equity

       

Share capital

     8        50,352       45,769  

Share premium

     8        481,615       378,240  

Other components of equity

     8        32,149       41,240  

Foreign currency translation reserve

     8        5,868       10,597  

Legal reserve

     8        66,408       49,537  

Accumulated deficit

     8        (374,532     (293,433

Result for the year

     8        (112,071     (62,800
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

     8        149,789       169,150  

Liabilities

       

Current Liabilities

       

Loans and borrowings

     6        17,799       —   

Derivative warrant liabilities

     6        3,119       5,834  

Payables to subsidiaries

     6        84,286       78,879  

Trade and other financial payables

     6        3,035       2,772  

Other current liabilities

        35       1,395  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

        108,274       88,880  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity and Liabilities

        258,063       258,030  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

165


WALLBOX N.V.

 

Company Statement of Profit and Loss for the periods ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022

 

(In Euros thousand)    Notes      1 January –
31 December 2023
    1 January –
31 December 2022
 

Other operating income

     9        318       5,488  

Employee benefits

     9        (285     (6,914

Other operating expenses

     9        (5,628     (4,400
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Loss

        (5,595     (5,826

Financial income and expenses

        6,522       80,793  

Foreign exchange losses

        (983     (5,856
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Financial Result

     10        5,539       74,937  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Result before Tax

        (56     69,111  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

     11        —        —   

Share of result in subsidiaries after income taxes

    
5,
6
 
 
     (112,015     (131,911
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Result after Tax

        (112,071     (62,800
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

166


WALLBOX N.V.

Notes to the Company Financial Statements

 

 

1.

Reporting Entity

Wallbox N.V. (the Company or Wallbox) was incorporated as a Dutch private limited liability company under the name Wallbox B.V. on 7 June 2021, and then converted into a Dutch public limited liability company. It is registered in the Commercial Registry of the Netherlands Chamber of Commerce under number 83012559. Its official seat is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and the mailing and business address of its principal executive office is Carrer del Foc 68, 08038 Barcelona, Spain.

The company financial statements, together with the consolidated financial statements, are part of the statutory financial statements of Wallbox N.V. (the Company). The financial information of the Company is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

2.

Financial reporting period

The company financial statements cover the financial year ended 31 December 2023. For comparative purposes, these financial statements include comparative information for the period ended 31 December 2022.

 

3.

Basis of Preparation

The Company financial statements of Wallbox N.V. have been prepared in accordance with Part 9, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. In accordance with sub 8 of article 362, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code, the Company financial statements are prepared based on the accounting principles of recognition, measurement and determination of profit, as applied in the consolidated financial statements. These principles also include the classification and presentation of financial instruments, being equity instruments or financial liabilities.

In case no other policies are mentioned, refer to the accounting policies as described in the accounting policies in the consolidated financial statements. For an appropriate interpretation, the company financial statements of Wallbox N.V. should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.

The company prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union.

Information on the use of financial instruments and related risks for the group is provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the group.

These financial statements are presented in Euros, which is the Company’s functional currency. All amounts have been rounded to the nearest unit of thousand Euro, unless otherwise indicated.

 

4.

Significant Accounting Policies

In addition, to the accounting policies described in the consolidated financial statements, the Company applies the accounting policies below.

Investments in subsidiaries

Group companies are all entities in which the Company has directly or indirectly control. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the group companies and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the group companies. Group companies are recognized from the date on which control is obtained by the Company and derecognized from the date that control by the Company over the group company ceases.

Investments in subsidiaries are measured according to the equity method. If the equity method is used, newly acquired subsidiaries are initially measured based on the fair value of their identifiable assets and liabilities at the acquisition date. For subsequent valuation the value increases or decreases with its share in the results of the participating interest and its share in the changes recognized directly in the equity of the participating interest as from the acquisition date, determined in accordance with the IFRS accounting policies disclosed in the consolidated financial statements. If the valuation of a subsidiary based on the equity value is negative, it will be stated at nil. Any long-term, subordinated receivables which qualify as net investment in the subsidiary are

 

167


WALLBOX N.V.

 

impaired up to an amount equal to the participating interest negative value. When measuring interests in a participating interest with an equity deficit, other long-term interests in the participating interest that actually shall be regarded as part of the net investment shall also be taken into account. To the extent that there are receivables still outstanding after these items have been written down, further reduction in value needs to be assessed. This also applies to other amounts receivable from the participating interest which are not part of the net investment. If and to the extent that the investor legal entity has guaranteed all or part of the liabilities of the participating interest or has a constructive obligation to ensure that the participating interest will pay (its share) of its liabilities, the investor legal entity shall form a provision.

 

5.

Investments in subsidiaries

The information regarding subsidiaries at 31 December is as follows:

 

(in Euros thousand)

   Equity method
31 December 2023
     Proportion of
ownership
interest held
    Equity method
31 December 2022
     Proportion of
ownership
interest held
 

Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U.

     —         100     75,955        100

Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp II

     122,306        100     124,461        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     122,306          200,416     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. main activity is to retail innovative solutions for charging Electric Vehicles in Spain. The company is domiciliated at Paseo de la Castellana, 95, Planta 28, 28046, Madrid, Spain.

Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp II is a special purpose acquisition company. The company is domiciliated at 1400 Old Country Road, Suite 301, Westbury, New York 11590, US.

Refer to Note 28 of the consolidated financial statements for a complete list of subsidiaries that are indirectly held by Wallbox N.V.

The movement in the equity method of subsidiaries for the financial period ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 can be specified as follows:

 

(in Euros thousand)

   Investments in subsidiaries  

Balance at 31 December 2022

     200,416  
  

 

 

 

Share in result of subsidiaries

     (87,977

Other capital movements

     16,024  

Exchange differences

     (4,729

Other

     (1,428
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2023

     122,306  
  

 

 

 

 

(in Euros thousand)

   Investments in subsidiaries  

Balance at 31 December 2021

     237,779  
  

 

 

 

Increase in capital

     57,882  

Share in result of subsidiaries

     (131,911

Other capital movements

     28,669  

Exchange differences

     7,997  
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2022

     200,416  
  

 

 

 

 

168


WALLBOX N.V.

 

Increase in capital

In 2022, the increase in capital fully relates to cash contributions into Wallbox Chargers S.L.U. in the amount of Euros 57,882 thousand.

Share in result of subsidiaries

Details of the share in result by subsidiary are as follows:

 

(in Euros thousand)

   31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U.

     (90,090      (132,611

Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp II

     2,113        700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (87,977      (131,911
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. receivables (Note 6)

     (24,038      —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (112,015      (131,911
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The result of Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. has been applied to the financial investment of this subsidiary with the limit of 0 euros. The remaining losses have been applied as an impairment of receivables from subsidiaries (Note 6) for an amount of Euro 24,038 thousand.

Other capital movements

This relates to the impact of the estimated fair value of the share-based payment expenses recorded by subsidiaries. The estimated fair value of the award was based on the estimated market price of the stock option on the grant date. Refer to Note 21 of the consolidated financial statements for further details.

 

6.

Current financial assets and current financial liabilities

Current financial assets

Details of Current financial assets at 31 December are as follows:

 

(In Euros thousand)

   31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

Receivables from subsidiaries

     91,223        45,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     91,223        45,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Refer to Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for further detail on the other current financial assets.

Receivables from subsidiaries

On 31 December, the Company has the following receivables from subsidiaries:

 

(in Euros thousand)

   31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

Wallbox Chargers, S.L.U. (*)

     83,895        41,442  

Wallbox USA, Inc.

     6,996        4,315  

Other group companies

     332        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     91,223        45,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The current receivables from subsidiaries correspond to the current account for operations among different entities of the Group that are due in less than a year. These receivables fair value approximates the carrying amounts due to its short-term character and they bear no interest. No securities were obtained.

 

(*)

Includes an impairment for an amount of Euro 24,038 thousand (Note 5).

 

169


WALLBOX N.V.

 

Current financial liabilities

Details of Current financial liabilities at 31 December are as follows:

 

(In Euros thousand)

   31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

Derivative warrant liabilities

     3,119        5,834  

Loans and borrowings

     17,799        —   

Payables to subsidiaries

     84,286        78,879  

Trade and other financial payables

     3,035        2,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     108,239        86,108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In April 2023, a new credit line was established with Banco Santander International, S.A. The contract termination date is April 2025, and the agreed-upon interest rate is the Daily SOFR plus an annual margin of 1.50%.Refer to Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for further detail on the derivative warrant liabilities.

Payables to subsidiaries

On 31 December, the Company has the following payables to subsidiaries:

 

(in Euros thousand)

   31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

Kensington Capital Acquisition Corp II

     84,286        78,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     84,286        78,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The payables to subsidiaries correspond to the current account for operations among different entities of the Group that are due in less than a year. These liabilities fair value approximates the carrying amounts due to its short-term character and they bear no interest. No securities were given.

Trade and other financial payables

Details of Trade and other financial payables at 31 December are as follows:

 

(in Euros thousand)

   31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

Trade payables and accrued expenses

     2,909        2,414  

Payroll accruals

     126        358  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,035        2,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Detail of Cash and equivalents at 31 December are as follows:

 

(in Euros thousand)

   31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

Bank and other credits institutions

     7        1  

Bank and other credits institutions, foreign currency

     43,792        10,903  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     43,799        10,904  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The cash and cash equivalents are freely disposable to the Company.

The current accounts earn interest at the market rates applicable and this interest is not material.

 

8.

Equity

The shareholders’ equity in the Company financial statements equals the equity attributable to common shareholders presented in the consolidated financial statements, except that the legal reserve for capitalized development costs is presented separately from accumulated deficit as required under Dutch Law.

 

170


WALLBOX N.V.

 

The presentation of the movement in the shareholders’ equity can be specified as follows:

 

(In Euros thousand)

   Share
capital
     Share
premium
     Other
equity
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Legal
reserve
     Accumulated
deficit
    Result for
the year
    Total
equity
 

Balance at 1 January 2023

     45,769        378,240        41,240       10,597       49,537        (293,433     (62,800     169,150  

Appropriation of result of prior period

     —         —         —        —        —         (62,800     62,800       —   

Net result for the year

     —         —         —        —        —         —        (112,071     (112,071

Other comprehensive income

     —         —         —        —        —         —        —        —   

Issue of new shares

     4,583        103,375        (25,763     —        —         —        —        82,195  

Shared-based payments

     —         —         16,672       —        —         —        —        16,672  

Foreign currency translation differences

     —         —         —        (4,729     —         —        —        (4,729

Movement of legal reserve

     —         —         —        —        16,871        (16,871     —        —   

Others

     —         —         —        —        —         (1,428     —        (1,428
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2023

     50,352        481,615        32,149       5,868       66,408        (374,532     (112,071     149,789  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(In Euros thousand)

   Share
capital
     Share
premium
     Other
equity
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
     Legal
reserve
     Accumulated
deficit
    Result for
the year
    Total
equity
 

Balance at 1 January 2022

     44,480        322,391        5,496       2,601        31,514        (51,633     (223,777     131,072  

Appropriation of result of prior period

     —         —         —        —         —         (223,777     223,777       —   

Net result for the year

     —         —         —        —         —         —        (62,800     (62,800

Other comprehensive income

     —         —         (9     —         —         —        —        (9

Issue of new shares

     1,289        55,849        (1,291     —         —         —        —        55,847  

Shared-based payments

     —         —         34,837       —         —         —        —        34,837  

Foreign currency translation differences

     —         —         —        7,996        —         —        —        7,996  

Business combinations to be settled

in equity instruments

     —         —         2,207       —         —         —        —        2,207  

Movement of legal reserve

     —         —         —        —         18,023        (18,023     —        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2022

     45,769        378,240        41,240       10,597        49,537        (293,433     (62,800     169,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share capital

As at 31 December 2023 and 2022, the authorized share capital comprises the following classes of shares:

 

     31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

(in Euros thousand)

   Total Shares
(units)
     Authorized
Share Capital
     Total Shares
(units)
     Authorized
Share Capital
 

Class A shares of Euro 0.12 nominal value each

     401,020,000        48,122        400,000,000        48,000  

Class B shares of Euro 1.20 nominal value each

     48,980,000        58,776        50,000,000        60,000  

Class C shares of Euro 1.08 nominal value each

     1,020,002        1,102        2        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     451,020,002        108,000        450,000,002        108,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December, issued share capital can be specified is as follows:

 

     31 December 2023      31 December 2022  

(in Euros thousand)

   Total Shares
(units)
     Issued
Share Capital
     Total Shares
(units)
     Issued
Share Capital
 

Class A shares of Euro 0.12 nominal value each

     187,890,468        22,549        148,900,355        17,868  

Class B shares of Euro 1.20 nominal value each

     22,250,793        26,701        23,250,793        27,901  

Class C shares of Euro 1.08 nominal value each

     1,020,000        1,102        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     211,161,261        50,352        172,151,148        45,769  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Further details on the shares issued during the financial years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022 can be found in the consolidated statement of changes in equity and in Note 6 and Note 16 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

171


WALLBOX N.V.

 

Share premium

The share premium reserve relates to contribution on issued shares in excess of the nominal value of the shares (above par value). The share premium is freely distributable, provided that equity is not lower than the sum of share capital and legal reserves as a result of such distribution.

Other components of equity

This mainly relates to a share-based payments reserve that is used to recognize the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees of Wallbox N.V. and its subsidiaries, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration. The reserve is freely distributable, provided that equity is not lower than the sum of share capital and legal reserves as a result of such distribution.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The translation reserve of Euros 5,868 thousand (2022: Euros 10,597 thousand) comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations, as well as the effective portion of any foreign currency differences arising from hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation. In accordance with Dutch law, this legal reserve is not freely distributable.

Legal reserve

In accordance with Dutch law, a legal reserve of Euros 66,408 thousand (2022: Euros 49,537 thousand) has been formed for the amount of capitalized development costs as carried on the statement of financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries, which legal reserve is not freely distributable.

Appropriation of result of the prior period

The financial statements over 2022 were adopted by the General Meeting on 30 May 2023. The net loss for the financial period ended 31 December 2022 of Euros 62,800 thousand has been added to the accumulated deficit in accordance with the decision of the General Meeting.

Proposed appropriation of the result for the year ended 31 December 2023

The Board of Directors propose to add the net loss for the financial year ended 31 December 2023 in the amount of Euros 112,071 thousand to the accumulated deficit. This proposal still needs to be approved by the general meeting and has not been reflected in the Company’s financial statements yet.

 

9.

Operating Loss

Other operating income

 

(in Euros thousand)

   1 January –
31 December 2023
     1 January –
31 December 2022
 

Services fees charged to subsidiaries

     318        5,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     318        5,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employee benefits

 

(in Euros thousand)

   1 January –
31 December 2023
     1 January –
31 December 2022
 

Short-term employee benefits

     97        768  

Share-based payment expenses

     188        6,146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     285        6,914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2022, the share-based payment expenses relate to the founder shares as granted to the Group’s CEO as further detailed in Note 21 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

172


WALLBOX N.V.

 

Other operating expenses

 

(in Euros thousand)

   1 January –
31 December 2023
     1 January –
31 December 2022
 

Professional services

     2,806        2,708  

Insurance premium

     1,026        1,678  

Board remuneration in RSU

     886        —   

Bank services

     6        9  

Other

     904        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,628        4,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Net Financial Result

Details of finance income and costs are as follows:

 

(in Euros thousand)

   1 January –
31 December 2023
     1 January –
31 December 2022
 

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

     6,476        80,748  

Other financial income

     46        45  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial income and expenses

     6,522        80,793  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign exchange losses

     (983      (5,856
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Financial Result

     5,539        74,937  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Refer to Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for further detail on the fair value changes of the derivative warrant liabilities.

The foreign exchange results are mainly incurred on translation of the derivative warrant liabilities, payables to subsidiaries and cash balances that are denominated in USD.

 

11.

Income Tax

The Company has been regarded as a company resident for tax purposes in Spain, therefore, subject to tax obligations imposed under Spanish laws on Spanish—resident entities. The nominal tax rate of Spain amounts to 25%.

Having considered all evidence available, management determined that there was no sufficient positive evidence outweighing existing negative evidence to support that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which to offset the tax losses. Accordingly, no deferred tax asset is recognized in the financial statements for losses carried forward. As such, no corporate income tax charge has been recorded for the period ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022.

 

12.

Related Parties

Besides the receivables and payables to subsidiaries and the derivative warrant liabilities to shareholders as disclosed in Note 6, there are no other outstanding balances with related parties as of 31 December 2023 and 2022.

Besides the service fee income from subsidiaries as described in Note 9 and the equity transactions as disclosed in Note 8, there were no other transactions with related parties during the financial years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022.

 

173


WALLBOX N.V.

 

13.

Remuneration Board of Directors

Details of the remuneration of the Company’s statutory Board of Directors are as follows:

 

     2023  

(in Euros thousand)

   Base
compensation
     Variable
compensation
     Share-based
compensation
     Total  

Executive Directors

           

Enric Asunción Escorsa

     322        114        188        624  

Non-executive Directors

           

Beatriz González Ordóñez

     50        —         140        190  

Donna J. Kinzel

     56        —         96        152  

Francisco Riberas

     47        —         140        187  

Anders Pettersson

     65        —         140        205  

Pol Soler

     53        —         140        193  

Cesar Ruipérez Cassinello

     47        —         —         47  

Marc Sabé

     40        —         140        180  

Justin Mirro

     34        —         47        81  

Dr. Zetsche Zetsche

     31        —         47        78  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     745        114        1,078        1,937  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2022  

(in Euros thousand)

   Base
compensation
     Variable
compensation
     Share-based
compensation
     Total  

Executive Directors

           

Enric Asunción Escorsa

     430        344        6,146        6,920  

Non-executive Directors

           

Beatriz González Ordóñez

     55        —         —         55  

Donna J. Kinzel(1)

     29        —         —         29  

Francisco Riberas

     52        —         —         52  

Anders Pettersson

     65        —         —         65  

Diego Díaz Pilas(2)

     45        —         —         45  

Pol Soler

     55        —         —         55  

Cesar Ruipérez Cassinello(2)

     2        —         —         2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     733        344        6,146        7,223  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Ms. Donna J. Kinzel was appointed on 22 June 2022.

(2)

Mr. Diego Díaz Pilas resigned on 14 December 2022 and was replaced by Mr. Cesar Ruipérez Cassinello as acting Non-executive Director as per that same date.

(3)

All Non-executive Members of the Board of Directors were appointed on 1 October 2021. Prior to this date, no Non-executive Directors were in place.

The amounts above relate to the total remuneration for all members of the statutory Board of Directors of Wallbox N.V. for the financial year 2023 and 2022 as charged to Wallbox N.V. and its subsidiaries.

At 31 December 2023 and 2022, the Company has no pension or life insurance obligations with members of the Board of Directors.

At 31 December 2023 and 2022, no advances or loans have been granted to members of the Board of Directors, nor has the Company extended any guarantees on their behalf.

As at 31 December 2023 and 2022, a total of 775,267 share options of ordinary Class B shares are outstanding with Mr. Enric Asunción Escorsa, Executive Director of the Company, which were granted on 6 April 2022 under the Founder Stock Options plan as detailed in Note 21 of the consolidated financial statements. The exercise price amounts to Euros 1.93 per share option.

As at 31 December 2023 and 2022, no share options are outstanding with any Non-Executive Director. As at 31 December 2023 there are 218,750 RSUs granted to the Non-Executive Directors.

 

174


WALLBOX N.V.

 

14.

Average number of employees

The Company employed 1 person outside the Netherlands in both 2023 and 2022.

 

15.

Audit fees

Our auditors charged the following fees for professional services rendered for the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022:

 

(In Euros thousand)

   2023      2022  

Audit services

     1,435        1,289  

Other assurance related services

     —         10  

Tax services

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,435        1,299  

The total fees above include Euros 150 thousand charged by Ernst & Young Accountants LLP for the audit of the statutory annual report (2022: Euros 170 thousand charged by BDO Audit & Assurance B.V. for the audit of the statutory annual report). The remainder part is charged by other EY network companies, amongst others for the audit of various reports as filed with the SEC (BDO network in 2022).

The methodology employed for calculation involves recognizing the total audit fees and/or other costs during the current financial year coinciding with the work performed.

 

16.

Guarantees

The Company has issued guarantees to banks in the total amount of Euros 95,500 thousand (2022: Euros 35,500 thousand) for loans and working capital lines obtained by its subsidiary Wallbox Chargers S.L.U.

 

17.

Events after the Reporting Period

After the reporting date of December 31, 2023 the following significant events have occurred:

In the first quarter of 2024, certain employees converted 454,865 options, as part of their stock option plan, into 454,865 Class A ordinary shares of Euros 0.12 of par value, resulting in an increase of share capital of Euros 55 thousand.

On January 2024, a holder of Private Warrants, have converted 387 warrants on 387 Class A ordinary shares of Euros 0.12 of par value, resulting in an increase of share capital of Euros 46.44.

 

175


WALLBOX N.V.

 

Barcelona, April 17, 2024

 

           

Enric Asunción

(Executive director)

         
               

Anders Pettersson

(Non-executive director)

    

Beatriz González

(Non-executive director)

    

Francisco Riberas

(Non-executive director)

               

Donna J. Kinzel

(Non-executive director)

    

César Ruipérez Cassinello

(Acting non-executive director)

    

Pol Soler

(Non-executive director)

             

Dr. Dieter Zetsche

(Non-executive director)

    

Justin Mirro

(Non-executive director)

    

 

176


13

OTHER INFORMATION

 

13.1

Profit appropriation provisions

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, the holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares shall be entitled pari passu to distributions, as any and all distributions on the Shares shall be made in such a way that on each Share an equal amount or value will be distributed provided that and with observance of the following order of priority: (a) in the event of a distribution of profits in respect of a financial year, a distribution for an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the nominal value of Conversion Shares shall first be distributed on each issued and outstanding Conversion Share, and (b) following such distribution on Conversion Shares, no further distribution shall be made on Conversion Shares in respect of such financial year.

 

13.2

Shares carrying limited economic entitlement

The Conversion Shares carry a limited entitlement to the Company’s profit and reserves. As at December 31, 2023, 1,020,002 Conversion Shares were issued.

 

13.3

Material subsequent events

We refer to Note 27 “Events after the Reporting Period” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

13.4

Branches

We do not have any branch offices.

 

177


13.5

Independent auditors report

 

LOGO  

 

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP

Boompjes 258

3011 XZ Rotterdam, Netherlands

Postbus 2295

3000 CG Rotterdam, Netherlands

 

 

Tel: +31 88 407 10 00

Fax: +31 88 407 89 70

ey.com

The board of directors and supervisory board of

Wallbox N.V.

Attn. Mr. E. Asunción

Carrer del Foc 68

08038 BARCELONA

SPAIN

 

Rotterdam, April 17, 2024    REQ6852848/RT/nh

Dear Mr. Asunción,

Please find enclosed a digitally authenticated copy of the annual report of Wallbox N.V. for the financial year ended December 31, 2023 and our auditor’s report thereon dated April 17, 2024. We also send you one copy of the aforementioned auditor’s report.

We consent, under the conditions as set out in the enclosed information sheet Publication of auditor’s report, to include and publish our auditor’s report as enclosed, in the section Other information of copies of the annual report for the financial year ended December 31, 2023, provided that they are identical to the enclosed authenticated copy of the annual report, subject to adoption of the audited financial statements, without modification, by the general meeting. The annual report to be filed with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce, including the audited financial statements should be filed within one month of April 17, 2024. Publication of our auditor’s report is only allowed together with the corresponding complete set of the annual report.

Our auditor’s report states the name of our firm and the name of the responsible audit partner but without a signature. We kindly request you to include our auditor’s report without signature in the version of the annual financial reporting that will be filed and published. We have enclosed one copy of our auditor’s report including a signature. This copy is meant for your own filing purposes. It is not allowed to file or publish the authenticated copy of annual financial reporting (authenticated by us for identification purposes).

The annual report to be filed with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce needs to be filed no later than eight days after adoption of the financial statements by the general meeting and prior to January 1, 2025. Please note that it is legally required to (timely) file the annual report including the audited financial statements with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and that non-compliance is an offence punishable by law. In certain situations not complying with the publication requirements could even lead to personal liability for the management board and for the supervisory board.

 

 

 

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP is a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales and registe red with Companies House under number OC335594. The term partner in relation to Ernst & Young Accountants LLP is used to refer to (the representative of) a member of Ernst & Young Accountants LLP. Ernst & Young Accountants LLP has its registered office at 1 More London Place, London, SE1 2AF, United Kingdom, its principal place of business at Boompjes 258, 3011 XZ Rotterdam, the Netherlands and is registered with the Chamber of Commerce Rotterdam number 24432944. Our services are subject to general terms an d conditions, which contain a limitation of liability clause.

 

178


LOGO    Page 2

 

If prior to the general meeting circumstances arise that require a modification to the financial statements, please note that such modifications should be made prior to the general meeting. In this situation, of course, we withdraw our consent granted above.

All members of the management board and the supervisory board sign a copy of the financial statements. If a signature is missing, the reason is included in the annual report to be filed. In order to prevent the abuse of signatures we discourage the filing of a signed copy of the annual report. The annual report to be filed with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce should include the general meeting’s adoption date of the financial statements.

If you wish to publish the annual report including the audited financial statements on the internet, it is your responsibility to ensure proper separation of the annual report from other information. For example, by presenting the annual report as a separate read-only file, or by issuing a warning if readers switch from the web page containing the annual report (“You are now leaving the secured page containing the annual report, including the audited financial statements”).

Yours sincerely,

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP

 

A.A. Heij   
Enclosures:   

Auditor’s report without signature to be included in the annual report

Digitally signed auditor’s report for your files

Annual report digitally authenticated for identification purposes

Information sheet Publication of auditor’s report


LOGO  

 

 

 

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP

Boompjes 258

3011 XZ Rotterdam, Netherlands

Postbus 2295

3000 CG Rotterdam, Netherlands

 

 

 

 

Tel: +31 88 407 10 00

Fax: +31 88 407 89 70

ey.com

Independent auditor’s report

To: the shareholders and the board of directors of Wallbox N.V.

Report on the audit of the financial statements 2023 included in the annual report

Our opinion

We have audited the financial statements 2023 of Wallbox N.V. based in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The financial statements comprise the consolidated and company financial statements.

In our opinion:

 

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of Wallbox N.V. as at December 31, 2023 and of its result and its cash flows for 2023 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted in the European Union (EU-IFRSs) and with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code

 

 

The accompanying company financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of Wallbox N.V. as at December 31, 2023 and of its result for 2023 in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code

The consolidated financial statements comprise:

 

 

The consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2023

 

 

The following statements for the year ended December 31, 2023: the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows

 

 

The notes comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory information

The company financial statements comprise:

 

 

The company statement of financial position as at December 31, 2023

 

 

The company statement of profit and loss account for the year ended 31 December 2023

 

 

The notes comprising a summary of the accounting policies and other explanatory information

Basis for our opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Dutch law, including the Dutch Standards on Auditing. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We are independent of Wallbox N.V. in accordance with the Wet toezicht accountantsorganisaties (Wta, Audit firms supervision act), the Verordening inzake de onafhankelijkheid van accountants bij assurance -opdrachten (ViO, Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, a regulation with respect to independence) and other relevant independence regulations in the Netherlands. Furthermore we have complied with the Verordening gedrags- en beroepsregels accountants (VGBA, Dutch Code of Ethics).

We believe the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP is a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales and registe red with Companies House under number OC335594. The term partner in relation to Ernst & Young Accountants LLP is used to refer to (the representative of) a member of Ernst & Young Accountants LLP. Ernst & Young Accountants LLP has its registered office at 1 More London Place, London, SE1 2AF, United Kingdom, its principal place of business at Boompjes 258, 3011 XZ Rotterdam, the Netherlands and is registered with the Chamber of Commerce Rotterdam number 24432944. Our services are subject to general terms an d conditions, which contain a limitation of liability clause.


LOGO    Page 2

 

Information in support of our opinion

We designed our audit procedures in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole and in forming our opinion thereon. The following information in support of our opinion and any findings were addressed in this context, and we do not provide a separate opinion or conclusion on these matters.

Our understanding of the business

Wallbox N.V. (hereinafter also: the company or the group) is a provider of electric vehicle (EV) charging and energy management solutions worldwide. The company’s strategy is based a combination of growth and maintenance of performance in order to outperform the growth of the broader EV charging market using its scalable business model and through investments in or acquisitions of complementary companies, products or technologies. In 2023 the group completed the acquisition of ABL GmbH and devoted significant resources to research and developing new products and enhancing existing products. The group is structured in components and we tailored our group audit approach accordingly. We paid specific attention in our audit to a number of areas driven by the operations and nature of the group.

We determined materiality and identified and assessed the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error in order to design audit procedures responsive to those risks and to obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Materiality

 

Materiality

   €3.5 million
Benchmark applied    Approximately 2.5% of Revenues for 2023
Explanation    We determined materiality based on our understanding of the company’s business and our perception of the financial information needs of users of the financial statements. We considered that revenue is one of the key indicators of the company’s performance and considered a focus area of the users of the financial statements.

We have also taken into account misstatements and/or possible misstatements that in our opinion are material for the users of the financial statements for qualitative reasons.

We agreed with the audit committee of the board of directors that misstatements in excess of €175,000, which are identified during the audit, would be reported to them, as well as smaller misstatements that in our view must be reported on qualitative grounds.

Scope of the group audit

Wallbox N.V. is at the head of a group of entities. The financial information of this group is included in the consolidated financial statements.

Because we are ultimately responsible for the opinion, we are also responsible for directing, supervising and performing the group audit. In this respect we have determined the nature and extent of the audit procedures to be carried out for group entities.


LOGO    Page 3

 

Decisive were the size and/or the risk profile of the group entities or operations. On this basis, we selected group entities for which an audit or review had to be carried out on the complete set of financial information or specific items.

The company is organized through various legal entities in various jurisdiction with a head office and shared service center in Spain which provides the financial accounting role for each legal entity. Our audit is tailored accordingly and mainly focused on the significant group entities and the majority of our audit procedures are performed at the head office location, except for specific scope audit procedures related to taxes.

In establishing the overall approach to the audit, we determined the type of work that is needed to be done by us, as group auditors, or by component auditors from Ernst & Young Global member firms operating under our instructions. We combined remote working with a site visit approach and as a result were able to visit management and component auditors in Spain where the most significant component resides and the work on the key audit matters is done. For all entities in scope, we shared detailed instructions to the component auditors, had regular conferencing calls with the component auditors and we reviewed their deliverables.

In total these procedures represent 97% of the group’s total assets and 89% of revenues.

 

LOGO

By performing the procedures mentioned above at components of the group, together with additional procedures at group level, we have been able to obtain sufficient and appropriate audit evidence about the group’s financial information to provide an opinion on the consolidated financial statements.

Teaming and use of specialists

We ensured that the audit teams both at group and at component levels included the appropriate skills and competences which are needed for the audit of a listed client in the electric vehicle technology industry. We included specialists in the areas of IT audit, forensics and income tax and have made use of our own actuaries and experts in the areas of valuations of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.


LOGO    Page 4

 

Our focus on fraud and non-compliance with laws and regulations

Our responsibility

Although we are not responsible for preventing fraud or non-compliance and we cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations, it is our responsibility to obtain reasonable assurance that the financial statements, taken as a whole, are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

Our audit response related to fraud risks

We identified and assessed the risks of material misstatements of the financial statements due to fraud. During our audit we obtained an understanding of the company and its environment and the components of the system of internal control, including the risk assessment process and the board of directors’ process for responding to the risks of fraud and monitoring the system of internal control, as well as the outcomes. We refer to Section 2.1 Risk Factors of the annual report for the board of directors’ risk assessment after consideration of potential fraud risks.

We evaluated the design and relevant aspects of the system of internal control and in particular the fraud risk assessment, as well as the Wallbox Code of Ethics & Conduct, Whistleblower Policy and incident registration. We evaluated the design and the implementation of internal controls designed to mitigate fraud risks.

As part of our process of identifying fraud risks, we evaluated fraud risk factors with respect to financial reporting fraud, misappropriation of assets and bribery and corruption in close co-operation with our forensic specialists. Furthermore, we considered whether identified material weaknesses in internal control gave rise to specific fraud risk factors. We evaluated whether these factors indicate that a risk of material misstatement due to fraud is present.

We incorporated elements of unpredictability in our audit. We also considered the outcome of our other audit procedures and evaluated whether any findings were indicative of fraud or non-compliance.

We addressed the risks related to management override of controls, as this risk is present in all companies. For these risks we have performed procedures among other things to evaluate key accounting estimates for management bias that may represent a risk of material misstatement due to fraud, in particular relating to important judgment areas and significant accounting estimates as disclosed in note 3 Use of Judgements and Estimates to the consolidated financial statements, that includes recognition of development costs as intangible assets and accounting for business combinations. We have also used data analysis to identify and address high-risk journal entries and evaluated the business rationale (or the lack thereof) of significant extraordinary transactions, including those with related parties.

When identifying and assessing fraud risks we presumed that there are risks of fraud in revenue recognition, in particular for bill-and-hold agreements, given the focus of the company on performance and results for example in relation to the stock option plans that are in place. We describe the audit procedures responsive to the presumed risk of fraud in revenue recognition in the description of our audit approach for the key audit matter Risk of improper revenue recognition.


LOGO    Page 5

 

We considered available information and made enquiries of relevant members of the management team, directors, legal, compliance, human resources and regional directors and the audit committee.

The fraud risks we identified, enquiries and other available information did not lead to specific indications for fraud or suspected fraud potentially materially impacting the view of the financial statements.

Our audit response related to risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations

We performed appropriate audit procedures regarding compliance with the provisions of those laws and regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Furthermore, we assessed factors related to the risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our general industry experience, through discussions with the board of directors, legal, reading minutes, inspection of compliance reports, and performing substantive tests of details of classes of transactions, account balances or disclosures.

We also inspected lawyers’ letters and we have been informed by the board of directors that there was no correspondence with regulatory authorities. We remained alert to any indication of (suspected) non-compliance throughout the audit. Finally we obtained written representations that all known instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations have been disclosed to us.

Our audit response related to going concern

The board of directors made a specific assessment of the company’s ability to continue as a going concern and to continue its operations for a period of at least one year. As disclosed in section going concern in note 2 Basis of Accounting to the consolidated financial statements, the company has incurred net losses and significant cash outflows during past years and the board of directors had to estimate the expected cash flows, including the compliance with covenants, the exercise of warrants and availability of other financial funding from banks in order to assess that Wallbox N.V. will be able to fund the expected cash flows. The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

We discussed and evaluated if the specific assessment with the board of directors exercising profession judgment and maintaining professional skepticism. We considered whether the board of directors’ going concern assessment, based on our knowledge and understanding obtained through our audit of the financial statements or otherwise, contains all relevant events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the company’s ability to continue as a going concern. We specifically focused on the expected cash flows and the availability of other financial funding, substantiation for significant assumptions and the process followed by the board of directors to make the going concern assessment. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion.

Based on our procedures performed, we did not identify material uncertainties about going concern. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause a company to cease to continue as a going concern.


LOGO    Page 6

 

Our key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements. We have communicated the key audit matters to the audit committee of the board of directors. The key audit matters are not a comprehensive reflection of all matters discussed.

 

Recognition of development costs as intangibles assets

Risk

   As at December 31, 2023, the carrying amount of the group’s recognized development costs as intangibles assets is €66.4 million. As disclosed in note 10a of the consolidated financial statements, costs of €28.5 million have been recognized as an intangible asset during the year. The recognition of development costs was a key audit matter due to the significance of the costs capitalized and the judgement involved in assessing whether the criteria set out in IAS 38, “Intangible Assets” have been met. This requires management judgement with respect to the technical feasibility of the development projects, determination of the useful life of intangible assets and the likelihood of the projects delivering future economic benefits, the ability to measure the costs reliably and determine whether the costs are directly attributable to the projects.

Our audit approach

   Our audit procedures related to this key audit matter included, amongst others evaluating the appropriateness of group’s accounting policies related to the recognition of development costs as intangible assets in accordance with IAS 38 and whether these accounting policies have been applied consistently or whether changes, if any, are appropriate in the circumstances. We have obtained an understanding and evaluated the design of the processes and key controls implemented by the group in connection with the recognition of development costs as intangible assets.
   The procedures designed and performed to address the matter in our audit included, among others:
  

•   For a sample, we have evaluated and tested the nature of the type of costs incurred that are recognized as intangible assets and assessed whether these costs meet the criteria set out in IAS 38.

  

•   We evaluated the key assumptions made in recognizing development costs as intangible assets, including an assessment of whether recognized costs related to the development phase of the projects and the generation of probable future economic benefits.

  

•   For a sample, we have tested payroll costs recognized to supporting payroll records and assessed the determination as to whether the recognized payroll costs relate to development activities and to verify that development costs are in accordance with approved development budgets.

   Evaluating the adequacy and accuracy of the related disclosures in the financial statements.


LOGO    Page 7

 

Recognition of development costs as intangibles assets

Key observations    Based on the audit procedures performed, we did not identify any material misstatements in the recognition of development costs as intangible assets.

Risk of improper revenue recognition

Risk    During the year ended December 31, 2023, the group recognized revenue from contracts with customers amounting to €143.8 million relating to the sales of goods and services as disclosed in note 19 of the consolidated financial statements.
   Revenue is one of the key indicators of the company’s performance and considered a focus area of the users of the financial statements. We have identified a fraud risk that revenues may be overstated through pre-mature revenue recognition or fictitious revenues as a result of management override or other inappropriate influence over the financial reporting process. We therefore consider the risk of improper revenue recognition a key audit matter, in particular relating to bill-and-hold agreements.
Our audit approach    Our audit procedures related to this key audit matter included, amongst others evaluating the appropriateness of group’s revenue recognition policies, in particular relating to bill-and-hold agreements, in accordance with IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and whether these policies have been applied consistently or whether changes, if any, are appropriate in the circumstances. We have obtained an understanding and evaluated the design of the processes and key controls implemented by the group in connection with revenue recognition, in particular relating to bill-and-hold agreements.
   The procedures designed and performed to address the matter in our audit included, among others:
  

•   On a sample of sales transactions, we verified contract arrangements with customers with supporting documentation for goods delivered, including bill - and-hold agreements to verify that all underlying criteria for revenue recognition have been met in accordance with IFRS 15.

  

•   We have sent confirmation letters to customers to validate sales transactions in connection with bill-and-hold agreements.

  

•   We have performed subsequent events procedures related to sales transactions under bill-and-hold agreements including: a) obtaining delivery notes for those products delivered to the client post year-end and b) reviewing credit notes issued post year-end to assess whether they related to a bill-and- hold sale.

  

•   We have performed specific testing procedures on manual journal entries affecting sales near period end.

   Evaluating the adequacy and accuracy of the related disclosures in the financial statements.


LOGO    Page 8

 

Risk of improper revenue recognition

Key observations    Based on the audit procedures performed, we did not identify any material misstatements in the revenue recognized in the financial statements.

Accounting related to ABL acquisition and underlying Purchase Price Accounting

Risk    As at November 2, 2023 the group completed the acquisition of ABL GmbH (ABL), after having received all necessary approvals. The total consideration for this transaction was €25 million, and consisted of a €10.1 million cash payment, a fair value of the deferred payments for an amount of €4.5 million, of which €3.9 million remains outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and a put option liability. The Company finalized the purchase price allocation of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values. Given that the net of the acquisition-date fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, exceeds the consideration paid a bargain purchase for the amount of €11 million was determined. Auditing the company’s accounting of the acquired intangible assets of ABL was complex, due to significant estimation uncertainty in determining the fair value of identified assets of approximately €36 million, which primarily consisted of fixed assets and trademark as these values include subjective factors.
   Due to the significance and complexity of the identification of assets and liabilities for this transaction, we consider this a key audit matter.
   The company has disclosed the acquisition in note 6 of the financial statements.
Our audit approach    Our audit procedures related to this key audit matter included, amongst others evaluating the appropriateness of group’s acquisition accounting policies, in particular relating to purchase price allocation, in accordance with IFRS 3, “Business Combinations” and whether these policies have been applied consistently or whether changes, if any, are appropriate in the circumstances. We have obtained an understanding and evaluated the design of the processes and key controls implemented by the group in connection with business combinations.
   The procedures designed and performed to address the matter in our audit included, amongst others:
  

•   We reviewed the transaction agreements, meeting minutes and verified the underlying documentation for the consideration transferred.

  

•   We evaluated if the accounting method applied is consistent and in accordance with IFRS 3, “specifically IFRS 3.34-36” in relation to a bargain purchase transaction.

  

•   EY valuation specialists assisted us with the determination and valuation of the identifiable assets and liabilities in accordance with IFRS 13, “Fair Value Measurement” and IAS 38 as well as current market practice.


LOGO    Page 9

 

Accounting related to ABL acquisition and underlying Purchase Price Accounting

  

•   We performed substantive audit procedures that included, among others, evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation methodologies used and testing the significant assumptions applied in the valuation model, including the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data.

  

•   We performed detailed audit procedures on the existence and completeness of the assets and liabilities identified as part of the acquisition.

   We evaluated the adequacy of the disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.
Key observations    Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any material misstatement related to the acquisition accounting of ABL and underlying purchase price allocation.

Report on other information included in the annual report

The annual report contains other information in addition to the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Based on the following procedures performed, we conclude that the other information:

 

 

Is consistent with the financial statements and does not contain material misstatements

 

 

Contains the information as required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code for the management report and the other information as required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil

We have read the other information. Based on our knowledge and understanding obtained through our audit of the financial statements or otherwise, we have considered whether the other information contains material misstatements. By performing these procedures, we comply with the requirements of Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and the Dutch Standard 720. The scope of the procedures performed is substantially less than the scope of those performed in our audit of the financial statements.

The board of directors is responsible for the preparation of the other information, including the management report in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and other information required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

Engagement

We were engaged by the general meeting as auditor of Wallbox N.V. on May 30, 2023 as of the audit for the year 2023 and have operated as statutory auditor ever since that date.


LOGO    Page 10

 

Description of responsibilities regarding the financial statements

Responsibilities of the board of directors for the financial statements

The board of directors is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with EU-IFRSs and Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. Furthermore, the board of directors is responsible for such internal control as the board of directors determines is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

As part of the preparation of the financial statements, the board of directors is responsible for assessing the company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Based on the financial reporting framework mentioned, the board of directors should prepare the financial statements using the going concern basis of accounting unless the board of directors either intends to liquidate the company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. The board of directors should disclose events and circumstances that may cast significant doubt on the company’s ability to continue as a going concern in the financial statements.

The audit committee of the board of directors advises the board of directors in relation to its responsibilities and undertakes preparatory work for the board of directors’ decision-making regarding the supervision of the integrity and quality of the company’s financial reporting.

Our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objective is to plan and perform the audit engagement in a manner that allows us to obtain sufficient and appropriate audit evidence for our opinion.

Our audit has been performed with a high, but not absolute, level of assurance, which means we may not detect all material errors and fraud during our audit.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. The materiality affects the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and the evaluation of the effect of identified misstatements on our opinion.

We have exercised professional judgment and have maintained professional skepticism throughout the audit, in accordance with Dutch Standards on Auditing, ethical requirements and independence requirements. The Information in support of our opinion section above includes an informative summary of our responsibilities and the work performed as the basis for our opinion.

Our audit further included among others:

 

 

Performing audit procedures responsive to the risks identified, and obtaining audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion

 

 

Obtaining an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control


LOGO    Page 11

 

 

Evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the board of directors

 

 

Evaluating the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures

 

 

Evaluating whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation

Communication

We communicate with the audit committee of the board of directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant findings in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We provide the audit committee of the board of directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with the audit committee of the board of directors, we determine the key audit matters: those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements.

We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, not communicating the matter is in the public interest.

Rotterdam, April 17, 2024

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP

A.A. Heij